CUTERA, INC.
2017 PROXY STATEMENT AND 2016 ANNUAL REPORT
Dear Stockholders:
You are cordially invited to attend the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Cutera, Inc. (the “Company”). The
meeting will be held at our principal executive offices located at 3240 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005-
1021 on June 14, 2017 at 9:00 a.m. Pacific Time.
The attached Notice of 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement contain details of the business
to be conducted at the Annual Meeting. We have also made available a copy of our 2016 Annual Report to
Stockholders with this proxy statement. We encourage you to read our Annual Report. It includes our audited
financial statements and provides information about our business.
We have elected to provide access to our proxy materials over the internet under the Securities and Exchange
Commission’s “notice and access” rules. We are constantly focused on improving the ways people connect with
information, and believe that providing our proxy materials over the internet increases the ability of our
stockholders to connect with the information they need, while reducing the environmental impact of our Annual
Meeting. If you need additional information about Cutera, please visit the Investor Relations section of the
Company’s website at www.cutera.com.
Whether or not you attend the Annual Meeting, it is important that your shares be represented and voted at the
meeting. Therefore, I urge you to promptly vote and submit your proxy via the internet, by phone, or by signing,
dating, and returning the proxy card provided to you. If you decide to attend the Annual Meeting, you will be able
to vote in person, even if you have previously submitted your proxy.
On behalf of Cutera’s Board of Directors and executive team, I would like to express our appreciation for your
continued interest and confidence in our business.
Sincerely,
James Reinstein,
President and Chief Executive Officer
This page intentionally left blank
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
SCHEDULE 14A
Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934
Filed by the Registrant ☒
Filed by a Party other than the Registrant ☐
Check the appropriate box:
☐
☐
☒
☐
☐
Preliminary Proxy Statement
Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted by Rule 14a-6(e)(2))
Definitive Proxy Statement
Definitive Additional Materials
Soliciting Material Pursuant to §240.14a-11(c) or §240.14a-2
CUTERA, INC.
(Name of Registrant as Specified In Its Charter)
Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box):
(Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement, if other than the Registrant)
☒
☐
☐
☐
No fee required.
Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(4) and 0-11.
(1)
Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies:
(2)
Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:
(3)
Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11 (Set forth the amount on
which the filing fee is calculated and state how it was determined):
(4)
Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction:
(5)
Total fee paid:
Fee paid previously with preliminary materials.
Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee
was paid previously. Identify the previous filing by registration statement number, or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing.
(1)
Amount Previously Paid:
(2)
Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.:
(3)
Filing Party:
(4)
Date Filed:
This page intentionally left blank
NOTICE OF 2017 ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS TO BE HELD ON
JUNE 14, 2017
at 9:00 A.M. Pacific Time
To our Stockholders:
You are cordially invited to attend the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Cutera, Inc. (the “Company”). The meeting
will be held at our principal executive offices located at 3240 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005-1021. The meeting
will be held on June 14, 2017 at 9:00 a.m. Pacific Time, for the following purposes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Approve the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Second Amended and Restated
Certificate”) to declassify the board of directors;
Elect three Class I directors to each serve for a three-year term that expires at the 2020 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified;
Ratify the selection of BDO USA, LLP as the independent registered public accounting firm of the Company (the
“Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm”) for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017;
Approve the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan;
Hold a non-binding advisory vote on the compensation of Named Executive Officers; and
To transact such other business as may properly come before the Annual Meeting, including any motion to adjourn
to a later date to permit further solicitation of proxies, if necessary, or before any adjournment thereof.
The foregoing items of business are more fully described in the proxy statement accompanying this Notice of Annual
Meeting.
To help conserve resources and reduce printing and distribution costs, we will be mailing a notice to our stockholders, instead
of a paper copy of this proxy statement, our 2016 Annual Report and a form of proxy card or voting instruction card
(collectively referred to as “Proxy Material”). The notice will have instructions on how to access our Proxy Material over the
internet and instructions on how stockholders can receive a paper copy of our Proxy Materials if so desired.
The meeting will begin promptly at 9:00 a.m., local time, and check-in will begin at 8:50 a.m. local time. Only holders of
record of shares of our common stock (NASDAQ: CUTR) at the close of business on April 17, 2017 will be entitled to notice
of, and to vote at, the meeting and any postponements or adjournments of the meeting.
For a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting will be
available and open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose relating to the Annual Meeting during normal
business hours at our principal executive offices located at 3240 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005-1021.
By order of the Board of Directors,
President and Chief Executive Officer
Brisbane, California
May 1, 2017
Proxy Statement
YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT!
YOU ARE CORDIALLY INVITED TO ATTEND THE MEETING IN PERSON. WHETHER OR NOT YOU
EXPECT TO ATTEND THE MEETING, PLEASE COMPLETE, DATE, SIGN AND RETURN THE ENCLOSED
PROXY, OR VOTE OVER THE TELEPHONE OR THE INTERNET AS INSTRUCTED IN THESE MATERIALS,
AS PROMPTLY AS POSSIBLE IN ORDER TO ENSURE YOUR REPRESENTATION AT THE MEETING. A
RETURN ENVELOPE (WHICH IS POSTAGE PREPAID IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES) HAS BEEN
PROVIDED FOR YOUR CONVENIENCE. EVEN IF YOU HAVE VOTED BY PROXY, YOU MAY STILL VOTE
IN PERSON IF YOU ATTEND THE MEETING. PLEASE NOTE, HOWEVER, THAT IF YOUR SHARES ARE
HELD OF RECORD BY A BROKER, BANK OR OTHER NOMINEE AND YOU WISH TO VOTE AT THE
MEETING, YOU MUST OBTAIN A PROXY ISSUED IN YOUR NAME FROM THAT RECORD HOLDER.
Proxy Statement
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS REGARDING THIS SOLICITATION AND VOTING AT THE ANNUAL
MEETING ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Why am I receiving these proxy materials? ...............................................................................................................
Why did I receive a notice in the mail regarding the Internet availability of the proxy materials instead of a paper
copy of the proxy materials? ......................................................................................................................................
What is the purpose of the Annual Meeting? .............................................................................................................
Who is entitled to attend the meeting? .......................................................................................................................
Who is entitled to vote at the meeting? ......................................................................................................................
How many shares must be present or represented to conduct business at the meeting (that is, what constitutes a
quorum)? ....................................................................................................................................................................
What items of business will be voted on at the meeting? ...........................................................................................
How does the Board recommend that I vote? .............................................................................................................
What shares can I vote at the meeting? ......................................................................................................................
What is the difference between holding shares as a stockholder of record and as a beneficial owner? .....................
How can I vote my shares without attending the meeting? ........................................................................................
How can I vote my shares in person at the meeting? .................................................................................................
Can I change my vote? ...............................................................................................................................................
Is my vote confidential? .............................................................................................................................................
What vote is required to approve each item and how are votes counted? ..................................................................
What is a “ broker non-vote”? ....................................................................................................................................
How are “ broker non-votes” counted? ......................................................................................................................
How are abstentions counted? ....................................................................................................................................
What happens if additional matters are presented at the meeting? .............................................................................
Who will serve as inspector of election? ....................................................................................................................
What should I do in the event that I receive more than one set of proxy/voting materials? .......................................
Who is soliciting my vote and who will bear the costs of this solicitation? ...............................................................
Where can I find the voting results of the meeting? ...................................................................................................
What is the deadline to propose actions for consideration at next year’s Annual Meeting of stockholders or to
nominate individuals to serve as directors? ................................................................................................................
STOCK OWNERSHIP ......................................................................................................................................................
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management ........................................................................
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance ......................................................................................
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND BOARD MATTERS ............................................................................................
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
9
9
Director Independence ...............................................................................................................................................
Board Leadership Structure ........................................................................................................................................
Risk Oversight and Analysis ......................................................................................................................................
Committees of the Board ............................................................................................................................................
Meetings Attended by Directors .................................................................................................................................
Director Nomination Process .....................................................................................................................................
Director Compensation ...............................................................................................................................................
2016 Director Compensation Table ............................................................................................................................
Code of Ethics ............................................................................................................................................................
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation .................................................................................
Family Relationships ..................................................................................................................................................
Communications with the Board by Stockholders .....................................................................................................
Stock Ownership Guidelines ......................................................................................................................................
9
9
10
10
11
11
13
13
14
14
14
14
14
-i-
Proxy Statement
REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE ........................................................................................................................
16
PROPOSAL ONE—APPROVAL OF THE SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE TO
DECLASSIFY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS ...............................................................................................................
17
Board of Directors’ Recommendation ........................................................................................................................
17
PROPOSAL TWO—ELECTION OF DIRECTORS .........................................................................................................
18
Classes of the Board of Directors ...............................................................................................................................
Director Nominees .....................................................................................................................................................
Board of Directors’ Recommendation ........................................................................................................................
Directors Whose Terms Extend Beyond the 2017 Annual Meeting ...........................................................................
PROPOSAL THREE—RATIFICATION OF BDO USA, LLP AS OUR INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTING FIRM .......................................................................................................................................................
Board of Directors’ Recommendation ........................................................................................................................
Audit and Non-Audit Services ...................................................................................................................................
18
19
19
19
21
21
21
PROPOSAL FOUR—APPROVAL OF OUR AMENDED AND RESTATED 2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN .....
22
General .......................................................................................................................................................................
Design of our Plan and Grant Practices ......................................................................................................................
Historical Equity Awards Data as of the Record Date (April 17, 2017) ....................................................................
Burn Rate and Overhang ............................................................................................................................................
Post-Increase Total Overhang as of Record Date (April 17, 2017) ............................................................................
What Happens if Stockholders Do Not Approve the Amended and Restated 2004 Plan ...........................................
Vote Required ............................................................................................................................................................
Board of Directors' Recommendation ........................................................................................................................
Summary of the Amended and Restated Plan ............................................................................................................
Federal Tax Aspects ...................................................................................................................................................
Number of Awards Granted to Employees, Consultants and Directors .....................................................................
PROPOSAL FIVE—NON-BINDING ADVISORY VOTE ON THE COMPENSATION OF NAMED EXECUTIVE
OFFICERS .........................................................................................................................................................................
General .......................................................................................................................................................................
Compensation Philosophy and Objectives .................................................................................................................
Key Features of Our Executive Compensation Program ............................................................................................
Fiscal Year 2016 Compensation Overview ................................................................................................................
Summary of the Key Features of our 2016 Executive Compensation Program .........................................................
Board of Directors’ Recommendation ........................................................................................................................
22
23
24
24
24
25
25
25
26
30
31
32
32
32
33
33
33
34
NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION .................................................................
35
Compensation Discussion and Analysis .....................................................................................................................
Compensation Philosophy and Objectives .................................................................................................................
Financial Highlights for 2016 .....................................................................................................................................
Corporate Governance Highlights ..............................................................................................................................
Compensation Committee’s Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................................................
Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) and Limitations on Executive Compensation ..............................................
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation ...............................................................................................................
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans .....................................................................
Stock Ownership Guidelines ......................................................................................................................................
Insider Trading Compliance Program ........................................................................................................................
2016 Summary Compensation Table .........................................................................................................................
2016 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table .................................................................................................................
36
36
36
37
38
48
48
48
49
49
50
50
-ii-
Proxy Statement
2016 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table ......................................................................................
2016 Options Exercised and Stock Vested Table .......................................................................................................
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control ....................................................................................
51
52
53
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT ....................................................................................................................
55
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS ...............................................................................
56
Consulting Agreement ................................................................................................................................................
Other Transactions .....................................................................................................................................................
Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions ............................................................................................
56
56
56
OTHER MATTERS ...........................................................................................................................................................
57
Fiscal Year 2016 Annual Report and SEC Filings .....................................................................................................
57
APPENDIX A .................................................................................................................................................................... A-1
APPENDIX B .................................................................................................................................................................... B-1
-iii-
Proxy Statement
This page intentionally left blank
Proxy Statement PROXY STATEMENT
FOR
2017 ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
TO BE HELD ON JUNE 14, 2017
The Board of Directors (“Board”) of Cutera, Inc., a Delaware corporation, is soliciting your proxy to vote at our 2017 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be held on Wednesday, June 14, 2017, beginning at 9:00 a.m., Pacific Time, which is the local
time, at our principal executive offices located at 3240 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005-1021, and at any
postponements or adjournments thereof. This proxy statement contains important information regarding the meeting.
Specifically, it identifies the matters upon which you are being asked to vote, provides information that you may find useful
in determining how to vote and describes the voting procedures.
In this proxy statement the terms “we”, “our”, “Cutera” and the “Company” each refer to Cutera, Inc.; the term “Board”
means our Board of Directors; the term “proxy materials” means this proxy statement, the enclosed proxy card, and our
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016, filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
(the “SEC”) on March 15, 2017, and the term “Annual Meeting” means our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
We are sending the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials on or about May 5, 2017, to all stockholders of record
at the close of business on April 17, 2017 (the “Record Date”).
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS REGARDING THIS SOLICITATION AND VOTING AT THE ANNUAL
MEETING
Why am I receiving
these proxy materials?
You are receiving these proxy materials from us because you were a stockholder of record at the
close of business on the Record Date (which was April 17, 2017). As a stockholder of record, you
are invited to attend the meeting and are entitled to and requested to vote on the items of business
described in this proxy statement.
Why did I receive a
notice in the mail
regarding the Internet
availability of the proxy
materials instead of a
paper copy of the proxy
materials?
Pursuant to SEC rules, we have elected to provide access to our proxy materials over the Internet.
Accordingly, we are sending a Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials (the “Notice”)
to our stockholders.
All stockholders will have the ability to access the proxy materials on a website referred to in the
Notice or request to receive a printed set of the proxy materials.
Instructions on how to access the proxy materials over the Internet or to request a printed copy
may be found on the Notice, along with instructions regarding procedures designed to ensure the
authenticity and correctness of your proxy vote.
In addition, stockholders may request to receive proxy materials in printed form by mail or
electronically by email on an ongoing basis. Choosing to receive your future proxy materials by
email will save us the cost of printing and mailing documents to you and will reduce the impact
of our annual stockholders’ meetings on the environment. If you chose prior to the Record Date
to receive future proxy materials by email, you should receive an email this year with instructions
containing a link to those materials and a link to the proxy voting site. In connection with our
upcoming Annual Meeting, if you choose to receive future proxy materials by email, you will
receive an email next year with instructions containing a link to those materials and a link to the
proxy voting site. Your election to receive proxy materials by email will remain in effect until you
terminate it.
-1-
Proxy Statement
What is the purpose of
the Annual Meeting?
At our meeting, stockholders of record will vote upon the items of business outlined in the notice
of meeting (on the cover page of this proxy statement), each of which is described more fully in
this proxy statement. In addition, management will report on the performance of the Company
and respond to questions from stockholders.
Who is entitled to
attend the meeting?
You are entitled to attend the meeting only if you owned our common stock (or were a joint
holder) as of the Record Date or if you hold a valid proxy for the meeting. You should be prepared
to present photo identification for admittance.
Please also note that if you are not a stockholder of record but hold shares in street name (that is,
through a broker or nominee), you will need to provide proof of beneficial ownership as of the
Record Date, such as your most recent brokerage account statement, a copy of the voting
instruction card provided by your broker, trustee or nominee, or other similar evidence of
ownership.
The meeting will begin promptly at 9:00 a.m., local time. Check-in will begin at 8:50 a.m., local
time.
Who is entitled to vote
at the meeting?
Only stockholders who owned our common stock at the close of business on the Record Date are
entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting, and at any postponements or adjournments thereof.
As of the Record Date, 13,844,338 shares of our common stock were outstanding. Each
outstanding share of our common stock entitles the holder to one vote on each matter considered
at the meeting. Accordingly, there are a maximum of 13,844,338 votes that may be cast at the
meeting.
How many shares must
be present or
represented to conduct
business at the meeting
(that is, what
constitutes a quorum)?
The presence at the meeting, in person or by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the shares of
our common stock entitled to vote at the meeting will constitute a quorum. A quorum is required
to conduct business at the meeting. The presence of the holders of our common stock representing
at least 6,922,170 votes will be required to establish a quorum at the meeting. Both abstentions
and broker non-votes are counted for the purpose of determining the presence of a quorum.
What items of business The items of business scheduled to be voted on at the meeting are as follows:
will be voted on at the
meeting?
1. Approval of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate to declassify the Board of directors;
2. Election of three nominees to serve as Class I directors on our Board;
3. Ratification of BDO USA, LLP (“BDO”) as the Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017;
4. Approval of the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan;
5. Non-binding advisory vote on the compensation of Named Executive Officers; and
6. To transact such other business as may properly come before the Annual Meeting, including
any motion to adjourn to a later date to permit further solicitation of proxies, if necessary, or
before any adjournment thereof.
-2-
Proxy Statement
These proposals are described more fully below in this proxy statement. As of the date of
this proxy statement, the only business that our Board intends to present, or knows of that
others will present at the meeting, is as set forth in this proxy statement. If any other matter
or matters are properly brought before the meeting, it is the intention of the persons who
hold proxies to vote the shares they represent in accordance with their best judgment.
How does the Board
recommend that I vote?
Our Board recommends that you vote your shares “FOR” each of the director nominees,
“FOR” the approval of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to
declassify the Board, “FOR” the ratification of BDO as the Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2017, “FOR” the approval of the
Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, and “FOR” the Non-binding advisory vote
on the compensation of our Named Executive Officers.
What shares can I vote
at the meeting?
You may vote all shares owned by you as of the Record Date, including (1) shares held directly
in your name as the stockholder of record, and (2) shares held for you as the beneficial owner
through a broker, trustee or other nominee such as a bank.
What is the difference
between holding shares
as a stockholder of
record and as a
beneficial owner?
Most of our stockholders hold their shares through a broker or other nominee rather than directly
in their own name. As summarized below, there are some distinctions between shares held of
record and those owned beneficially.
Stockholders of Record. If your shares are registered directly in your name with our transfer
agent, Computershare Trust Company, Inc., you are considered, with respect to those shares, the
stockholder of record, and these proxy materials are being sent directly to you by us. As the
stockholder of record, you have the right to grant your voting proxy directly to the individuals
listed on the proxy card or to vote in person at the meeting. We have enclosed a proxy card for
your use.
Beneficial Owner. If your shares are held in a brokerage account or by another nominee, you are
considered the beneficial owner of shares held in street name, and these proxy materials are being
forwarded to you together with a voting instruction card. As the beneficial owner, you have the
right to direct your broker, trustee or nominee how to vote and are also invited to attend the
meeting. Please note that since a beneficial owner is not the stockholder of record, you may not
vote these shares in person at the meeting unless you obtain a “legal proxy” from the broker,
trustee or nominee that holds your shares, giving you the right to vote the shares at the meeting.
Your broker, trustee or nominee has enclosed or provided voting instructions for you to use in
directing the broker, trustee or nominee how to vote your shares.
How can I vote my
shares without
attending the meeting?
Whether you hold shares directly as the stockholder of record or beneficially in street name, you
may direct how your shares are voted without attending the meeting. Stockholders of record of
our common stock may submit proxies by completing, signing and dating their proxy cards and
mailing them in the accompanying pre-addressed envelope. Our stockholders who hold shares
beneficially in street name may vote by mail by completing, signing and dating the voting
instruction cards provided by the broker, trustee or nominee and mailing them in the
accompanying pre-addressed envelope.
-3-
Proxy Statement
How can I vote my
shares in person at the
meeting?
Shares held in your name as the stockholder of record may be voted in person at the meeting.
Shares held beneficially in street name may be voted in person only if you obtain a legal proxy
from the broker, trustee or nominee that holds your shares giving you the right to vote the shares.
Even if you plan to attend the meeting, we recommend that you also submit your proxy card or
voting instructions as described above so that your vote will be counted if you later decide not to,
or are unable to, attend the meeting.
Can I change my vote? You may change your vote at any time prior to the vote at the meeting. If you are the stockholder
of record, you may change your vote by granting a new proxy bearing a later date (which
automatically revokes the earlier proxy), by providing a written notice of revocation to our
Secretary prior to your shares being voted, or by attending the meeting and voting in person.
Attendance at the meeting will not cause your previously granted proxy to be revoked unless you
specifically so request.
For shares you hold beneficially in street name, you may change your vote by submitting new
voting instructions to your broker, trustee or nominee, or, if you have obtained a legal proxy from
your broker, trustee or nominee giving you the right to vote your shares, by attending the meeting
and voting in person.
Is my vote confidential? Proxy instructions, ballots and voting tabulations that identify individual stockholders are handled
in a manner that protects your voting privacy. Your vote will not be disclosed either within Cutera
or to third parties, except: (1) as necessary to meet applicable legal requirements, (2) to allow for
the tabulation of votes and certification of the vote, and (3) to facilitate a successful proxy
solicitation. Occasionally, stockholders provide written comments on their proxy card, which are
then forwarded to our management.
What vote is required to
approve each item and
how are votes counted?
The vote required to approve each item of business and the method for counting votes is set forth
below:
Approval of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. The affirmative
“FOR” vote of 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Cutera will be required for approval. You
may vote “FOR,” “AGAINST” or “ABSTAIN” for this item of business. If you “ABSTAIN,”
your abstention has the same effect as a vote “AGAINST.”
Election of Directors. Each director nominee receiving affirmative “FOR” votes in excess of
“Against” votes at the meeting (a majority of votes cast) will be elected to serve as a Class I
director. You may vote either “FOR” or “WITHHOLD” your vote for the director nominees. A
properly executed proxy marked “WITHHOLD” with respect to the election of one or more
directors will not be voted with respect to the director or directors indicated, although it will be
counted for purposes of determining whether there is a quorum.
Ratification of BDO as our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for the fiscal
year ending December 31, 2017. The affirmative “FOR” vote of a majority of the shares
represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote on the item will be required for approval.
You may vote “FOR,” “AGAINST” or “ABSTAIN” for this item of business. If you “ABSTAIN,”
your abstention has the same effect as a vote “AGAINST.”
Approval of the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. The affirmative “FOR”
vote of a majority of the shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote on the item
will be required for approval. You may vote “FOR,” “AGAINST” or “ABSTAIN” for this item
of business. If you “ABSTAIN,” your abstention has the same effect as a vote “AGAINST.”
-4-
Proxy Statement
What is a “broker non-
vote”?
Non-binding advisory vote on the compensation of our Named Executive Officers. The
affirmative “FOR” vote of a majority of the shares represented in person or by proxy and entitled
to vote on the item will be required for approval. You may vote “FOR,” “AGAINST” or
“ABSTAIN” for this item of business. If you “ABSTAIN,” your abstention has the same effect
as a vote “AGAINST.”
If you provide specific instructions with regard to certain items, your shares will be voted as you
instruct on such items. If you sign your proxy card or voting instruction card without giving
specific instructions, your shares will be voted in accordance with the recommendations of the
Board (“FOR” the approval of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate, “FOR” all of the
Company’s nominees to the Board, “FOR” ratification of BDO as our Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm, “FOR” the approval of the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive
Plan, “FOR” the approval, by non-binding vote, of executive compensation, and in the discretion
of the proxy holders on any other matters that may properly come before the meeting).
A “broker non-vote” occurs when a broker expressly instructs on a proxy card that it is not voting
on a matter, whether routine or non-routine. Under the rules that govern brokers who have record
ownership of shares that are held in street name for their clients who are the beneficial owners of
the shares, brokers have the discretion to vote such shares on routine matters, which includes
ratifying the appointment of an independent registered public accounting firm but does not include
the approval of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate, the election of directors, the
approval of the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, or the non-binding vote on
executive compensation. Therefore, if you do not otherwise instruct your broker, the broker may
turn in a proxy card voting your shares “FOR” ratification of BDO as the Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm.
However, if you do not instruct your broker how to vote with respect to the approval of the Second
Amended and Restated Certificate, the election of directors, the approval of the Amended and
Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, and the non-binding vote on executive compensation, your
broker may not vote with respect to such proposal and your shares will not be counted as voting
in favor of these matters.
How are “broker non-
votes” counted?
Broker non-votes will be counted for the purpose of determining the presence or absence of a
quorum for the transaction of business, but they will not be counted in tabulating the voting result
for any particular proposal.
How are abstentions
counted?
If you return a proxy card that indicates an abstention from voting on all matters, the shares
represented will be counted for the purpose of determining the presence of a quorum, but they
will not be voted on any matter at the meeting. In the absence of controlling precedent to the
contrary, we intend to treat abstentions in this manner. Accordingly, abstentions will have the
same effect as a vote “AGAINST” a proposal.
What happens if
additional matters are
presented at the
meeting?
Other than the five proposals described in this proxy statement, we are not aware of any other
business to be acted upon at the meeting. If you grant a proxy, the persons named as proxy holders,
James A. Reinstein, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Gregory Barrett, one of our
Directors, with full power of substitution, will have the discretion to vote your shares on any
additional matters that may be properly presented for a vote at the meeting. If, for any unforeseen
reason, any of our nominees is not available as a candidate for director, the persons named as
proxy holders will vote your proxy for such other candidate or candidates as may be nominated
by our Board.
-5-
Proxy Statement
Who will serve as
inspector of election?
We expect a representative of Computershare Trust Company, Inc., our transfer agent, to tabulate
the votes, and expect Rajesh Madan, our Vice President of Finance and Legal to act as inspector
of election at the meeting.
What should I do in the
event that I receive
more than one set of
proxy/voting materials?
You may receive more than one set of these proxy solicitation materials, including multiple copies
of this proxy statement and multiple proxy cards or voting instruction cards. For example, if you
hold your shares in more than one brokerage account, you may receive a separate voting
instruction card for each brokerage account in which you hold shares. In addition, if you are a
stockholder of record and your shares are registered in more than one name, you may receive
more than one proxy card. Please complete, sign, date and return each Cutera proxy card and
voting instruction card that you receive to ensure that all your shares are voted.
Who is soliciting my
vote and who will bear
the costs of this
solicitation?
Your vote is being solicited on behalf of the Board, and the Company will bear the entire cost of
solicitation of proxies, including preparation, assembly, printing and mailing of this proxy
statement. In addition to these mailed proxy materials, our directors and employees may also
solicit proxies in person, by telephone, by electronic mail or by other means of communication.
Directors and employees will not be paid any additional compensation for soliciting proxies. We
may reimburse brokerage firms, banks and other agents for the cost of forwarding proxy materials
to beneficial owners. We may also engage the services of a professional proxy solicitation firm to
aid in the solicitation of proxies from certain brokers, bank nominees and other institutional
owners. Our costs for such services, if retained, will not be material.
Where can I find the
voting results of the
meeting?
We intend to announce preliminary voting results at the Annual Meeting and file a Form 8-K with
the SEC within four business days after the end of our Annual Meeting to report the voting results.
What is the deadline to
propose actions for
consideration at next
year’s Annual Meeting
of stockholders or to
nominate individuals to
serve as directors?
As a stockholder, you may be entitled to present proposals for action at a future meeting of
stockholders, including director nominations.
Stockholder Proposals: For a stockholder proposal to be considered for inclusion in our proxy
statement for the Annual Meeting to be held in 2018, the written proposal must be received by
our corporate Secretary at our principal executive offices no later than January 5, 2018, which is
the date 120 calendar days before the anniversary of the mailing date of the Notice of Internet
Availability of Proxy Materials. If the date of next year’s Annual Meeting is moved more than 30
days before or after the anniversary date of this year’s Annual Meeting, the deadline for inclusion
of proposals in our proxy statement is instead the close of business on the later of 120 calendar
days in advance of such annual meeting and 10 days following the date on which public
announcement of the date of the meeting is first made. Such proposals also must comply with the
requirements of Rule 14a-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange
Act”), and any other applicable rules established by the SEC. Stockholders interested in
submitting such a proposal are advised to contact knowledgeable legal counsel with regard to the
detailed requirements of applicable securities laws. Proposals should be addressed to:
Secretary
Cutera, Inc.
3240 Bayshore Blvd.
Brisbane, California 94005-1021
-6-
Proxy Statement
Nomination of Director Candidates: You may propose director candidates for consideration by
our Board. Any such recommendations should include the nominee’s name and qualifications for
Board membership and should be directed to the “Secretary” at the address of our principal
executive offices set forth above. In addition, our bylaws permit stockholders to nominate
directors for election at an Annual Meeting of stockholders. To nominate a director, the
stockholder must provide the information required by our bylaws, as well as a statement by the
nominee consenting to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected. In addition,
the stockholder must give timely notice to our corporate Secretary in accordance with the
provisions of our bylaws, which require that the notice be received by our corporate Secretary no
later than January 5, 2018 unless the date of next year’s Annual Meeting is moved more than 30
days before or after the anniversary date of this year’s Annual Meeting.
Copy of Bylaw Provisions: Our bylaws are available on the Investor page of our website at
www.cutera.com.You may also contact our corporate Secretary at our principal executive offices
for a copy of the relevant bylaw provisions regarding the requirements for making stockholder
proposals and nominating director candidates.
-7-
Proxy Statement
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
STOCK OWNERSHIP
The following table provides information relating to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of the Record Date,
by:
●
●
●
●
each stockholder known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our common stock;
each of our executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table on page 50 (including our Chief
Executive Officer (“CEO”) and our Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”);
each of our directors; and
all of our directors and Named Executive Officers (“NEOs”) as a group.
The number of shares beneficially owned by each entity, person, director or executive officer is determined in accordance
with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose.
Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which the individual has the sole or shared voting power or
investment power and any shares that the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of April 17, 2017 (the Record
Date) through the exercise of any stock option or other right. The number and percentage of shares beneficially owned is
computed on the basis of 13,846,414 shares of our common stock outstanding as of the Record Date. The information in the
following table regarding the beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock is based upon information supplied
by principal stockholders or Schedules 13D and 13G filed with the SEC.
Shares of our common stock that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of the Record Date are deemed outstanding
for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed outstanding for
purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all
directors and executive officers as a group. To our knowledge, except as set forth in the footnotes to this table and subject to
applicable community property laws, each person or entity named in the table has sole voting and disposition power with
respect to the shares set forth opposite such person’s or entity’s name. The address for those persons for which an address is
not otherwise provided is c/o Cutera, Inc., 3240 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005-1021.
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
BlackRock, Inc. .........................................................................................
Renaissance Technologies, LLC ...............................................................
Dimensional Fund Advisors LP ................................................................
David B. Apfelberg, M.D. .........................................................................
Gregory Barrett .........................................................................................
David A. Gollnick .....................................................................................
Larry E. Laber ...........................................................................................
Timothy J. O’Shea ....................................................................................
Miguel A. Pardos ......................................................................................
J. Daniel Plants ..........................................................................................
James A. Reinstein ....................................................................................
Clint H. Severson ......................................................................................
Ronald J. Santilli .......................................................................................
Jerry P. Widman ........................................................................................
All directors and Named Executive Officers as a group (11 persons) .......
Warrants and
Options
Exercisable
Within
60 Days
Approximate
Percent
Owned
—
—
—
5,550
19,550
5,550
21,999
5,550
22,042
14,884
—
14,884
53,600
5,550
169,159
9.7%
7.7%
6.6%
*
*
*
*
*
*
*(1)
*
*
*
*
3.3%
Number of
Shares
Outstanding
1,343,378
1,063,260
913,450
4,204
26,254
71,182
21,176
36,158
15,198
— (1)
2,400
4,000
76,967
35,358
292,897
*Less than 1%.
(1) Mr. Plants is the Managing Partner of Voce Capital Management LLC, the holder of 477,031 shares (approximately
3.4%) of our outstanding common stock as of the Record Date. While Mr. Plants has disclaimed beneficial ownership
of the shares owned by Voce Capital Management LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, he has the
sole or shared voting power of these shares.
-8-
Proxy Statement
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors, officers and beneficial owners of more than 10% of our common
stock to file reports of ownership and reports of changes in the ownership with the SEC. Such persons are required by SEC
regulations to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.
Based solely on our review of the copies of such forms received by us, or written representations from reporting persons that
no Forms 3, 4 or 5 were required of such persons, we believe that during our fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 all reports
were timely filed except that the following Form 4s were not timely filed due to an administrative error by the Company.
(i) Mr. Gollnick and Mr. Santilli's Form 4 filed on November 3, 2016 related to the grant of restricted stock units awarded
on October 28, 2016.
(ii) Mr. Santilli's Form 4 filed on May 1, 2017 for his purchase of stock pursuant to the Company's Employee Stock
Purchase Plan on May 2, 2016, the Company's withholding of shares for satisfying the minimum tax liability upon the
vesting of his restricted stock units on June 1, 2016 and January 1, 2017.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND BOARD MATTERS
Director Independence
Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market (“NASDAQ”). Under the NASDAQ listing standards,
independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors. In addition, the NASDAQ listing
standards require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation, and
nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under the NASDAQ listing standards, a director will only
qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that listed company’s board of directors, that director does not have
a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.
Audit committee members must also satisfy the additional independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange
Act, and the NASDAQ listing standards. Compensation committee members must also satisfy the additional independence
criteria set forth in Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act and the NASDAQ listing standards
Our Board has undertaken a review of the independence of each of our directors. The Company's directors are David B.
Apfelberg, M.D., Gregory Barrett, David A. Gollnick, Timothy J. O'Shea, J. Daniel Plants, James A. Reinstein, Clint H.
Severson, and Jerry P. Widman. Based on information provided by each director concerning his background, employment
and affiliations, our Board has determined that each of the directors other than James A. Reinstein, the Company's President
and CEO, and David A. Gollnick, the Company's former Vice President of North American Sales and former Executive Vice
President of Research and Development, satisfy the current "independent director" standards established by NASDAQ.
Board Leadership Structure
The roles of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer are currently filled by separate individuals. Our Board
believes that the separation of the offices of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is appropriate at this time because it
allows our Chief Executive Officer to focus primarily on our business strategy, operations and corporate vision. However,
our Board does not have a policy mandating the separation of the roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, though one
can be established by the Board. Our Board elects our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and each of these positions
may be held by the same person or by different people. We believe that it is important that the Board retain flexibility to
determine whether these roles should be separate or combined based upon the Board's assessment of our needs and our
leadership at a given point in time.
We believe that independent and effective oversight of our business and affairs is maintained through the composition of our
Board, the leadership of our independent directors and the committees and our governance structures and processes already
in place. The Board consists of a substantial majority of independent directors, and the committees of our Board are composed
solely of independent directors.
Our Chairman of the Board is J. Daniel Plants. We believe Mr. Plants' qualifications to serve as our Chairman include his
substantial experience as a strategic advisor and corporate attorney, as well as his role as the founder of a successful
investment management firm and status as a significant Company stockholder, which bring valuable skills and perspective
to the Board in the areas of finance, capital markets, strategy and corporate governance.
-9-
Proxy Statement
As described in more detail below, the Board has four standing committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation
Committee, a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and a Strategic Transactions Committee. As deemed
advisable by the Board, various ad hoc committees may be established from time to time to accomplish a specific goal or
purpose and cease to exist when that goal or purpose is realized. The chairman and each member of all committees is an
independent director. The Board delegates substantial duties and responsibilities to each committee. The committees make
recommendations to the Board and report regularly to the Board on their activities and any actions they have taken. We
believe that our independent Board committees and their chairman are an important aspect of our Board leadership structure.
Risk Oversight and Analysis
Risk is inherent with every business, and we face a number of risks, including strategic, financial, business and operational,
political, regulatory, legal and compliance, and reputational. We have designed and implemented processes to manage risk
in our operations. Our management is responsible for managing the risks we face in the ordinary course of operating our
business. The Board oversees potential risks and our risk management activities by receiving operational and strategic
presentations from management which include discussions of key risks to our business.
Our Board believes that open communication between management and our Board is essential for effective risk management
and oversight. Our Board meets with our Chief Executive Officer and other members of the senior management team at
meetings of our Board, where, among other topics, they discuss strategy and risks facing the Company, as well as at such
other times as they deem appropriate.
While our Board has the ultimate responsibility for risk management and oversight, various committees of the Board also
support the Board in its fulfillment of this responsibility. For example, our Audit Committee assists the Board in its risk
oversight function by reviewing and discussing with management our system of disclosure controls and our internal controls
over financial reporting risks associated with our cash investment policies, risks related to regulatory matters, and evaluating
and advising on other matters. Our business is run conservatively and excessive risk-taking has been discouraged. As a result,
risk analysis has not been a significant factor for our Compensation Committee in establishing compensation. The
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to
the management of risks associated with Board organization, membership and structure. The Strategic Transactions
Committee evaluates business development opportunities from time to time, as well as any risks and benefits associated with
acquiring potential targets, and reports back to the full Board with their recommendations.
Committees of the Board
Our Board has four standing committees: the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee, the Nominating and Corporate
Governance Committee and the Strategic Transactions Committee. Additionally, in 2016, the Board established the CEO
Search committee. The membership during the last fiscal year, and the function of each of the committees, are described
below.
Name of Director
Audit
Committee
Compensation
Committee
Non-Employee Directors:
David B. Apfelberg, M.D. ........................................................
Gregory Barrett .........................................................................
David A. Gollnick ....................................................................
Timothy J. O’Shea ....................................................................
J. Daniel Plants .........................................................................
Clint H. Severson .....................................................................
Jerry P. Widman .......................................................................
X
X
X*
Employee Director:
James Reinstein
Number of Meetings Held During the Last Fiscal Year ..........
5
X = Committee member
* = Chairman of Committee
X
X*
X
6
Strategic
Transactions
Committee
CEO
Search
Committee
Nominating
and
Corporate
Governance
Committee
X
X
X*
X
X
X
X
X*
1
3
X*
X
X
5
Audit Committee. The Audit Committee oversees the Company’s accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits
of its financial statements. The Audit Committee operates under a written charter adopted by the Board and a copy of the
charter can be found on the Investor page, under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.cutera.com. In
this role, the Audit Committee monitors and oversees the integrity of the Company’s financial statements and related
-10-
Proxy Statement
disclosures, the qualifications, independence, and performance of the Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm, and the Company’s compliance with applicable legal requirements and its business conduct policies. Our Board has
determined that each member of the Audit Committee meets the independence and financial literacy requirements of the
NASDAQ rules and the independence requirements of the SEC. Our Board has determined that Jerry P. Widman continues
to qualify as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined in SEC rules. The report of the Audit Committee appears on
page 16 of this proxy statement.
Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee, together with our Board, establishes compensation for our CEO
and the other executive officers and administers the Company’s Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and the
2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Each member of the Compensation Committee meets the requirements for
independence for compensation committee members under the NASDAQ listing standards and SEC rules and regulations,
including Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act. Each member of our Compensation Committee is also a non-employee
director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant
to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Compensation Committee has a written charter, which was adopted by
our Board, and can be found on the Investor page, under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.cutera.com.
The report of the Compensation Committee appears on page 55 of this proxy statement.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee reviews and
makes recommendations to the Board on matters concerning corporate governance, Board composition, identification,
evaluation and nomination of director candidates, Board committees, Board compensation, and conflicts of interest. Each
member of our nominating and corporate governance committee meets the requirements for independence under the
NASDAQ listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee has a
written charter, which was adopted by our Board and can be found on the Investor page, under the Corporate Governance
section of our website at www.cutera.com.
In October 2016, The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee eliminated the lead independent director position,
recommended that the Board approve the appointment of Mr. Plants as the Chairman of the Board, and approved the
establishment of the CEO Search Committee. The Committee members approved the following compensation for the services
to be provided by the respective directors for these positions as follows:
● Chairman of the Board - $50,000 per year
● Chairman of the Search Committee- $96,000 per year
● Each Member of the CEO Search Committee- $48,000 per year.
Strategic Transactions Committee. The Strategic Transactions Committee reviews and evaluates any potential strategic
business combination transactions as the possibilities arise and other related or pertinent strategic alternatives for the
Company (which may include, but are not limited to, a merger, other business combination, recapitalization, acquisition,
spin-off, split-off, acquisition of a subsidiary, division or unit, or other similar transaction).
CEO Search Committee. Following the departure of Mr. Connors, our former President and CEO, in August 2016, our Board
established a CEO Search Committee comprised of Mr. Barrett as the Chairman, Mr. Plants and Mr. Severson. The CEO
Search Committee hired a search recruiter to identify and evaluate potential candidates, conducted interviews, evaluated the
compensation needed to recruit a qualified candidate and finally negotiated the compensation package of Mr. Reinstein , the
replacement President and CEO hired in January 2017.
Meetings Attended by Directors
During 2016, the Board held 11 meetings, the Audit Committee held five meetings, the Compensation Committee held six
meetings, the Strategic Transactions Committee held three meetings, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
held one meeting and the CEO Search Committee held five formal meetings. Each of the directors attended at least 95% of
the meetings of the Board or committee(s) on which he served during 2016.
The directors of the Company are encouraged to attend the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders. In 2016, directors
Mr. Connors and Mr. Plants attended the meeting in-person, Mr. Severson was not able to attend, and the remaining five
directors attended the meeting telephonically.
Director Nomination Process
Director Qualifications. While the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee has not established specific minimum
qualifications for director candidates and does not maintain a specific policy with respect to Board diversity, the candidates
-11-
Proxy Statement
for Board membership should have the highest professional and personal ethics and values, and conduct themselves consistent
with our Code of Ethics. While the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee has not formalized specific minimum
qualifications they believe must be met by a candidate to be recommended by the independent members, the Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee believes that candidates and nominees must reflect a Board that is comprised of directors
who (i) have broad and relevant experience, (ii) are predominantly independent, (iii) are of high integrity, (iv) have
qualifications that will increase overall Board effectiveness and enhance long-term stockholder value, and (v) meet other
requirements as may be required by applicable rules, such as financial literacy or financial expertise with respect to Audit
Committee members.
Stockholder Nominations and Recommendations. As described above in the Question and Answer section of this proxy
statement under “What is the deadline to propose actions for consideration at next year’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders or
to nominate individuals to serve as directors?,” our bylaws set forth the procedure for the proper submission of stockholder
nominations for membership on our Board. In addition, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee may consider
properly submitted stockholder recommendations (as opposed to formal nominations) for candidates for membership on the
Board. A stockholder may make such a recommendation by submitting the following information to our Secretary at 3240
Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005-1021 no later than January 5, 2018:
the candidate’s name;
●
● home and business contact information;
● detailed biographical data, relevant qualifications, professional and personal references;
●
●
information regarding any relationships between the candidate and Cutera within the last three years; and
evidence of ownership of Cutera stock by the recommending stockholder.
Identifying and Evaluating Director Nominees. Typically new candidates for nomination to the Board are suggested by
existing directors or by our executive officers, although candidates may initially come to our attention through professional
search firms, stockholders or other persons. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee carefully reviews the
qualifications of any candidates who have been properly brought to its attention. Such a review may, in the Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee’s discretion, include a review solely of information provided to the Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee or may also include discussion with persons familiar with the candidate, an interview with
the candidate or other actions that the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee deems proper. The Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee shall consider the suitability of each candidate, including the current members of the
Board, in light of the current size and composition of the Board. In evaluating the qualifications of the candidates, Nominating
and Corporate Governance Committee considers many factors, including, issues of character, judgment, independence,
expertise, length of service, and other commitments. In addition, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee takes
into account diversity in professional experience, skills and background in considering and evaluating candidates. However,
while diversity relating to background, skill, experience and perspective is one factor considered in the nomination process,
the Company does not have a formal policy relating to diversity. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
evaluates such factors, among others, and does not assign any particular weighting or priority to any of these factors.
Candidates properly recommended by stockholders are evaluated by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
using the same criteria as other candidates. Candidates are not discriminated against on the basis of race, religion, national
origin, sexual orientation, disability or any other basis proscribed by law.
Director Nominees at our 2017 Annual Meeting. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee recommended the
director nominees for nomination to our Board.
-12-
Proxy Statement
Director Compensation
The following table sets forth a summary of the cash compensation paid, and the grant date fair value of shares of Cutera
common stock which vest over a one-year period, awarded to our non-employee directors in the fiscal year ended December
31, 2016.
2016 Director Compensation Table
Fees
Earned
or Paid
in Cash(1)
Name
David B. Apfelberg, M.D. .................................... $
Gregory Barrett ....................................................
David A. Gollnick ...............................................
Timothy J. O’Shea ..............................................
J. Daniel Plants ....................................................
Clint H. Severson ................................................
Jerry P. Widman ..................................................
Stock
Awards(2)
Option
Awards
All Other
Compensation(3) Total
60,000 $
51,000 $
85,000
60,000
33,750 147,100(4)
60,000
62,500
60,000
72,500
60,000
62,500
60,000
71,000
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $ 111,000
— 145,000
182,100(3) 362,950
— 122,500
— 132,500
— 122,500
— 131,000
(1) The amounts reported in this column were earned in connection with serving on our Board and its committees, or
as committee Chairman retainers, each as described below.
(2) The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of shares of Cutera common stock
which vest over a one-year period, awarded during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 to each of the non-
employee directors. In addition, Mr. Gollnick received 6,500 Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”)on October 28, 2016
valued at $87,100 which vest over a four year period for consulting services provided to the Company in 2016. The
valuation of the equity awards were calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board
Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 718.
(3) The amounts reported in this column were earned for services provided for other than serving on our Board or its
committees. Mr. Gollnick’s fees of $182,100 related to management consulting services provided to the Company
(4) In addition to the $60,000 of stock awards for serving on our Board, Mr. Gollnick was granted 6,500 Restricted
Stock Units ("RSUs") valued at $87,100 for consulting services provided to the Company in 2016.
Compensation of the Board of Directors for their position on the Board and its committees
For 2016, our non-employee directors earned the following compens:
● $45,000 for service as a Board member;
● $6,000 additionally for service as a Compensation Committee member;
● $7,500 additionally for service as an Audit Committee member;
● $5,000 additionally for service as a Strategic Transactions Committee member;
● $20,000 additionally for service as Chairman of the Audit Committee;
● $20,000 additionally for service as Chairman of the Compensation Committee; and
● $5,000 additionally for service as Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
In October 2016, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee recommended the appointment of Mr. Plants as the
Chairman of the Board and that the compensation payable for this position shall be $50,000 per year.
In October 2016, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee approved (with Mr. Plants, Mr. Barrett and Mr.
Severson abstaining from the voting) the following compensation for the services provided by the CEO Search Committee
members, with effect from August 15, 2016, as follows:
● Mr. Barrett for his role as Chairman- $96,000 per year.
● Each of Mr. Plants and Mr. Severson for their role as members - $48,000 per year.
-13-
Proxy Statement
Equity Awards for Members of the Board of Directors
Our Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the automatic grant of options to purchase shares of
Cutera common stock to our non-employee directors. Each non-employee director who is appointed to the Board will receive
an initial option to purchase 14,000 shares of Cutera common stock upon such appointment. Each of these stock options will
have an exercise price equal to fair market value of Cutera common stock on the date of grant and a term of seven years and
will become exercisable as to one-third of the shares subject to the option on each anniversary of its date of grant, provided
the non-employee director remains a director on such dates. In addition, each non-employee director, who is a director on the
date of each Annual Meeting of Stockholders and has been a director for at least the preceding six months, will receive an
award of shares represented by the quotient of $60,000 divided by the closing market price of Cutera common stock on the
date of such Annual Meeting. These shares vest on the one-year anniversary of the grant date.
Code of Ethics
We are committed to maintaining the highest standards of business conduct and ethics. Our Code of Ethics, as amended, (the
“Code”) reflects our values and the business practices and principles of behavior that support this commitment. The Code is
intended to satisfy SEC rules for a “code of ethics” required by Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as
the NASDAQ listing standards requirement for a “code of conduct.” The Code is available on the Company’s website at
www.cutera.com. We will post any amendment to the Code, as well as any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the
rules of the SEC or NASDAQ, on our website.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
The Compensation Committee consists of the following members: David Apfelberg, M.D., Gregory Barrett and Jerry
Widman. Neither any member of the Compensation Committee, nor any of our NEOs, has a relationship that would constitute
an interlocking relationship with executive officers or directors of another entity.
None of the members of our Compensation Committee is or has been our officer or employee. None of our executive officers
currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the Board or Compensation Committee (or other Board
committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving on our Board
or Compensation Committee.
Family Relationships
There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
Communications with the Board by Stockholders
Stockholders wishing to communicate with the Board or with an individual Board member concerning the Company may do
so by writing to the Board or to the particular Board member, and mailing the correspondence to: Attention: Board, c/o
Secretary, Cutera, Inc., 3240 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005-1021. The envelope should indicate that it contains
a stockholder communication. All such stockholder communications will be forwarded to the director or directors to whom
the communications are addressed.
Stock Ownership Guidelines
To enhance our overall corporate governance practices and director compensation program, our Board adopted stock
ownership guidelines for our non-employee directors, which the Compensation Committee intends to review annually. These
guidelines are designed to align our non-employee directors’ interests with our stockholders’ long-term interests by
promoting long-term ownership of Cutera common stock. These guidelines provide that, within five years of the later of the
adoption of the guidelines (April 27, 2012) or his or her first date of election to our Board, our non-employee directors must
hold shares of Cutera common stock having a value not less than three times the value of their annual retainer for general
Board service.
-14-
Proxy Statement
As of April 17, 2017, the non-employee directors’ holdings and target guidelines were as follows:
Non-Employee Directors
Stock
Ownership
as of
April 17, 2017
Minimum
Stock
Ownership
Required
David B. Apfelberg, M.D. ...............................................................................................
Gregory Barrett ...............................................................................................................
David A. Gollnick ..........................................................................................................
Timothy J. O’Shea .........................................................................................................
J. Daniel Plants ...............................................................................................................
Clint H. Severson ...........................................................................................................
Jerry P. Widman .............................................................................................................
4,204 (4)
26,254
71,182
36,158
— (5)
4,000
35,358
6,716
6,716(1)
6,716(1)
6,716(1)
6,716(2)
6,716(3)
6,716(1)
(1) Based on the closing stock price of $20.10 on April 17, 2017, each of these non-employee directors already held shares
that exceed the minimum stock ownership required.
(2) By January 6, 2020, based on the closing stock price of $20.10 on April 17, 2017.
(3) By January 3, 2020, based on the closing stock price of $20.10 on April 17, 2017.
(4) Dr. Apfelberg has been in compliance with the stock ownership guidelines since they were put in place on April 27,
2012, since he owned the required number of shares on that date.
(5) Mr. Plants is the Managing Partner of Voce Capital Management LLC, the holder of 477,031 shares (approximately
3.4%) of our outstanding common stock as of the Record Date. While Mr. Plants has disclaimed beneficial ownership
of the shares owned by Voce Capital Management LLC, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, he has the
sole or shared voting power of these shares.
On January 6, 2015, we entered into an agreement with Voce Capital Management LLC and Mr. Plants (the “Voce
Agreement”), which was filed with the SEC on January 8, 2015. The Voce Agreement states the terms and understandings
concerning the nomination and election of Mr. Plants to our Board of Directors and other matters. Further, it was agreed that
if, at any time Voce’s ownership in our common stock (subject to adjustment for stock splits, reclassifications, combinations
and similar adjustments) falls below 140,000 shares, then Mr. Plants will immediately resign from our Board.
-15-
Proxy Statement
REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
In accordance with its written charter, the Audit Committee of the Board is responsible for assisting the Board to fulfill its
oversight of the integrity of the Company’s financial statements and internal controls, the Company’s compliance with legal
and regulatory requirements, the independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, and the performance of the
Company’s internal audit function and independent auditors. It is the responsibility of the Company’s management to prepare
the Company’s financial statements, develop and maintain adequate systems of internal accounting and financial controls,
facilitating the internal audit intended to evaluate the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s financial and operating
internal control systems.
BDO USA, LLP (“BDO ”), the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for 2016 (the independent
auditors), was responsible for performing independent audits of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and internal
control over financial reporting and issuing an opinion on the conformity of those audited financial statements with generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting. The independent auditors also review the Company’s interim financial statements in
accordance with applicable auditing standards.
In evaluating the independence of BDO, the Audit Committee has (i) received the written disclosures and the letter from
BDO required by applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) regarding the
audit firm’s communications with the committee concerning independence, and (ii) discussed with BDO the firm’s
independence from the Company and management. The committee has concluded that BDO was independent from the
Company and its management. The committee has reviewed with the independent auditors and the Company’s internal
auditors the overall scope and specific plans for their respective audits, and the committee regularly monitored the progress
of both in assessing the Company’s compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including their findings,
required resources and progress.
In 2016, the Audit Committee held five meetings. At every regular meeting, the Committee reviews the results of the
independent auditor’s examinations, their evaluations of the Company’s internal controls, and the overall quality of the
Company’s accounting and financial reporting. Following the regular meeting, the committee meets separately with the
independent auditors, without management present, and also meets separately with the Company’s management. In addition,
from time-to-time the Audit Committee met with the independent internal audit firm.
The committee has met and discussed with management and the independent auditors the fair and complete presentation of
the Company’s financial statements. The committee has also discussed and reviewed with the independent auditors all
communications required, including those described in Auditing Standards No. 16, “Communications with Audit
Committees,” as adopted by the PCAOB. The committee has discussed significant accounting policies applied in the financial
statements as well as alternative treatments. Management has represented that the consolidated financial statements have
been prepared in accordance with GAAP and the committee has reviewed and discussed the audited consolidated financial
statements with both management and the independent auditors.
Relying on the foregoing reviews and discussions, the committee recommended to the Board, and the Board approved,
inclusion of the audited consolidated financial statements in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2016, for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
The foregoing report is provided by the undersigned members of the Audit Committee.
Timothy J. O’Shea
Clint H. Severson
Jerry P. Widman
The material in this report is not deemed soliciting material or filed with the SEC and is not to be incorporated by
reference in any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this Proxy Statement and irrespective of any general
incorporation language in those filings.
-16-
Proxy Statement
PROPOSAL ONE—APPROVAL OF THE SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE TO
DECLASSIFY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The Board approved, adopted and declared advisable the amendment and restatement of the Company’s Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amended and Restated Certificate”) on April 13, 2017, to declassify the Board,
provide for the annual election of directors and confirm that directors may be removable with or without cause. The Board
regularly reviews the Company’s corporate governance practices. Currently, the Company’s Amended and Restated
Certificate divides Board members into three classes, with the directors in each class being elected for a three-year term. The
term of the three classes is staggered so that only one class of directors is nominated for election at any one annual stockholder
meeting. The Board has considered the advantages and disadvantages of maintaining a classified board structure and has
concluded, after careful consideration, that an unclassified board is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.
The Board believes that annual elections of directors will provide our stockholders with the opportunity to register their views
on the performance of the entire Board each year and thereby enhance the Board’s accountability to stockholders.
If this Proposal One is approved by the requisite vote of stockholders, the entire Board will be elected annually for one-year
terms to commence at the Annual Meeting in 2018, and directors will be removable with or without cause. To implement
this amendment, the Amended and Restated Certificate will be amended and restated in its entirety as set forth in the Second
Amended and Restated Certificate (the “Second Amended and Restated Certificate”) attached hereto as Appendix A, which
will become effective in connection with its filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware; our Board also intends
to make certain conforming changes to our bylaws. This summary of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate is
qualified in its entirety by the text of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate attached as Appendix A.
If our stockholders do not approve this Proposal One, our Board will remain classified and directors will remain removable
only for cause.
Board of Directors’ Recommendation
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE “FOR” THE PROPOSAL TO AMEND AND RESTATE
THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF CUTERA, INC. TO
DECLASSIFY THE BOARD.
-17-
Proxy Statement
PROPOSAL TWO—ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
Classes of the Board of Directors
Our current Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that our Board shall be divided into three classes
designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively, with the classes of directors serving for staggered three-year terms.
Our Board currently consists of eight directors, divided among the three classes as follows:
●
●
●
three Class I directors, David A. Gollnick, James A. Reinstein and Clint H. Severson, whose terms expire at our
Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2017;
two Class II directors, David B. Apfelberg, M.D. and Timothy J. O’Shea, whose terms expire at our Annual Meeting
of Stockholders to be held in 2018; and
three Class III directors Gregory Barrett, J. Daniel Plants and Jerry P. Widman, whose terms expire at the Annual
Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2019.
The name of each member of the Board, the class in which he serves, and his age as of the Record Date, principal occupation
and length of service on the Board are as follows:
Name
Term
Expires Age
Principal Occupation
Director
Since
Class I Directors
David A. Gollnick ...................... 2017
James A. Reinstein ..................... 2017
Clint H. Severson(2)(3) ................. 2017
Class II Directors
David B. Apfelberg, M.D.(1)(3) .... 2018
Timothy J. O’Shea(2)(3)(4) ............ 2018
Class III Directors
Gregory Barrett(1)(3) .................... 2019
J. Daniel Plants(3)(4) ..................... 2019
Jerry P. Widman(1)(2)(3) ................ 2019
53
52
69
75
64
63
49
74
Former Vice President (“VP”) of North American
Sales and Former Executive Vice President (“EVP”)
of Research and Development
President and CEO
President and CEO, Abaxis, Inc.
Clinical Professor of Plastic Surgery, Stanford
University Medical Center
Former Managing Director, Oxo Capital
Former President and CEO, DFINE, Inc.
Managing Partner, Voce Capital Management LLC
Former CFO, Ascension Health
1998
2017
2015
1998
2004
2011
2015
2004
(1) Member of the Compensation Committee.
(2) Member of the Audit Committee.
(3) Member of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
(4) Member of the Strategic Transactions Committee.
-18-
Proxy Statement
Director Nominees
The Board has nominated David A. Gollnick, James A. Reinstein and Clint H. Severson for re-election as Class I directors.
David A. Gollnick has served as a member of our Board since our inception in August 1998. From September 2014 to present,
Mr. Gollnick has consulted with the Company in various functions, including research and development, clinical development
and other management support matters. From February 2014 to June 2014, he held the position of Vice President of North
American Sales for the Company. From March 2009 to December 2014, Mr. Gollnick consulted with the Company regarding
product development, clinical, sales and marketing support as needed. Mr. Gollnick served as our EVP of Research and
Development from April 2007 to March 2009 and as Vice President of Research and Development from August 1998 until
April 2007. From June 1996 to July 1998, Mr. Gollnick held the position of Vice President of Research and Development at
Coherent Medical Group, a unit of Coherent Inc. Mr. Gollnick holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Fresno State
University. We believe Mr. Gollnick’s qualifications to serve on our Board include his technical experience in researching
and developing products for the aesthetic medical equipment industry and his understanding of our employees, products and
operations.
James A Reinstein has served as our President and CEO and a member of our Board since January 2017. Prior to joining
Cutera, Mr. Reinstein served as the CEO of Drawbridge Health Inc., a joint venture of GE Ventures and GE Healthcare. Prior
to Drawbridge, Mr. Reinstein was the CEO of Aptus Endosystems from 2012 until its acquisition by Medtronic in 2015. From
2007 to 2012, Mr. Reinstein was the EVP and Chief Commercial Officer of Cyberonics, Inc. Prior to Cyberonics, Mr.
Reinstein held a variety of management positions of increasing responsibility within Boston Scientific Corporation from
1990 to 2007, including Vice President and Regional Head of an Asian business unit and Country Director of Boston
Scientific de Mexico. Mr. Reinstein holds a BBA in Marketing from University of Georgia. We believe Mr. Reinstein’s
qualifications to serve on our Board include his prior education and training, leadership qualities, and over 25 years’ executive
experience in managing companies in the medical device industry.
Clint Severson has served as a member of our Board since January 2015. He is presently the Chairman, Chief Executive
Officer and President of Abaxis, Inc., a manufacturer of portable blood analysis systems. Mr. Severson also currently serves
on the Board of Trinity Biotech and was a member of the Board of Response Biomedical Corporation until they were
acquired. From February 1989 to May 1996, Mr. Severson served as President and Chief Executive Officer of MAST
Immunosystems, Inc., a privately-held medical diagnostics company. We believe Mr. Severson’s qualifications to serve on
our Board include his more than 40 years of experience as an executive in the medical and biotechnology industries.
If elected to our Board, and if Proposal One to approve the Second Amended and Restated Certificate to declassify our Board
is not approved, then directors Mr. Gollnick, Mr. Reinstein and Mr. Severson would each hold office as a Class I director
until our Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2020 and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or
until the earlier of their resignation, removal, or death. If Proposal One to declassify our Board is approved, then each such
director would hold office until the Annual Meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018 and until such director’s successor is
elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.
Board of Directors’ Recommendation
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE “FOR” EACH OF THE THREE NOMINEES
FOR CLASS I DIRECTOR LISTED ABOVE.
Directors Whose Terms Extend Beyond the 2017 Annual Meeting
David B. Apfelberg, M.D. has served as a member of our Board since November 1998. Since 1980, Dr. Apfelberg has held
various roles at the Stanford University Medical Center, and currently serves as an Adjunct Clinical Professor of Plastic
Surgery. Since 1987, Dr. Apfelberg has also been a consultant for entrepreneurs and venture capital companies in the areas
of medical devices and medicine. From June 1991 to May 2001, Dr. Apfelberg was Director of the Plastic Surgery Center in
Atherton, California. Dr. Apfelberg is the author of five books on lasers in medicine and is a founding member and past
president of the American Society for Lasers in Medicine and Surgery. Dr. Apfelberg holds a B.M.S., Bachelor of Medical
Science, and an M.D. from Northwestern University Medical School. We believe Dr. Apfelberg’s qualifications to serve on
our Board include his medical expertise, understanding of our products, and his knowledge of the aesthetics market generally.
-19-
Proxy Statement
Gregory Barrett has served as a member of our Board since October 2011. Mr. Barrett also serves on the board of Aqua
Medical, Inc. From September 2013 to October 2016, Mr. Barrett was the President and CEO of DFINE, Inc., a private
medical device company that was acquired by Merit Medical. Mr. Barrett was the Chairman, President and CEO of BÂRRX
Medical, Inc., a private medical device company that was acquired by Covidien, a manufacturer and distributer of products
to treat gastrointestinal diseases. Prior to joining BÂRRX Medical in February 2004, from January 2001 through August
2003, Mr. Barrett served as President and CEO of ACMI Corporation, a developer of medical visualization and energy
systems; Group Vice President at Boston Scientific Corporation; Vice President, Global Sales and Marketing at both Orthofix
Corporation (formerly American Medical Electronics) and Baxter Healthcare. Mr. Barrett holds a B.A. in Marketing from
the University of Texas, Austin. We believe Mr. Barrett’s qualifications to serve on our Board include his more than 38 years
of diverse experiences in the medical device industry, including time spent serving as president and CEO of several medical
device companies. Mr. Barrett has held various Board positions with Softscope Medical, BaroSense, Monteris Medical
(currently Chairman of the Board and member of the Compensation Committee), as well as Board positions with the
companies in which he was employed.
J. Daniel Plants was appointed Chairman of the Company's Board of Directors in October 2016 and has been a member of
the Board since January 2015. Mr. Plants has been Managing Partner of Voce Capital Management LLC since 2009. Prior to
founding Voce Capital Management, Mr. Plants held a number of positions at leading Wall Street firms, including executive
roles in investment banking at Goldman Sachs and JPMorgan Chase, and as a corporate attorney with Sullivan & Cromwell.
Mr. Plants co-founded The Bay Area Urban Debate League and served as its Vice Chairman from 2008 to 2012. Mr. Plants
holds a Juris Doctorate degree from University of Michigan Law School and an undergraduate degree from Baylor University.
We believe Mr. Plants’ qualifications to serve on our Board include his substantial experience as a strategic advisor and
corporate attorney, as well as his role as the founder of a successful investment management firm and status as a significant
Company stockholder, which bring valuable skills and perspective to the Board in the areas of finance, capital markets,
strategy and corporate governance.
Timothy J O'Shea has served as a member of our Board since April 2004. Mr. O'Shea was with OXO Capital from 2008 to
2014 serving as managing director. From 1995 to 2008, he served in a variety of management positions at Boston Scientific,
including Corporate Vice President of Business Development from 2000 to 2008. Mr. O'Shea currently acts as an advisor to
several medical device companies. Mr. O'Shea holds a B.A. in history from the University of Detroit. We believe Mr. O'Shea's
qualifications to serve on our Board include his corporate marketing knowledge as well as his diverse experience in the
medical device industry working for a large medical device company.
Jerry P. Widman has served as a member of our Board since March 2004. From 1982 to 2001, Mr. Widman served as the
Chief Financial Officer of Ascension Health, a not-for-profit multi-hospital system. Mr. Widman has served as a member of
the Board of several other privately-held and publicly-held companies in the healthcare industry. Mr. Widman has
accumulated over 50 years of Board experience with 14 companies. Mr. Widman holds a B.B.A. from Case Western Reserve
University, an M.B.A. from the University of Denver, a J.D. from Cleveland State University, and is a Certified Public
Accountant. We believe Mr. Widman’s qualifications to serve on our Board include his financial expertise and prior
experience as a CFO, as well as his experience serving on the boards of various public and private companies.
-20-
Proxy Statement
PROPOSAL THREE—RATIFICATION OF BDO USA, LLP AS OUR INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Audit Committee of the Board has selected BDO USA, LLP (“BDO”) as the Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm to perform the audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ending December 31, 2017.
BDO audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014.
The Board is asking the stockholders to ratify the selection of BDO as the Company’s Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm for 2017. Although not required by law, by rules of NASDAQ, or by the Company’s bylaws, the Board is
submitting the selection of BDO to the stockholders for ratification as a matter of good corporate practice. Even if the
selection is ratified, the Audit Committee in its discretion may select a different Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm at any time during the year if it determines that such a change would be in the best interests of the Company and its
stockholders.
We have requested that representatives of BDO be present at the Annual Meeting. They will have an opportunity to make a
statement if they desire to do so and will be available to respond to appropriate questions from the Company’s stockholders.
Board of Directors’ Recommendation
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE FOR THE RATIFICATION OF THE
SELECTION OF BDO AS THE COMPANY’S INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
FOR 2017.
Audit and Non-Audit Services
To help ensure the independence of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, the Audit Committee has adopted
a policy for the pre-approval of all audit and non-audit services to be performed for the Company by its Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm. Pursuant to this policy, all audit and non-audit services to be performed by the
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm must be approved in advance by the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee
may delegate to one or more of its members the authority to grant the required approvals, provided that any exercise of such
authority is presented to the full Audit Committee at its next regularly scheduled meeting.
All of the services provided by BDO described in the table below were approved by the Audit Committee.
The aggregate fees incurred by the Company for audit and non-audit services in 2016 and 2015 were as follows:
Service Category
2016
2015
BDO USA LLP:
Audit Fees(1) .................................................................................................................. $
Audit-Related Fees ....................................................................................................... $
Tax Fees ........................................................................................................................ $
All Other Fees ............................................................................................................... $
Total BDO USA LLP ............................................................................................ $
513,821 $
— $
— $
— $
513,821 $
457,120
—
—
—
457,120
(1) In accordance with the SEC’s definitions and rules, audit fees are comprised of billed and unbilled fees for
professional services related to the audit of financial statements and internal control over financial reporting for the
Company’s 2016 and 2015 fiscal years as included in the annual report on Form 10-K; and the review of financial
statements for interim periods included in the quarterly reports on Form 10-Q within those years.
-21-
Proxy Statement
PROPOSAL FOUR—APPROVAL OF OUR AMENDED AND RESTATED 2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
General
We are asking our stockholders to approve the amendment and restatement of the Cutera, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004
Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). Our Board has approved the amendment and restatement of the Plan, subject to approval
from stockholders at the 2017 Annual Meeting. We are asking our stockholders to approve the amendments because, among
other things, we have insufficient shares available to continue to make equity grants, which we believe are necessary to be
able to recruit new employees and continue to provide long-term incentives to existing employees and directors. Outstanding
awards under our Plan will remain outstanding and shall continue to be subject to the terms of the Plan and the respective
award agreements, until the expiration of such awards in accordance with their terms.
In addition to seeking approval for the additional shares, we are making amendments to certain key provisions of our Plan
that we believe reflect good practices and that implement strong governance-related protections for our stockholders.
In particular, we are seeking stockholder approval of the following material changes to the Plan:
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
Increase the number of shares available for future grant by 1,600,000;
Extend the term of the Plan to the date of the Annual Meeting of the Company’s stockholders in 2022;
Amend the Plan to provide that dividends cannot be paid to participants in the Plan with respect to awards
granted under the Plan that have not yet vested and been exercised or settled;
Implement a limitation in the Plan such that no non-employee director of the Company may be granted, in any
fiscal year, equity awards with an aggregate grant date fair value greater than $300,000; and
Obtain stockholder approval for the material terms of the Plan such that equity awards granted under the Plan
may qualify as “performance based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 162(m)”) (collectively, the “Amendments”).
Approval of the additional shares to be added to our Plan will allow us to continue to provide incentives to attract, retain and
motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to our success by offering them an
opportunity to participate in our future performance. We believe that the Plan is in the best interests of the Company because
of the continuing need to provide stock options, restricted stock units, performance stock units, and other equity-based
incentives to attract and retain qualified personnel and to respond to relevant market changes in equity compensation
practices. The use of equity compensation has historically been a significant part of our overall compensation philosophy and
is a practice that we plan to continue. In addition, equity awards granted to employees under the Plan will provide our eligible
employees with an opportunity to acquire or increase their ownership stake in us, and we believe this aligns their interests
with those of our stockholders, creating strong incentives for our employees to work hard for our future growth and success.
We firmly believe that a broad-based equity program is a necessary and powerful employee incentive and retention tool that
benefits all of our stockholders. Equity ownership programs put employees’ interests directly into alignment with those of
other stockholders, as they reward employees based upon stock price performance. Without the ability to grant market-based
equity incentive to our employees, we believe we would be at a disadvantage against competitor companies to provide the
total compensation package necessary to attract, retain and motivate the employee talent critical to our future success. Without
equity incentives, we would be forced to consider cash replacement alternatives to provide a market-competitive total
compensation package necessary to attract, retain and motivate the employee talent critical to our future growth and success.
These cash replacement alternatives could, among other things, reduce the cash available for investment in growth and
development of new and existing products, cause a loss of motivation by employees to achieve superior performance over
the longer term, and reduce the incentive of employees to remain employed with us during the equity award vesting period.
Our current practice is to limit equity grants to a select group of key employees that includes new hires, members of the
management team, senior executive team members and non-employee directors. Our practice is to grant a mix of stock
options, restricted stock units (“RSUs") and performance stock units (“PSUs”). We believe that equity compensation is an
important component of our long-term employee incentive and retention plan and has been very effective in enabling us to
attract and retain the talent critical for an innovative and growth-focused company.
-22-
Proxy Statement
If the Company’s stockholders do not approve the Amended and Restated 2004 Plan, then the term, conditions and current
share limits of the Plan will continue in effect, and we will continue to make awards under the 2004 Plan, subject to such
terms, conditions and share limits. However, the Company’s plans to operate its business could be adversely affected as
reduced equity awards could increase employee turnover, make it more difficult to motivate and retain existing employees,
make us less competitive in hiring new talent into the Company to grow our business. Additionally, as a consequence, we
may need to increase the cash-based compensation incentives in hiring and retaining top talent, which could adversely impact
our financial results of operations, cash flows and balance sheet.
If approved, the Amended and Restated 2004 Plan is intended to allow us to deduct for U.S. federal income tax purposes the
compensation recognized by our executive officers in connection with certain awards granted thereunder. Section 162(m)
generally denies a corporate tax deduction for annual compensation exceeding $1 million paid to the chief executive officer
and other “covered employees” as determined under Section 162(m) and applicable guidance. However, certain types of
compensation, including performance-based compensation, generally are excluded from this deductibility limit. To enable
compensation in connection with stock options, stock appreciation rights and certain restricted stock grants, restricted stock
units, performance shares and performance units awarded under the Amended and Restated 2004 Plan to qualify as
“performance-based” within the meaning of Section 162(m), stockholders are being asked to approve the material terms of
the Amended and Restated 2004 Plan, including the eligibility requirements for participating in the Plan, the performance
measures upon which specific performance goals applicable to certain awards would be based, the limits on the number of
Shares or compensation that could be paid to participants, and the other material terms of the awards described below. If the
Amended and Restated 2004 Plan is approved, we will retain the ability to grant equity awards under the 2004 Plan that do
not qualify as “performance-based” compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m).
Design of our Plan and Grant Practices
Our Plan design is set-up to conform to best current compensation practices and implement strong governance-related
protections for our stockholders, which include:
Administration- Our Plan is administered by the compensation committee of the Board, which is comprised entirely
of independent non-employee directors.
No evergreen provision- Stockholder approval is required for additional shares. Our Plan does not contain an annual
“evergreen” provision so that stockholder approval is required to increase the maximum number of securities that
may be issued under the Plan.
Exchange or repricing programs are not allowed without stockholder approval. The Plan prohibits the repricing or
other exchange for plan awards or cash of underwater stock options and stock appreciation rights without prior
stockholder approval.
No discount stock options or stock appreciation rights. All stock options and stock appreciation rights will have an
exercise price equal to at least the fair market value of our common stock on the date the stock option or stock
appreciation right is granted.
“Fungible share” provision whereby for each full-value award issued under the Plan results in a requirement to
subtract 2.12 shares from the shares reserved under the Plan.
No “liberal” share recycling features- deducts the shares available for issuance under the Plan by the gross number
of shares for which an award is exercised or vests, not the net number of shares actually issued upon exercise (in the
event the exercise price is paid in shares of the Company’s common stock or shares are withheld to satisfy tax
withholding obligations).
Does not provide for the automatic full “single trigger” acceleration of outstanding equity awards in the event of a
change in control if such equity awards are assumed by the successor corporation.
Annual limits on non-employee director grants, The Plan now includes a fixed maximum limit of $300,000 as to the
maximum value of equity awards that may be granted in each fiscal year to any single non-employee director.
No dividend payments on unvested shares. No dividend payments will be made on unvested shares subject to grants,
but instead any dividends will be deferred until awards become vested and are exercised / settled.
No tax gross-ups. The Plan does not provide for any tax gross-ups.
-23-
Proxy Statement
Historical Equity Awards Data as of the Record Date (April 17, 2017)
As of April 17, 2017, we had 943,274 outstanding stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $10.12 per share
and a weighted average remaining contractual term of 3.91 years. We also had 498,407 outstanding RSUs and PSUs with a
weighted average remaining contractual term of 1.24 years.
There were 1,925,682 shares available for grant in our Plan as of April 17, 2017 (including the 1,600,000 shares that we are
requesting stockholders to approve at the 2017 Annual Meeting).
Burn Rate and Overhang
The following table summarizes the Company’s gross burn rate over the prior three fiscal years (2014-2016):
Fiscal Year
2014 .........................
2015 .........................
2016 .........................
Option
Grants
486,000
129,000
162,000
RSU
Grants
255,563
128,437
275,215
PSUs Earned(1)
84,827
56,142
95,775
WASO(2)
14,254,000
13,960,000
13,224,714
Burn
Rate(3)
5.80%
2.25%
4.03%
(1) The Company granted 105,000 PSUs in 2014, 74,667 PSUs in 2015 and 204,976 PSUs in 2016.
(2) WASO means the weighted average common shares outstanding for each fiscal year.
(3) Burn Rate is calculated by dividing:
a. The period’s number of shares subject to stock options, plus RSU awards ‘granted,’ plus PSU awards ‘earned’
in each fiscal year during the period; divided by
the weighted-average number of shares outstanding for each fiscal year during the period.
b.
The Company’s burn rate for fiscal year 2016, and for the three-year period from 2014 to 2016, was 4.0%.
Post-Increase Total Overhang as of Record Date (April 17, 2017)
The following table summarizes, as of April 17, 2017, the Company’s issued and total equity overhang.
Cutera (no additional share authorization) ......................................................
Cutera (with additional share authorization) ...................................................
Issued
Overhang(1)
Total Overhang(2)
12.8%
24.3%
10.4%
10.4%
(1) Issued overhang is calculated by dividing (a) the number of shares subject to equity awards outstanding at the end of the
period by (b) the number of shares outstanding at the end of the period.
(2) Total overhang is calculated by dividing:
(a) the sum of (x) the number of shares subject to equity awards outstanding at the end of the period and (y) the number
of shares available for future grant under equity plans, by;
(b) the number of shares outstanding at the end of the period.
Our Compensation Committee carefully considers the impact of potential dilution on our stockholders from equity-based
awards, as well as the ability to maintain an equity incentive plan that can attract and retain employee talent, while keeping
the rate of dilution low. After carefully forecasting our anticipated growth rate for the next few years and considering our
historical forfeiture rates, we currently believe that the share reserve which will include the additional 1,600,000 shares will
be sufficient for us to make anticipated grants of equity incentive awards under our current compensation program for at least
the next two years. However, a change in business conditions or our strategy, one or more acquisitions, or equity market
performance could alter this projection. The Compensation Committee and the Board believe that approving at least two
years’ projected equity awards would enable stockholders to continue to provide input on share increases in equity plans on
a reasonable interval.
-24-
Proxy Statement
Our Directors and NEOs have an interest in this proposal as they are eligible to receive equity awards under the 2004 Plan.
What Happens if Stockholders Do Not Approve the Amended and Restated 2004 Plan
If the Company’s stockholders do not approve the Amended and Restated 2004 Plan, then the term, conditions and current
share limits of the Plan will continue in effect, and we will continue to make awards under the 2004 Plan, subject to such
terms, conditions and share limits. However, the Company’s plans to operate its business could be adversely affected as
reduced equity awards could increase employee turnover, make it more difficult to motivate and retain existing employees,
make Cutera less competitive in hiring new talent into the Company to grow our business. Additionally, as a consequence,
we may need to increase the cash-based compensation incentives in hiring and retaining top talent, which could adversely
impact our financial results of operations, cash flows and balance sheet.
Vote Required
Approval of the amendment and restatement of the Plan requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of our
Common Stock that are present in person or proxy and entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting.
Board of Directors' Recommendation
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE FOR THE APPROVAL OF THE AMENDED
AND RESTATED PLAN.
-25-
Proxy Statement
Summary of the Amended and Restated Plan
The following is a summary of the principal features of the Plan and its operation. It is qualified in its entirety by reference
to the Plan set forth in this proxy statement as Appendix B.
The Plan provides for the grant of the following types of incentive Awards: (i) stock options, (ii) restricted stock, (iii)
restricted stock units, (iv) stock appreciation rights (v) performance units and performance shares, and (vi) and other stock
or cash awards. Each of these is referred to individually as an “Award.” Those eligible for Awards under the Plan include
employees, directors and consultants who provide services to us or our subsidiaries. As of April 17, 2017, we had
approximately 281 employees and 6 outside directors who were eligible to participate in this Plan. The Plan allows us to
grant Awards to consultants, however, it has been our practice not to grant awards to consultants.
Number of Shares of Common Stock Available Under the Plan. A total of 1,750,000 shares of common stock were initially
authorized for issuance under the Plan, plus approximately 499,000 shares were returned under the 1998 Stock Plan as a
result of termination of options or repurchase of shares issued under such plan, and approximately 2,442,000 shares added
pursuant to automatic annual increases under the Plan. In 2008, stockholders approved an amendment to the evergreening
provision of the Plan which eliminated the “evergreen” provision which provided for an automatic annual increase in the
number of shares available in the Plan. In 2012 and 2015 the stockholders approved an additional 1,910,000 and 1,500,000
shares, respectively, to be added to the 2004 Plan.
The Company’s Board of Directors approved on April 13, 2017 to add an incremental 1,600,000 shares to the Plan subject
to stockholder approval at the 2017 Annual Meeting on June 14, 2017. As of April 17, 2017, approximately a total of
9,701,000 shares were authorized for issuance under the 2004 Plan, of which 1,925,682 shares remained available for future
awards. The shares may be authorized, but unissued or reacquired common stock.
In 2012 the stockholders approved a “fungible share” provision whereby for each full-value award issued under the Plan
results in a requirement to subtract 2.12 shares from the shares reserved under the Plan.
If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, or, with respect to restricted stock,
restricted stock units, performance shares or performance units, is forfeited to or repurchased by us, the unpurchased shares
(or for Awards other than options and stock appreciation rights, the forfeited or repurchased shares) which were subject
thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. Upon exercise of a stock appreciation rights settled in
shares, the gross number of shares covered by the portion of the stock appreciation right will cease to be available under the
Plan. Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not
become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if shares of restricted stock, restricted stock
units, performance shares or performance units are repurchased by us or are forfeited to us, such shares will become available
for future grant under the Plan as described above. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award and/or used to satisfy
tax withholding obligations will not become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award is paid
out in cash rather than stock, such cash payment will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.
If we declare a stock dividend or engage in reorganization or other change in our capital structure, including a merger, the
Administrator will adjust the (i) number and class of shares available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) number, class and price
of shares subject to outstanding Awards, and (iii) specified per-person limits on Awards to reflect the change.
Administration of the Plan. Our Board, or its Compensation Committee, or a committee of directors or of other individuals
satisfying applicable laws and appointed by our Board (the “Administrator”), administers the Plan. To make grants to certain
of our officers and key employees, the members of the committee must qualify as “non-employee directors” under Rule 16b-
3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), and as “outside directors” under Section 162(m) (so that we
can receive a federal tax deduction for certain compensation paid under the Incentive Plan).
-26-
Proxy Statement
Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator has the sole discretion to select the employees, consultants, and directors
who will receive Awards, to determine the terms and conditions of Awards, to modify or amend each Award (subject to the
restrictions of the Plan), to interpret the provisions of the Plan and outstanding Awards, and to allow participants to satisfy
withholding tax obligations by electing to have us withhold from the shares to be issued upon exercise that number of shares
having a fair market value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld.
The Administrator may, but only with stockholder approval, implement an exchange program under which (i) outstanding
Awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type, Awards of a different type, or cash, (ii)
participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity
selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award could be reduced.
Automatic Director Grants. The Plan provides for an automatic grant to outside directors of an option to purchase 14,000
shares (the “First Option”) on the date the person first becomes an outside director. Each First Option will vest and become
exercisable as to one-third of the shares subject to the option on each annual anniversary of its date of grant. In addition, each
outside director who is a director on the date of each Annual Meeting of stockholders and has been a director for at least the
preceding six months, will receive an award of shares represented by the quotient of $60,000 divided by the closing market
price of Cutera common stock on the date of such Annual Meeting. These shares vest on the one-year anniversary of the
grant date.
Options. The Administrator is able to grant non-statutorynonstatutory stock options and incentive stock options under the
Plan. The Administrator determines the number of shares subject to each option, although the Plan provides that a participant
may not receive options for more than 1,000,000 shares in any fiscal year, except in connection with his or her initial
employment with us, in which case he or she may be granted an option covering up to 1,000,000 shares.
The Administrator determines the exercise price of options granted under the Plan, provided the exercise price must be at
least equal to, and not less than, the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. In addition, the exercise
price of an incentive stock option granted to any participant who owns more than 10% of the total voting power of all classes
of our outstanding stock must be at least 110% of the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date.
The term of each option will be stated in the Award agreement. The term of an option may not exceed seven years, except
that, with respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of the Company’s outstanding
capital stock, the term of an incentive stock option may not exceed five years.
After a termination of service with us, a participant will be able to exercise the vested portion of his or her option for the
period of time stated in the Award agreement. If no such period of time is stated in the participant’s Award agreement, the
participant will generally be able to exercise his or her option for (i) three months following his or her termination for reasons
other than death or disability, and (ii) twelve months following his or her termination due to death or disability. In no event
may an option be exercise beyond its maximum term.
Restricted Stock. Awards of restricted stock are rights to acquire or purchase shares of our common stock, which vest in
accordance with the terms and conditions established by the Administrator in its sole discretion. For example, the
Administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals. The Administrator, in its
discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. The Award agreement generally will
grant us the right to repurchase or reacquire the shares upon the termination of the participant's service with us for any reason
(including death or disability). The Administrator will determine the number of shares granted pursuant to an Award of
restricted stock, but no participant will be granted a right to purchase or acquire more than 300,000 shares of restricted stock
during any fiscal year, except that a participant may be granted up to an additional 300,000 shares of restricted stock in
connection with his or her initial employment with us.
-27-
Proxy Statement
Restricted Stock Units. Awards of restricted stock units result in a payment to a participant only if the vesting criteria the
Administrator establishes is satisfied. For example, the Administrator may set vesting criteria based on the achievement of
specific performance goals. The restricted stock units vest at a rate determined by the Administrator; provided, however, that
after the grant of restricted stock units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any restrictions for such
restricted stock units. Upon satisfying the applicable vesting criteria, the participant will be entitled to the payout specified
in the Award agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned restricted stock units in cash, shares, or a
combination thereof. Restricted stock units that are fully paid in cash will not reduce the number of shares available for grant
under the Plan. On the date set forth in the Award agreement, all unearned restricted stock units will be forfeited to us. The
Administrator determines the number of restricted stock units granted to any participant, but no participant may be granted
more than 300,000 restricted stock units during any fiscal year, except that the participant may be granted up to an additional
300,000 restricted stock units in connection with his or her initial employment with us.
Stock Appreciation Rights. The Administrator will be able to grant stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), which are the rights
to receive the appreciation in fair market value of common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. We can pay
the appreciation in cash, shares of common stock, or a combination thereof. The Administrator, subject to the terms of the
Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of SARs granted under the Plan, provided, however,
that the exercise price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share on the date of grant and the term of a
SAR may not exceed seven years. No participant will be granted SARs covering more than 1,000,000 shares during any fiscal
year, except that a participant may be granted SARs covering up to an additional 1,000,000 shares in connection with his or
her initial employment with us.
The Administrator may grant “affiliated” SARs, “freestanding” SARs, “tandem” SARs, or any combination thereof. An
“affiliated SAR” is a SAR that is granted in connection with a related option and which automatically will be deemed to be
exercised at the same time that the related option is exercised. However, an affiliated SAR will not require a reduction in the
number of shares subject to the related option. A "freestanding" SAR is one that is granted independent of any options. A
“tandem” SAR is a SAR granted in connection with an option that entitles the participant to exercise the SAR by surrendering
to us an equivalent portion of the unexercised related option. A tandem SAR may be exercised only with respect to the shares
for which its related option is then exercisable. With respect to a tandem SAR granted in connection with an incentive stock
option, the tandem SAR will expire no later than the expiration of the underlying incentive stock option, the value of the
payout with respect to the tandem SAR will be for no more than 100% of the difference between the exercise price of the
underlying incentive stock option and the fair market value of the shares subject to the underlying incentive stock option at
the time the tandem SAR is exercised, and the tandem SAR will be exercisable only when the fair market value of the shares
subject to the incentive stock option exceeds the exercise price of the incentive stock option.
After termination of service with us, a participant will be able to exercise the vested portion of his or her SAR for the period
of time stated in the Award agreement. If no such period of time is stated in a participant's Award agreement, a participant
will generally be able to exercise his or her vested SARs for the same period of time as applies to stock options.
Performance Units and Performance Shares. The Administrator may grant performance units and performance shares, which
are Awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if the performance goals or other vesting criteria the
Administrator may establish are achieved or the Awards otherwise vest. Earned performance units and performance shares
will be paid, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, in the form of cash, shares, or in a combination thereof. The
Administrator will establish performance or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which
they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to
participants. The performance units and performance shares will vest at a rate determined by the Administrator; provided,
however, that after the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce
or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance unit or performance share. During any
fiscal year, no participant will receive more than 300,000 performance shares and no participant will receive performance
units having an initial value greater than $2,000,000, except that a participant may be granted performance shares covering
up to an additional 300,000 shares in connection with his or her initial employment with us. Performance units will have an
initial value established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Performance shares will have an initial value
equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date.
-28-
Proxy Statement
Performance Goals. Awards of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units and other
incentives under the Plan may be made subject to the attainment of performance goals relating to one or more business criteria
within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code and may provide for a targeted level or levels of
achievement including: (i) cash position, (ii) earnings per Share, (iii) net income, (iv) operating cash flow, (v) operating
income, (vi) operating expenses, (vii) product revenues, (viii) profit after-tax, (ix) revenue, (x) revenue growth, and (xi) total
stockholder return. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from Award to Award, may be used
alone or in combination, may be used to measure our performance as a whole or the performance of one of our business units,
and may be measured relative to a peer group or index.
Limits on Awards Granted to Non-Employee Directors. No non-employee/ outside director may be granted, in any fiscal
year, Awards under this Plan with a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles) of greater than $300,000. Any Awards granted to an individual while he or she was an employee, or while he or
she was a consultant but not an outside director, will not count for purposes of the limitations under this Plan.
Transferability of Awards. Awards granted under the Plan are generally not transferable, and all rights with respect to an
Award granted to a participant generally will be available during a participant’s lifetime only to the participant.
Dividends on Awards. To the extent an Award permits the payment of dividends or other distributions on the Shares
underlying the Award, Participants will not be entitled to receive such dividends or other distributions until such Award vests.
Change in Control. In the event we experience a change in control, each outstanding Award will be assumed or an equivalent
option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event
that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Award, the participant will fully vest in and have the
right to exercise all of his or her outstanding options and stock appreciation rights, including shares as to which such Awards
would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on restricted stock will lapse, and, with respect to restricted
stock units, performance shares and performance units, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed
achieved at target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an option or stock appreciation right is not
assumed or substituted for in the event of a change in control, the Administrator will notify the participant in writing or
electronically that the option or stock appreciation right will be fully vested and exercisable for a period of time determined
by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the option or stock appreciation right will terminate upon the expiration of
such period.
With respect to Awards granted to an outside director that are assumed or substituted for, if on the date of or following such
assumption or substitution the participant’s status as a director or a director of the successor corporation, as applicable, is
terminated other than upon a voluntary resignation by the participant not at the request of the successor, then the participant
will fully vest in and have the right to exercise his or her options and/or stock appreciation rights as to all of the shares subject
to the Award, including shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on
restricted stock shall lapse, and, with respect to restricted stock units, performance shares and performance units, all
performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at target levels and all other terms and conditions met.
Term of Plan. The Plan, as amended and restated, will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. It will continue in
effect until the date of the Annual General Meeting in 2022, unless our Board terminates it earlier.
Amendment and Termination of the Plan. The Administrator has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan,
except that stockholder approval will be required for any amendment to the extent required by applicable laws. No
amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any participant, unless mutually agreed
otherwise between the participant and the Administrator and which agreement must be in writing and signed by the participant
and us.
-29-
Proxy Statement
Federal Tax Aspects
The following paragraphs are a summary of the general federal income tax consequences to U.S. taxpayers and us of Awards
granted under the Plan. Tax consequences for any particular individual may be different.
Non-statutory Stock Options. No taxable income is reportable when a nonstatutorynonstatutory stock option with an exercise
price equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant is granted to a participant. Upon exercise, the
participant will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value (on the exercise date) of
the shares purchased over the exercise price of the option. Any taxable income recognized in connection with an option
exercise by one of our employees is subject to tax withholding by us. Any additional gain or loss recognized upon any later
disposition of the shares would be capital gain or loss.
As a result of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder (“Section
409A”), however, nonstatutorynonstatutory stock options and stock appreciation rights granted with an exercise price below
the fair market value of the underlying stock or with a deferral feature may be taxable to the recipient in the year of vesting
in an amount equal to the difference between the then fair market value of the underlying stock and the exercise price of such
Awards and may be subject to an additional 20% federal income tax plus penalties and interest. In addition, certain states,
such as California, have adopted similar tax provisions.
Incentive Stock Options. No taxable income is reportable when an incentive stock option is granted or exercised (except for
purposes of the alternative minimum tax, in which case taxation is the same as for nonstatutorynonstatutory stock options).
If the participant exercises the option and then later sells or otherwise disposes of the shares more than two years after the
grant date and more than one year after the exercise date, the difference between the sale price and the exercise price will be
taxed as capital gain or loss. If the participant exercises the option and then later sells or otherwise disposes of the shares
before the end of the two- or one-year holding periods described above, he or she generally will have ordinary income at the
time of the sale equal to the fair market value of the shares on the exercise date (or the sale price, if less) minus the exercise
price of the option.
Stock Appreciation Rights. No taxable income is reportable when a stock appreciation right with an exercise price equal to
the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant is granted to a participant. Upon exercise, the participant
will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the amount of cash received and the fair market value of any shares
received. Any additional gain or loss recognized upon any later disposition of the shares would be capital gain or loss.
Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units and Performance Shares. A participant generally will not have
taxable income at the time an Award of restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares or performance units are
granted. Instead, he or she will recognize ordinary income in the first taxable year in which his or her interest in the shares
underlying the Award becomes either (i) freely transferable, or (ii) no longer subject to substantial risk of forfeiture. However,
the recipient of a restricted stock Award may elect to recognize income at the time he or she receives the Award in an amount
equal to the fair market value of the shares underlying the Award (less any cash paid for the shares) on the date the Award is
granted.
Section 409A. Section 409A addresses non-qualified deferred compensation arrangements. Awards granted under our Plan
with a deferral feature will be subject to the requirements of Section 409A, including discount stock options and stock
appreciation rights discussed above. If an Award is subject to and fails to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A, the
recipient of that Award may recognize ordinary income on the amounts deferred under the Award, to the extent vested, which
may be prior to when the compensation is actually or constructively received. Also, if an Award that is subject to Section
409A fails to comply with Section 409A’s provisions, Section 409A imposes an additional 20% federal income tax on
compensation recognized as ordinary income, as well as interest on such deferred compensation. Some states may also apply
a penalty tax (for instance, California imposes a 20% penalty tax in addition to the 20% federal penalty tax). The Internal
Revenue Service has not issued complete and final guidance under Section 409A and, accordingly, the requirements of
Section 409A (and the application of those requirements to Awards issued under the Plan) are not entirely clear. We strongly
encourage recipients of such Awards to consult their tax, financial, or other advisor regarding the tax treatment of such
Awards.
-30-
Proxy Statement
Tax Effect for Us; Section 162(m). We generally will be entitled to a tax deduction in connection with an Award under the
Plan in an amount equal to the ordinary income realized by a participant and at the time the participant recognizes such
income (for example, the exercise of a nonstatutorynonstatutory stock option). Special rules limit the deductibility of
compensation paid to our Chief Executive Officer (i.e., its principal executive officer) and to each of our three most highly
compensated executive officers for the taxable year (other than the principal financial officer). Under Section 162(m), the
annual compensation paid to any of these specified executives will be deductible only to the extent that it does not exceed
$1,000,000. However, we can preserve the deductibility of certain compensation in excess of $1,000,000 if the conditions of
Section 162(m) are met. These conditions include stockholder approval of the Plan, setting limits on the number of Awards
that any individual may receive and for Awards other than certain stock options and stock appreciation rights, establishing
performance criteria that must be met before the Award actually will vest or be paid. The Plan has been designed to permit
the Administrator to grant Awards that qualify as performance-based for purposes of satisfying the conditions of Section
162(m), thereby permitting us to continue to receive a federal income tax deduction in connection with such Awards.
THE FOREGOING IS ONLY A SUMMARY OF THE EFFECT OF FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION UPON
PARTICIPANTS AND US WITH RESPECT TO THE GRANT AND EXERCISE OF AWARDS UNDER THE
INCENTIVE PLAN. IT DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE COMPLETE, AND DOES NOT DISCUSS THE TAX
CONSEQUENCES OF A PARTICIPANT'S DEATH OR THE PROVISIONS OF THE INCOME TAX LAWS OF
ANY MUNICIPALITY, STATE OR FOREIGN COUNTRY IN WHICH THE PARTICIPANT MAY RESIDE
Number of Awards Granted to Employees, Consultants and Directors
The number of awards that an employee, director, or consultant may receive under the Plan is in the discretion of
the administrator and therefore cannot be determined in advance. The following table sets forth: (i) the aggregate number of
shares of common stock subject to options granted under the Plan during the fiscal year 2016 to each of our named executive
officers; executive officers, as a group; directors who are not executive officers, as a group; and all employees who are not
executive officers, as a group; (ii) the average per share exercise price of such options; (iii) the aggregate number of shares
subject to RSUs and PSUs (at target) granted under the Plan during the fiscal year 2016 to each of our named executive
officers; executive officers, as a group; directors who are not executive officers, as a group; and all employees who are not
executive officers, as a group; and (iv) the grant-date value of shares subject to such RSUs and PSUs.
Name of Individual or Group
Number of
Shares
Subject to
Options
Granted
Average Per
Share
Exercise
Price
of Option
Grants
Number of
Shares
Subject to
RSUs and
PSUs
Granted
Dollar Value
of Shares
Subject to
RSUs and
PSUs
Granted(3)
James A. Reinstein(1) .....................................................
—
—
—
—
President and CEO
Kevin A. Connors(2) .......................................................
—
—
97,900 $
1,027,950
Former President and CEO
Ronald J. Santilli ...........................................................
—
—
70,052 $
784,997
EVP and CFO
Larry E. Laber ...............................................................
5,000 $
10.80
25,000 $
277,000
EVP Sales, North America
Miguel A. Pardos ..........................................................
5,000 $
10.80
25,000 $
277,000
EVP International
All executive officers, as a group ..................................
10,000 $
10.80
217,952 $
2,336,947
All directors who are not executive officers, as a
group ..........................................................................
—
—
45,350 $
507,069
All employees who are not executive officers, as a
group ..........................................................................
152,000 $
12.67
216,889 $
2,311,410
(1) Mr. Reinstein was appointed as President and Chief Executive Officer on January 9, 2017.
(2) Mr. Connors resigned as President and Chief Executive Officer on August 13, 2016.
(3) Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of awards computed in accordance with ASC 718.
-31-
Proxy Statement
PROPOSAL FIVE—NON-BINDING ADVISORY VOTE ON THE COMPENSATION OF NAMED
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
General
As required pursuant to Section 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Board is asking you to approve, on an
advisory and non-binding basis, the executive compensation programs and policies and the resulting 2016 compensation of
our Named Executive Officers listed in the 2016 Summary Compensation Table on page 50 (our “NEOs”) as described in
this proxy statement.
This proposal, commonly known as a “say-on-pay” proposal, gives our stockholders the opportunity to express their views
on our NEOs’ compensation as a whole. This vote is not intended to address any specific item of compensation or any specific
NEO, but rather the overall compensation of all of our NEOs and the philosophy, policies and practices described in this
proxy statement. Because the vote is advisory, the result will not be binding on our Compensation Committee and it will not
affect, limit or augment any existing compensation or awards. The say-on-pay vote will, however, provide information to the
Compensation Committee and our Board regarding investor sentiment about our executive compensation philosophy, policies
and practices, which they will take into account when considering future compensation arrangements. Our Board and the
Compensation Committee value the opinions of our stockholders and to the extent there is any significant vote against the
compensation of the NEOs as disclosed in this proxy statement, they will consider our stockholders’ concerns and the
Compensation Committee will evaluate whether any actions are necessary to address those concerns.
We recommend you should read the Compensation Discussion and Analysis and compensation tables and also consider the
factors below in determining whether to approve this proposal.
Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
Our Compensation Committee reviews the compensation of our NEOs and strikes a balance between fixed base pay and Pay-
for-Performance (“PFP”) programs that tie compensation directly to specific business goals and management objectives. Our
Compensation Committee designed our executive compensation program to support our near-term financial and strategic
objectives and promote the long-term growth of our company.
Our compensation philosophy is to ensure that our compensation programs:
support our key financial and strategic goals and relate to our corporate performance;
align the interests of our executive officers with the interests of our stockholders;
●
●
● provide a total compensation package that is competitive and enables us to attract, motivate, reward and retain
●
●
talented executive officers and employees;
the majority of the compensation is of a PFP type. As a result, the impact of our growth in revenue, improvement of
our operating results and the improvement of our stock price, all significantly impacted the compensation of our
NEOs; and
that the compensation of the NEOs remains competitive, so that we can continue to retain, attract, motivate, and
reward the key employees whose knowledge, skills and performance are necessary for our continued growth and
success.
We believe the compensation of our executive officers and employees should reflect our performance as an organization, and
their performance as individuals, in attaining key financial and operating objectives established by our Board. In addition,
we strive to promote an ownership mentality among our employees, including our executive officers, which we believe is
best achieved through our equity incentive program and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Also, as our company matures
and we lay the foundation for longer term growth and sustained profitability, we endeavor to conserve our cash resources.
To that end, one important aspect of our overall compensation philosophy is to set base salaries that are conservative, relative
to the companies in our compensation Peer Group in favor of equity and performance-based incentive compensation, which
we believe best aligns the interests of our employees and our stockholders.
-32-
Proxy Statement
Key Features of Our Executive Compensation Program
WHAT WE DO
Pay for Performance: We link the cash compensation of
our executive officers to our performance and stockholder
interests by heavily weighting their target total cash
compensation opportunities to the achievement of strong
financial performance tied to a balanced mix of pre-
established performance measures and long-term equity
awards that align their interests with those of our
stockholders.
Independent Compensation Advisor: The Compensation
Committee selects and engages its own independent
advisor to benchmark compensation at reasonable
intervals.
Stock Ownership Guidelines: Our NEOs and the non-
employee members of our Board are subject to stock
ownership guidelines equal to a multiple of their
respective annual base salaries (3x for our CEO and 1x
for other NEOs) or Board retainers (3x for directors).
WHAT WE DON’T DO
☒ No Special Perquisites or Benefits: We do not provide
special perquisites or other personal benefits to our
executive officers, such as company cars, club
memberships, supplemental executive retirement plans
or supplemental executive health benefits.
☒ No Guaranteed Bonuses: We do not provide guaranteed
minimum bonuses. Bonuses are contingent upon the
achievement of key strategic company goals.
☒ No multi-year employment contracts for any executive
or employee.
Competitive and market based compensation: We pay
fair and reasonable compensation that allows us to attract,
motivate, retain and reward the key employees whose
knowledge, skills and performance are necessary for our
future growth and success.
☒ No Change-in-control single trigger or gross-ups: We
do not have single-trigger equity vesting and do not
provide any tax reimbursements or gross-ups for any
severance or payments or benefits.in the event of a
change-in-control.
Fiscal Year 2016 Compensation Overview
When designing our fiscal year 2016 executive compensation program, the Compensation Committee considered the program
philosophy and objectives set forth above and the intense competition for executive talent within the medical device industry
and the broader high-tech industry in Silicon Valley, California. On August 15, 2016, Kevin Connors, our then President and
CEO, left the Company and Ronald Santilli, our then EVP and CFO, took over the position of Interim CEO and CFO until
the Board could identify and recruit for that key leadership position. Included in our Compensation Discussion and Analysis
below, is a discussion relating to Mr. Santilli and the other two NEOs- Larry Laber, EVP of North America sales and Miguel
Pardos, EVP of International Sales. The Compensation Committee’s overall objective was to compensate our Interim CEO
and CFO, as well as our other NEOs, in a manner that attracts and retains the caliber of individuals needed to manage and
staff a demanding and high-growth business in the rapidly evolving, innovative and competitive medical device industry.
For a detailed discussion about our compensation philosophy, policies and practices, and other corporate governance policies,
see the section titled “Executive Compensation” below beginning on page 35.
Summary of the Key Features of our 2016 Executive Compensation Program.
● Our NEOs are compensated with cash, incentive cash commissions/ bonuses, equity awards, non-equity incentives,
and other customary employee benefits.
● The compensation of our NEOs is reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee, and adjustments are made
to reflect performance-based factors and competitive conditions.
-33-
Proxy Statement
● We evaluate and reward our NEOs based on the comparable industry specific and general market compensation for
their respective positions in the Company and an evaluation of their contributions to the achievement of short-and
long-term organizational goals.
● Our Compensation Committee engages an outside compensation consultant to review our executive compensation
programs, in comparison to a peer group of companies (the “Peer Group”), and recommend modifications at
reasonable intervals.
● Our NEOs have Change of Control and Severance Agreements (“COC Agreements”) and, except for these
arrangements, we do not have employment agreements with any of our NEOs.
● We have stock ownership guidelines equal to a multiple of their respective annual base salaries (3x for our CEO and
1x for other NEOs).
We believe that the information provided above and within the Executive Compensation section of this proxy statement
demonstrates that our executive compensation program has been designed appropriately and is working to ensure our NEOs’
interests are aligned with our stockholders’ interests to support long-term value creation. Accordingly, we ask our
stockholders to vote “FOR” the following resolution at the Annual Meeting:
“RESOLVED, that the compensation paid to the Company"s named executive officers, as disclosed pursuant to Item
402 of Regulation S-K, including the Compensation Discussion and Analysis, compensation tables and narrative
discussion, is hereby APPROVED.”
Consistent with the preference of our stockholders, as reflected in the advisory vote on the frequency of future say-on-pay
votes conducted at our 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, the Board has adopted a policy providing for annual advisory
votes on the compensation of the NEOs.
Board of Directors’ Recommendation
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE “FOR” THE ADVISORY (NON-BINDING)
VOTE APPROVING THE COMPENSATION OF THE NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.
-34-
Proxy Statement
NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Set forth below is certain information as of the Record Date, which is April 17, 2017, concerning our NEOs.
Name
James A. Reinstein .........................................
Ronald J. Santilli ............................................
Larry E. Laber ................................................
Miguel A. Pardos ...........................................
Age
52
57
46
49
Position(s)
President, CEO and Director
EVP and CFO
EVP Sales, North America
EVP International
James A Reinstein has served as our President and CEO and a member of our Board since January 9, 2017. Prior to joining
Cutera, Mr. Reinstein served as the CEO of Drawbridge Health Inc., a joint venture of GE Ventures and GE Healthcare. Prior
to Drawbridge, Mr. Reinstein was the CEO of Aptus Endosystems from 2012 until its acquisition by Medtronic in 2015. From
2007 to 2012, Mr. Reinstein was the EVP and Chief Commercial Officer of Cyberonics, Inc. Prior to Cyberonics, Mr.
Reinstein held a variety of management positions of increasing responsibility within Boston Scientific Corporation from
1990 to2007, including Vice President and Regional Head of an Asian business unit and Country Director of Boston Scientific
de Mexico. Mr. Reinstein holds a BBA in Marketing from University of Georgia.
Ronald J. Santilli has served as our CFO since September 2001. From August 15, 2016 to December 31, 2016, Mr.
Santilli held the dual role of Interim CEO and CFO. Mr. Santilli has performed the role of EVP since April 2007 to present
and prior to that he held the position of Vice President of Finance and Administration. Prior to joining Cutera, from April
2001 to August 2001, Mr. Santilli served as Senior Director of Financial Planning and Accounting at Lumenis, a manufacturer
of medical lasers. From May 1982 to March 2001, Mr. Santilli held several positions at Coherent Inc., including Sales
Operations Manager, Controller of the Medical Group and, most recently, Director of Finance and Administration. Mr.
Santilli holds a B.S. in Business Administration from San Jose State University and an M.B.A. in Finance from Golden Gate
University.
Larry E. Laber has served as our EVP of North America Sales since September 2014. Prior to joining Cutera, Mr. Laber
spent 12 years at Cynosure, a manufacturer of laser and other light-based aesthetic treatment systems, where he spent his last
four years as the Executive Director of Sales for North America. Mr. Laber holds a B.S. in Communications from California
State University, Northridge.
Miguel A. Pardos has served as our EVP of International Sales since July 2014. Prior to joining Cutera, Mr. Pardos served
five years as Vice President of Asia-Pacific for Syneron-Candela, a manufacturer of laser and other light-based aesthetic
treatment systems. Before that, he was with GE Healthcare for nine years in a variety of leadership roles in Spain, Germany,
Australia, and Singapore. Mr. Pardos holds a B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering from Universidad Politecnica Catalunya, and
an Executive M.B.A. from Instituto de Empresa.
-35-
Proxy Statement
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis explains our executive compensation philosophy and programs, the decisions
our “Compensation Committee” made under those programs during fiscal year 2016 and the factors considered in making
those decisions. The Compensation Committee has the principal responsibility for establishing, implementing and continually
monitoring adherence to our compensation philosophy and objectives. The Compensation Committee’s duties include
evaluating the performance and advising the Board on the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, and setting the
compensation of our other executive officers. This Compensation Discussion and Analysis focuses on the compensation of
our NEOs for 2016, which were:
● Ronald J. Santilli, Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer as of December 31, 2016
● Larry E. Laber, EVP, North America Sales
● Miguel A. Pardos, EVP International Sales.
Mr. Reinstein was appointed as President and Chief Executive Officer on January 9, 2017, and therfore was not an NEO for
2016.
Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
For our Compensation Committee’s compensation philosophy and objectives relating to the compensation of our NEO, please
refer to Proposal Five above.
Financial Highlights for 2016
We are a global medical device company focused on the design, development, manufacture and commercialization of laser
and other energy-based aesthetic systems for practitioners worldwide. We sell systems, system upgrades, hand pieces, hand
piece refills (applicable to Titan® and truSculpttruSculpt), and distribute third-party manufactured skincare products. In
addition, we have a recurring service business that includes the selling of post-warranty service contracts, parts, hand piece
replacements, and generating revenue from the servicing of products that are out of warranty.
Fiscal year 2016 was a year of continued investment in our business, which resulted in record annual revenue of $118.1
million. Highlights of key achievements are as follows:
● Our research and development team delivered a new three wavelength (1064 nm + 532 nm+ 670 nm) and dual pulse
duration (750 picosecond, or “ps,” and 2 nanosecond, or “ns”) laser system called enlighten III. This system is
cleared for multi-colored tattoo removal and for the treatment of benign pigmented lesions, and it further broadens
our strong and well diversified portfolio of products.
Increased investments in sales and marketing over the recent two to three years in recruiting an industry trained,
proven commercial leadership team, expanding the number of our direct sales professionals, and enhancing our sales
and marketing efforts, all of which resulted in improved revenue growth and profitability.
●
● Regulatory approvals: In 2016, our regulatory team achieved an expanded FDA indication for our new three
wavelength enlighten III system for marketing the 670 nm wave length for benign pigmented lesions. This system
is also cleared for multi-colored tattoo removal. In addition, for our radio-frequency (“RF”) technology based
truSculpt system designed for non-invasive body contouring, we achieved an expanded FDA clearance to market
the system for the temporary reduction in circumference of the abdomen. These indications further enhance our
ability to market these products more effectively.
● Revenue grew in 2016 to $118.1 million, which represented a 25% growth rate compared to 2015 and represented a
second consecutive year of annual growth in excess of 21%. Gross margin improved to 58% in 2016, compared to
57% in 2015, which was primarily due to the improved leverage of our operations as a result of increased revenue,
the implementation of several management initiatives to improve the reliability of our products and product cost
reductions.
● Adjusted EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, Amortization and non-cash Stock Compensation):
In 2016, our Adjusted EBITDA increased by $6.3 million, or 847%, to $7.1 million, compared to $749,000 in 2015.
This improvement was primarily attributable to the improved leverage of our operations as a result of increased
revenue.
● Cash generated by operations: Our cash generated by operations improved by $3.3 million, or 247%, in 2016 to
$1.9 million, compared to cash used in operations of $1.4 million in 2015. This improvement was due to the
improvement in our revenue, profitability and the continued conservative management of our working capital.
-36-
Proxy Statement
● Stock Repurchase: In 2015, we repurchased $40 million of our common stock through our stock repurchase plan. In
2016, our Board approved a plan to repurchase another $10 million of our common stock, under which we
repurchased $4.9 million of stock.
Our financial and operational success translated into superior long-term stock price growth for the benefit of our stockholders.
In 2016, our Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”)(1) was 36% as our stock price improved from $12.79 to $17.35.
(1) (TSR is calculated as (Price @ end – Price @ beginning +Dividends)/ Price @ beginning).
Corporate Governance Highlights
We endeavor to maintain good corporate governance standards consistent with our executive compensation policies and
practices. The following policies and practices were in effect during 2016:
●
Independent directors oversee each of our Board’s sub-committees. As discussed in greater detail above, we have
the following subcommittees:
- Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee that reviews and makes recommendations on matters
concerning corporate governance, Board composition, identification, evaluation and nomination of director
candidates;
Strategic Transactions Committee that reviews and evaluates any strategic business combination
transaction;
-
- Audit Committee that oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our
financial statements; and
- Compensation Committee that establishes executive compensation and administers our equity plans.
● The Compensation Committee conducts an annual review and approval of our compensation strategy. We ensure
that our compensation practices remain current with market conditions by having them reviewed by compensation
consultant from time to time. Our compensation philosophy and related corporate governance features are
complemented by several elements that are designed to align our executive compensation with long-term stockholder
interests. The following is a summary of the key features of our compensation program.
WHAT WE DO
Pay for Performance: We link the cash compensation of
our executive officers to our performance and stockholder
interests by heavily weighting their target total cash
compensation opportunities to the achievement of strong
financial performance tied to a balanced mix of pre-
established performance measures and long-term equity
awards that align their interests with those of our
stockholders.
Independent Compensation Advisor: The Compensation
Committee selects and engages its own independent
advisor to benchmark compensation at reasonable
intervals.
Stock Ownership Guidelines: Our executive officers and
the non-employee members of our Board of Directors are
subject to stock ownership guidelines equal to a multiple
of their respective annual base salaries (3x for our CEO
and 1X for other NEOs) or Board retainers (3x for
directors).
WHAT WE DON’T DO
☒ No Special Perquisites or Benefits: We do not provide
special perquisites or other personal benefits to our
executive officers, such as company cars, club
memberships, supplemental executive retirement plans
or supplemental executive health benefits.
☒ No Guaranteed Bonuses: We do not provide guaranteed
minimum bonuses. Bonuses are contingent upon the
achievement of key strategic company goals.
☒ No multi-year employment contracts for any executive
or employee.
Competitive and market based compensation: We pay
fair and reasonable compensation that allows us to attract,
motivate, retain and reward the key employees whose
knowledge, skills and performance are necessary for our
future growth and success.
☒ No Change-in-control single trigger or gross-ups: We
do not have single-trigger equity vesting and do not
provide any tax reimbursements or gross-ups for any
severance or payments or benefits.in the event of a
change-in-control.
-37-
Proxy Statement
Compensation Committee’s Roles and Responsibilities
Role of the Compensation Committee and its Consultant in Setting Executive Compensation
The Compensation Committee establishes the compensation for our NEOs to ensure consistency with market compensation
rates for similar positions, our compensation philosophy and corporate governance guidelines.
Compensation Committee Members
The members of the Compensation Committee are appointed by our Board. The chairman of the committee is Gregory Barrett
and the other members are David B. Apfelberg, M.D. and Jerry P. Widman. Each member of the Compensation Committee
is an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, a “non-employee director” for purposes
of Exchange Act Rule 16b-3 and satisfies the independence requirements imposed by NASDAQ.
Compensation Committee Charter
The Compensation Committee establishes the compensation for our NEOs and administers our Equity Incentive Plans, which
are currently the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan and the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. The
Compensation Committee has a written charter, which can be found on our website (www.cutera.com.) in the Investor
section, under the Corporate Governance tab.
Duties of the Compensation Committee
The responsibilities of the Compensation Committee include:
(i) Establishing the following for our NEOs and such other executive officers as appropriate:
(b) annual base salary;
(c) annual incentive bonus, which may include the setting of specific goals and target amounts;
(d) equity compensation;
(e) agreements for employment, severance and change-of-control payments and benefits; and
(f) any other benefits, compensation or arrangements, other than benefits generally available to our employees.
(ii) Reviewing and making recommendations to our Board, at such intervals as may be decided by the Compensation
Committee from time to time, regarding:
(a) general compensation goals and guidelines for our employees and the criteria by which bonuses and stock
compensation awards to our employees are determined; and,
(g) other policies and plans for the provision of compensation to our employees, directors and consultants.
-38-
Proxy Statement
(iii) Acting as Administrator of our Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, 2004 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan and any other equity compensation plans adopted by our Board.
(iv) Reviewing and making recommendations to our Board with respect to policies relating to the issuance of equity
incentives to employees, directors and consultants.
(v) Evaluating the compensation of the independent members of our Board.
(vi) Preparing the report that follows this Compensation Discussion and Analysis.
Compensation Consultant
The Compensation Committee engaged an independent compensation consultant, Compensia, in December 2011, in June
2014 and in December 2016 to advise on compensation matters.
The compensation consultant performed the following activities for each of our NEOs:
● Reviewed the components of the total compensation package;
● Evaluate and develop a group of public companies that would be suitable to use as a Peer Group;
● Gather competitive market data with respect to compensation of executive officers of the Peer Group;
● Compare our NEOs’ compensation against the Peer Group;
● Recommend any adjustments that should be considered for cash-based and equity-based compensation; and
● Recommend compensation components that would make the compensation variable, based on the performance of
the Company.
Due to the significant cost associated with services provided by a compensation consultant, the Compensation Committee
engages a compensation consultant every two to three years based on the need for additional guidance resulting from changes
in the NEO’s roles and responsibilities, NEO turnover and other factors as determined by our Compensation Committee.
Role of our Executives in Setting Compensation
In developing the compensation of the NEOs, the Compensation Committee meets with members of our management team,
including our CEO, CFO, and other management employees as required. The purpose of these meetings is primarily for
gathering financial data, obtaining their input on proposed compensation programs, establishing mechanisms for
implementing and monitoring targets, and gathering other information on practices and packages for our NEOs, other
employees and directors.
Management may make recommendations to the Compensation Committee on all components of compensation. The
Compensation Committee considers, but is not bound to and does not always accept, management’s recommendations with
respect to these matters. The Compensation Committee has the ultimate authority to make decisions with respect to the
compensation of our NEOs and does not delegate any of its compensation functions to others.
Competitive Positioning
In developing, reviewing, and approving the annual compensation for our NEOs, the Compensation Committee, with the
assistance of its compensation consultant, develops and maintains the Peer Group of public companies from which to gather
competitive market data. The Compensation Committee approved the following set of selection criteria for determining the
companies to comprise the compensation Peer Group in 2014 as follows
(i) U.S.-based companies with a primary focus on health care equipment and supplies;
(ii) revenue of between 0.5 times to 2.0 times of Cutera; and
(iii) market capitalization of between 0.5 times to 2.5 times of Cutera.
-39-
Proxy Statement
This set of selection criteria led the independent compensation consultant to revise the then-existing Peer Group in 2014 to
include the following companies:
AtriCure
Atrion Corporation
BIOLASE
Cardiovascular Systems
CryoLife
Cynosure
Derma Sciences
IRIDEX
LeMaitre Vascular
Photomedex
RTI Surgical
SPECTRANETICS
SurModics
Synergetics USA
Vascular Solutions
Zeltiq Aesthetics
Executive Compensation Actions
On August 15, 2016, Kevin Connors, our then President and CEO, left the Company and Ronald Santilli, our then EVP and
CFO, took over the dual role of Interim CEO and CFO until the Board could identify and recruit for that key leadership
position (hereafter referred to as the “Transitionary Period”). Included in our Compensation Discussion and Analysis
(“CD&A”) below is a discussion relating to the Mr. Santilli and the other two NEOs- Mr. Laber, EVP of North America
Sales, and Mr. Pardos, EVP of International Sales.
In 2016, our Compensation Committee re-evaluated the compensation of our NEOs and recommended the following
modifications to their compensation arrangements, which our Board approved:
1) Cash Compensation
a) Mr. Santilli’s base salary and target bonus participation rate remained unchanged compared to 2015 at $367,000
and 50%, respectively, for the period from January 1, 2016 to August 14, 2016. With effect from August 15,
2016 through December 31, 2016, Mr. Santilli’s base salary and his target bonus participation rate were
increased to $600,000 and 70%, respectively, which were the rates being paid to Mr. Connors prior to his
departure. This action was taken by the Board to compensate Mr. Santilli for performing the dual role of Interim
CEO and CFO for the duration that the Board was conducting a search to find the replacement President and
CEO.
b) Mr. Laber’s base salary was increased effective July 1, 2016 from $400,000 to $475,000 and his variable
commission compensation remained unchanged at $300,000 at the target revenue growth rate. The increase in
base pay was provided to reward him for the 56% rate of revenue growth that the Company had achieved in
North America in the first half of 2016, compared to 2015.
c) Mr. Pardos’ base salary and target commission compensation payments remained unchanged at $251,000 and
$300,000, respectively.
2) Equity Grants. Fiscal year 2016 was a year of transition for equity awards for the following two reasons:
a)
In fiscal year 2015, in order to align the financial performance measurement criteria of PSU awards to the
Company’s fiscal year with effect from January 1, 2016, instead of granting a full-years’ worth of equity awards
(“Annual Equity Award”), the Board granted half of the Annual Equity Award grants in fiscal year 2015. As a
result, the 2016 ‘Annual Equity Award’ was approximately double the 2015 Annual Equity Award for Mr.
Santilli but more than double for Mr. Laber and Pardos to reward them for the improved revenue growth rates
as well as increase their pay-for-performance equity compensation on a go forward basis; and
-40-
Proxy Statement
b) On August 15, 2016 our then President and CEO (Mr. Connors) left the Company and the Board, under advice
from the Compensation Committee, granted incremental transitionary equity awards (“Transitionary Equity
Awards”) to the NEOs to compensate them for the increased level of performance and as a retention tool to
motivate them during the Transitionary Period until a replacement President and CEO could be hired.
The equity grants that were granted to our NEOs by our Board in fiscal year 2016, based on the recommendations
of the Compensation Committee, were as follows:
i) Mr. Santilli was granted a total equity award value of $784,997 in fiscal year 2016, compared to $295,372
in fiscal year 2015. The fiscal year 2016 awards were comprised of an Annual Equity Award of $556,500,
which represented 188% of his fiscal year 2015 grant value, which were split 50% RSUs and 50% PSUs;
and a Transitionary Equity Award of $228,497 (representing 8,526 RSUs and 8,526 PSUs) to increase his
equity compensation to the level that we were paying Mr. Connors during the Transitionary Period.
ii) Mr. Laber’s was granted a total equity award value of $293,458 in fiscal year 2016, compared to $206,940
in fiscal year 2015. The fiscal year 2016 awards were comprised of an Annual Equity Award of $210,000,
which represented 134% of his fiscal year 2015 grant value, in the form of 50% RSUs and 50% PSUs; and
a Transitionary Equity Award of $83,458 (representing 5,000 RSUs and 5,000 stock Options).
iii) Mr. Pardos was granted a total equity award value of $293,458 in fiscal year 2016, compared to $60,280 in
fiscal year 2015. The fiscal year 2016 awards were comprised of an Annual Equity Award of $210,000,
which represented 174% of his fiscal year 2015 grant value, in the form of 50% RSUs and 50% PSUs; and
a Transitionary Equity Award of $83,458 (representing 5,000 RSUs and 5,000 stock Options).
2) Established the Performance Goals for the PSUs granted. The goals established are detailed below in the section
titled "Equity Incentive Compensation."
The Compensation Committee concluded that the changes to the compensation of our NEOs strengthened the alignment of
their interests with those of our stockholders, were sufficient to maintain competitiveness with the executives in comparable
positions at the companies in our Peer Group, promoted retention and achieved the motivation and continuity desired during
the Transitionary Period. Further, the Compensation Committee also took into consideration the fact that, consistent with our
compensation objectives, the equity awards granted increased our NEOs’ stake in the Company, thereby reinforcing their
incentive to manage our business as owners and subject a significant portion of their total compensation to fluctuations in the
market price of our common stock in alignment with stockholder interests.
Compensation Components
Our NEOs are compensated with cash, equity and non-equity incentives, and other customary employee benefits.
Cash Compensation
Cash compensation consists of:
● Base salary;
● Participation in a discretionary Management Bonus Program (“Bonus Program”) for non-sales employees;
● Sales Commission Plan that pays for year-over-year revenue growth;
● Participation in a profit-sharing plan for non-sales employees; and
● An auto allowance to sales employees to compensate them for using their personal automobiles for business purposes
and a housing allowance for Mr. Pardos given that he resides in a foreign country away from his home.
-41-
Proxy Statement
Our cash compensation goals for our NEOs are based upon the following principles:
● Total cash compensation should generally be set at or above the 50th percentile of the Peer Group;
● Base salary should be positioned to reflect each individual’s experience, performance and potential;
● A significant portion of cash compensation should be contingent upon the achievement of key targets and be “at
risk”;
● The amount of bonuses payable to non-sales employees for any quarter should be based on revenue growth and the
improvement of the operating profit before stock-based compensation and non-operational expenses, or “adjusted
operating profit,” compared with the same quarter in the prior year; and
● The amount of sales commissions payable for any quarter to sales employees should be based on the degree of
achievement of revenue growth targets compared with the prior year.
Base Salary and Total Target Cash Compensation
Total target cash compensation for our NEOs includes their annual base salary, annual target bonus/ sales commission
opportunity (described below) and annual profit-sharing payments.
a) Mr. Santilli’s base salary and target bonus participation rate for his role as EVP and CFO remained unchanged,
compared to 2015, at $367,000 and 50%, respectively, for the period from January 1, 2016 to August 14, 2016. For the
Transitionary Period (August 15, 2016 through December 31, 2016), Mr. Santilli’s base salary and his target bonus
participation rate were increased to $600,000 and 70%, respectively, which were the rates being paid to Mr. Connors prior to
his departure. In addition, Mr. Santilli earned $16,110 in profit sharing in fiscal year 2016.
b) Mr. Laber’s base salary was increased effective July 1, 2016 from $400,000 to $475,000 and his variable commission
compensation was maintained at $300,000 based on a target revenue growth rate of 20%. The actual sales commission earned
by Mr. Laber for fiscal year 2016, based on the revenue growth that the Company succeeded in achieving in his territory,
was $561,808. In addition, Mr. Laber was paid $16,289 for an auto allowance and his 401(k) employer matched contribution.
c) Mr. Pardos’ base salary remained unchanged at the equivalent of $251,000 and his variable target commission
compensation payments were established at $300,000. The actual sales commission earned by Mr. Pardos for fiscal year
2016, based on the revenue growth that he succeeded in achieving for his territory, was $211,604. In addition, Mr. Pardos
was paid $72,023 for an auto and housing allowance.
Discretionary Management Bonus Program
In addition to base salary, we provided Mr. Santilli cash bonus under our Bonus Program in 2016. The cash bonuses payable
were determined quarterly based on the Company’s performance for the then-preceding quarter. Payments under the Bonus
Program are made quarterly and are at the discretion of our Compensation Committee.
Given our Bonus Program is discretionary, the Compensation Committee reduced the bonus payouts as calculated according
to the terms of the Bonus Program by changing the ‘Adjusted Operating Profit Factor to 0.0 in the first quarter of 2016 given
we were in a net operating loss position, and adjusted the revenue growth rate factor to 5.5 in the second quarter of 2016 to
reduce the amount of bonus payable.
Our EVP, Sales North America and our EVP International Sales do not participate in the Bonus Program or the Profit Sharing
Program, but are entitled to earn commissions and bonuses based on a variable commission plan that is based on our sales
and sales growth.
-42-
Proxy Statement
Target Bonus Opportunities
For 2016, the target cash bonuses were designed to reward our NEOs based on the Company’s overall financial performance
and were established based on the recommendation that the compensation consultant provided to the Compensation
Committee. As in prior years, the Compensation Committee determined that the target cash bonus for the non-sales NEO
should be determined as a percentage of their base salary. The target bonus opportunity is reviewed annually by the
Compensation Committee and is based on several factors, including the scope of the NEOs’ performance, contributions,
responsibilities, experience, prior years’ target cash bonus and market conditions.
In 2016, the Compensation Committee maintained the target bonus opportunity for Mr. Santilli, in his role as CFO at 50% of
base salary. In August 2016, during the Transitionary Period, Mr. Santilli’s target bonus opportunity was increased from 50%
to 70% of base salary.
Corporate Performance Measures
For 2016, the Board, Bbased on recommendations from the Compensation Committee, the Board maintained for 2016 the
corporate performance measures for determining the bonuses payable to the non-sales NEOs as follows:
1) Revenue Growth Rate; and
2) Adjusted Operating Profit Improvement.
The Board believed that these corporate performance measures continue to align the bonus payment with the achievement of
the Company’s annual operating goals and enhancing long-term stockholder value creation. Adjusted Operating Profits was
defined as operating profit less stock-based compensation expense and non-operational expenses. The Compensation
Committee decided that non-operational expenses should be excluded from the operating profit amount as they were deemed
unrelated to quarterly “operating” performance.
The Compensation Committee maintained the multipliers for each of the performance measures at the same rate as in 2015,
which were 7.5 x for the ‘Revenue Growth Rate’ multiplier and 5 x for the ‘Adjusted Operating Profit Improvement
Multiplier.’.
Using these measures, each fiscal quarter, we compared our performance against the same fiscal quarter in the prior year, and
applied the associated multiplying factor to the percentage improvement for that quarter to determine our quarterly
performance for that measure. If one performance measure’s percentage improvement for a fiscal quarter in 2016 was
negative, when compared to the same fiscal quarter for the prior year, the multiplier for that measure was set to zero.
For example, with the revenue growth factor of 7.5 and the adjusted operating profit improvement factor of 5, at 10% revenue
growth and 10% adjusted operating profit improvement, an individual would be eligible to receive 125% of his or her target
bonus opportunity for that quarter. At 15% revenue growth and 15% adjusted operating profit improvement, an individual
would be eligible to receive 187.5% of his or her target bonus opportunity. Based on the actual quarterly revenue growth and
adjusted operating profit improvement for each of the quarters in 2016, our NEOs earned the following bonus payout
multipliers of their respective target bonus opportunity for the respective quarters.
Revenue
Growth
(expressed
as a
percentage)
Revenue
Growth
Multiplier
Factor
Adjusted
Operating
Profit
Improvement
(expressed as
a percentage)
Adjusted
Operating
Profit
Multiplier
Total
Payout
Multiplier
Factor
Fiscal Period
First quarter* .............
17.57%
7.50
131.80%
8.03%
0.00*
0.00%
131.80%
Second quarter* .........
21.78%
5.50*
119.77%
5.56%
5.00
27.81%
147.58%
Third quarter .............
31.18%
Fourth quarter ............
26.07%
7.50
7.50
233.85%
6.77%
5.00
33.845%
267.70%
195.52%
6.37%
5.00
31.845%
227.37%
* According to the Bonus Program, the revenue growth rate factor and the adjusted operating profit factor for 2016 was 7.5 and
5.0, respectively. However, given that the Bonus Program is discretionary, the Compensation Committee reduced the bonus payout
-43-
Proxy Statement
by changing the adjusted operating profit factor to 0.0 in the first quarter of 2016 and the revenue growth rate factor to 5.0 in the
second quarter of 2016.
For fiscal year 2016, the cash bonus opportunity, and the amount actually earned, was as follows:
Named Executive Officer
Annual Cash
Annual Cash
Bonus Target(1)
Bonus Paid for
2016(2)
Mr. Santilli .............................................................................................................
$272,188
$571,243
(1) The Annual Cash Bonus Target and the Annual Cash Bonus Paid for each of the quarters in 2016 was based on the
corporate performance measures and the target bonus percentage (50% from 1/1/2016 to 8/14/2016 and 70% from
8/15/2016 to 12/31/2016) that Mr. Santilli was entitled to, per the Bonus Program Plan as applicable for each of
the quarters.
(2) The actual annual bonus paid to Mr. Santilli was calculated based on the achievement of the performance measures
and as adjusted by the Compensation Committee ( see the adjustments made discussed above).
Profit-Sharing Program
We have a profit sharing program for our NEOs and other non-sales employees pursuant to which quarterly cash payments
are made. Target profit-sharing payments are calculated based upon half of the quarterly pre-tax Adjusted Operating Profit
percentage (pre-tax Adjusted Operating Profit divided by revenue) multiplied by the NEOs’ gross salary earned during that
quarter.
In 2016, Mr. Santilli earned $16,110 in profit sharing payments.
Sales Commission Plan
In 2016, the Compensation Committee reviewed the sales commission plans for NEOs Mr. Laber and Mr. Pardos. They
determined that year-over-year revenue growth continues to be a very critical factor for the future success of the Company
and that the compensation of the sales executives should reflect their performance as individuals in attaining revenue growth
for the Company. Further, the Compensation Committee determined that establishing rates that would incentivize our sales
executives leaders to grow the revenue is in the best interest of the Company and ultimately of our stockholders as revenue
growth ultimately drives improved stock price.
Sales commissions payable for any quarter are based on the degree of achievement of revenue growth, compared with the
prior year. For 2016, the Compensation Committee established Mr. Laber’s and Mr. Pardos’ sales commission at $300,000
for a target revenue growth rate of 20% year-over-year. The commission payable to each of Mr. Laber and Mr. Pardos, at
varying degrees of revenue growth compared to the prior year, were as follows:
Revenue Growth Rate, Compared to Prior Year (%)
Sales Commission
Payout (FY 2016)
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
$100,000
$200,000
$300,000
$400,000
$500,000
$600,000
-44-
Proxy Statement
For fiscal year 2016, the cash commission opportunity at a target revenue growth rate of 20%, and the amount actually earned,
was as follows:
Named Executive Officer
Annual Cash
Sales Commission at
Target
Annual Cash
Commission Paid
for 2016
Mr. Laber .............................................................................................
$300,000
Mr. Pardos ............................................................................................
$300,000
$561,808
$211,604
Long-Term Incentive Program
We believe that equity-based compensation promotes and encourages long-term successful performance by our NEOs that is
aligned with the organization’s goals and the generation of stockholder value. Our equity compensation goals for our NEOs
are based upon the following principles:
● Stockholder and executive officer interests should be aligned;
● Key and high-performing employees, who have a demonstrable impact on our performance and /or stockholder
value, should be provided this benefit;
● The program should be structured to provide meaningful retention incentives to participants;
● The equity awards should reflect each individual’s experience, performance, potential and be comparable to what
the Peer Group awards for the respective position; and
● Actual awards should be tailored to reflect individual performance and attraction/retention goals.
Equity Incentive Compensation
Under our Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, we are permitted to grant stock options, stock appreciation
rights, restricted shares, RSU awards, PSU awards and other stock-based awards. Under the Amended and Restated 2004
Equity Incentive is Plan, we grant options to our executive officers, directors and employees to purchase shares of our
common stock at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of such stock on the date of grant. The grant date for stock
options to our employees, NEOs and directors is typically the date that the Board meets and approves the grant or an approval
is sought via a unanimous written consent. Prior to fiscal year 2016, we used to grant annual merit grants, on or around June
1st of each year. However, with effect from 2016, we moved our annual merit grants to granting them in January of each
year. Our non-employee directors are granted RSUs annually on the date of our Annual Meeting of Stockholders that vest on
the one-year anniversary of the grant date. We have no program, plan or practice to select option grant dates (or set Board
meeting and annual stockholder meeting dates) to correspond with the release of material non-public information.
-45-
Proxy Statement
Our Compensation Committee awarded the following equity awards to our NEOs in fiscal year 2016:
Stock
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
Number
of
Restricted
Stock
Unit
Awards –
Shares
Number of
Performance
Share Unit
Awards for
Target
Performance-
Shares(1)
Base
Price of
RSU
and
PSU
Awards
Grant
Date Fair
Value of
All
Equity
Award
Names
Grant Date
Mr. Santilli ....................
02/08/2016
10/28/2016
—
—
26,500(2)
8,526(2)
26,500 $
8,526 $
Mr. Laber ......................
Mr. Pardos .....................
02/08/2016
09/09/2016
10/28/2016
02/08/2016
09/09/2016
10/28/2016
—
5,000 (3)
—
—
5,000 (3)
—
10,000(4)
—
5,000(5)
10,000(6)
—
5,000(5)
10,000 $
—
— $
10,000 $
—
— $
10.50
13.40
$
10.50
13.40
$
10.50
—
13.40
$
556,500
228,497
784,997
210,000
16,458
67,000
293,458
210,000
16,458
67,000
293,458
(1) The PSU awards reflect the number of shares of stock that was expected to vest on March 15, 2017 assuming 100%
achievement of each of the performance targets discussed below. The actual number of shares that vested on March
15, 2017, were 23,067 for Mr. Santilli and 6,586 for both Mr. Laber and Mr. Pardos, representing an aggregate of
66% of achievement for all performance targets.
(2) One-third of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second and third anniversary of the vesting
commencement date of January 1, 2016.
(3) One-fourth of the shares underlying each of these stock options vest on the first anniversary of the vesting
commencement date of September 9, 2016 and 1/48th of the underlying shares vest each month thereafter.
(4) 10%, 20%, 30% and 40% of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary
of the vesting commencement date of January 1, 2016, respectively.
(5) One-fourth of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the vesting
commencement date of October 28, 2016.
(6) One-fourth of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the vesting
commencement date of January 1, 2016.
Performance Stock Unit Awards:
In February 2016, our Board, upon the recommendation of our Compensation Committee, granted PSUs to the NEOs and
established the below mentioned performance goals. The number of PSUs awarded to the NEOs resulted in a varying number
of shares of common stock that would have vested on March 15, 2017 based on the degree of achievement of the three
performance goals as set forth below and subject to the recipient continuing to provide service to the Company through the
vesting date. The PSU awards represent the aggregate number of shares that could have been earned from achievement of
the three performance goals at targets that were pre-determined by the Board.
-46-
Proxy Statement
Performance Goal
(1) Actual revenue achievement, compared to the target established by the Company’s Board .........
(2) Degree of improvement of the Company’s operating loss, compared to the target established by
the Company’s Board. ....................................................................................................................
(3) Expanded FDA clearance for a specific product. ...........................................................................
40%
40%
20%
Weighting of Goal
The following matrix provides an example of the number of shares of common stock that was expected to vest on March 15,
2017, based on the performance at varying degrees of achievement of all three performance criteria:
Number of Shares of Common Stock that Would Have Vested on March 15, 2017
If Minimum
Thresholds
are Not
Met
At 90% of
Target
Performance
21,716
6,200
6,200
At 100% of
Target
Performance
35,026
10,000
10,000
—
—
—
At 110% of
Target
Performance
41,331
11,800
11,800
At 200% of
Target
Performance
77,057
22,000
22,000
Name
Mr. Santilli ..............................
Mr. Laber ................................
Mr. Pardos ...............................
Benefits
We provide the following benefits to our NEOs generally on the same basis as the benefits provided to all employees. These
benefits are consistent with those offered by other companies and specifically with those companies with which we compete
for employees:
● Health, dental and vision insurance;
● Life insurance;
● Short-term and long-term disability insurance;
● 401(k) plan with 25% employer matching contributions, capped at 6% of total cash compensation; and
● Flexible Spending Accounts.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
We maintain a 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that provides eligible employees with the opportunity to purchase shares
of our common stock at a 15% discounted price to the lower of the fair market value at either the beginning or the end of the
applicable offering period.
Post-Employment Compensation
Except for COC Agreements, we do not have employment agreements with any of our NEOs. We have COC Agreements
with each of our NEOs. The purpose of these agreements is to provide incentives to our NEOs to continue their employment
with the Company and not be distracted by the possibility of loss of employment as a result of an acquisition of the Company
or for other reasons. For a summary of the material terms and conditions of these COC Agreements, see Potential Payments
upon Termination or Change in Control below.
-47-
Proxy Statement
Internal Revenue Code Section 162(m) and Limitations on Executive Compensation
Section 162(m) of the Code generally disallows public companies a tax deduction for federal income tax purposes of
remuneration in excess of $1 million paid to the chief executive officer and each of the three other most highly-compensated
executive officers (other than the chief financial officer) in any taxable year. However, remuneration in excess of $1 million
may generally be deducted if it is qualified performance based compensation within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the
Code. In this regard, the compensation income realized upon the exercise of stock options granted under a stockholder-
approved stock option plan generally will be deductible so long as the options are granted by a committee whose members
are non-employee directors and certain other conditions are satisfied.
The Compensation Committee believes that, in establishing the cash and equity incentive compensation plans and
arrangements for our executive officers, the potential deductibility of the compensation payable under those plans and
arrangements should be only one of a number of relevant factors taken into consideration, and not the sole governing factor.
For that reason, the Compensation Committee may deem it appropriate to provide one or more of our executive officers with
the opportunity to earn incentive compensation, whether through cash incentive awards tied to our financial performance or
equity incentive awards tied to the executive officer’s continued service, which may be in excess of the amount deductible
by reason of Section 162(m) or other provisions of the Code.
The Compensation Committee believes it is important to maintain cash and equity incentive compensation at the requisite
level to attract and retain the individuals essential to our financial success, even if all or part of that compensation may not
be deductible by reason of the Section 162(m) limitation.
Stock options granted under the Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan are not subject to the deduction limitation;
however, to preserve our ability to deduct the compensation income associated with stock options granted to such executive
officers pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, our 2004 Amended and Restated Eequity Incentive plan
Plan provides that no optionee may be granted option(s) to purchase more than 500,000 shares of Cutera common stock in
any one fiscal year. However, in the fiscal year in which the optionee is hired, an optionee may be granted an option to
purchase up to 1,000,000 shares of Cutera common stock. In the future, the Compensation Committee may, in its judgment,
authorize compensation payments that do not comply with an exemption from the deductibility limit when it believes that
such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
We follow Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (“ASC 718”) for our stock-
based compensation awards. ASC 718 requires companies to measure the compensation expense for all share-based payment
awards made to employees and directors, including stock options, based on the grant date “fair value” of these awards. This
calculation is performed for accounting purposes and reported in the compensation tables below, even though our executive
officers may never realize any value from their awards. ASC Topic 718 also requires companies to recognize the
compensation cost of their stock-based awards in their income statements over the period that an employee is required to
render service in exchange for the award.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
Our stockholders have approved each of our equity compensation plans, which are as follows:
- Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan; and
-
2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”).
-48-
Proxy Statement
The following table provides information regarding the shares of Cutera common stock that may be issued upon the exercise
of stock options, RSUs, PSUs, and the projected ESPP contributions under our equity compensation plans as of December
31, 2016.
Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options,
warrants
and rights (a)
Weighted-
average exercise
price of
outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights (b)
Number of
securities
remaining
available for
future issuance
under equity
compensation
plans (excluding
securities
reflected in
column (a)) (c)
1,450,153
—
1,450,153
Plan category
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders ......
Equity compensation plan not approved by security holders .
Total ....................................................................................
1,158,039 $
—
1,158,039 $
8.92 (1)
—
8.92 (1)
(1) The weighted average exercise price does not take into account outstanding RSUs or PSUs, which have no exercise
price.
Other Compensation Practices and Policies
Stock Ownership Guidelines
To enhance our overall corporate governance practices and executive compensation program, our Board adopted stock
ownership guidelines for our executive officers, which the Compensation Committee intends to review annually. These
guidelines are designed to align our executive officers’ interests with our stockholders’ long-term interests by promoting
long-term ownership of our common stock, which reduces the incentive for excessive short-term risk taking. These guidelines
provide that, within five years of the later of the adoption of the guidelines or his or her first date of employment (appointment
as NEO), our CEO and our other NEOs must hold shares of our common stock having a value not less than three times and
one time respectively of their annual salary.
As of April 17, 2017, the NEOs’ holdings and targeted guidelines were as follows:
Stock Ownership
as of April 17, 2017
2,400
76,967
21,176
15,198
Minimum Stock
Ownership
Required(1)
74,627(2)
18,259(3)
23,632(2)
12,515(2)
Named Executive Officer
Mr. Reinstein ....................................................................................
Mr. Santilli .......................................................................................
Mr. Laber .........................................................................................
Mr. Pardos ........................................................................................
(1) Based on the closing stock price of $20.10 on April 17, 2017.
(2) Minimum stock ownership required by January 2022
(3) Minimum stock ownership required by April 2017
Insider Trading Compliance Program
According to our Insider Trading Compliance Program, no employee of the Company, including, but not limited to, our
executive officers and directors, may invest in derivatives of the Company’s securities. This prohibition includes, but is not
limited to, trading in put or call options related to securities of the Company.
-49-
Proxy Statement
2016 Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth summary compensation information for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and
2014 for our NEOs.
Name and Principal
Position
Salary
Bonus(1)
Option
Awards(2)
Stock
Awards(2)
All Other
Compensation
Total
Ronald J. Santilli,
EVP and CFO
2016 ............................................. $
2015 .............................................
2014 .............................................
455,258 $
358,229
328,083
587,353 $
308,824
176,246
— $
—
—
784,997 $
295,372
418,740
16,110(3) $
11,894(3)
11,662(3)
1,843,718
974,319
934,731
Larry E. Laber,
EVP Sales, North America
2016 ............................................. $
2015 .............................................
2014 .............................................
437,500 $
400,000
121,212
561,808 $
444,632
91,087
16,458 $
—
98,733
277,000 $
206,940
401,200
16,289(4) $
173,034(4)
3,273(4)
1,309,055
1,224,606
715,505
Miguel A. Pardos,
EVP International
2016 ............................................. $
2015 .............................................
2014 .............................................
251,394 $
251,550
118,921
211,604 $
281,337
150,813
16,458 $
—
233,807
277,000 $
60,280
39,880
72,023(5) $
72,446(5)
34,249(5)
828,479
665,613
577,670
(1) The amounts reported in this column represent the bonus earned for each of the years covered in the table in accordance with
our discretionary Bonus Program (see section above describing our discretionary Bonus Program) and sales commissions and
bonuses for Mr. Laber and Mr. Pardos.
(2) The amounts reported in this column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of stock awards granted during each of the
fiscal years in 2016, 2015 and 2014 calculated in accordance with ASC Topic 718. See Note 6 of the Consolidated Notes to
Financial Statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 filed with the
SEC on March 15, 2017 for a discussion of the valuation assumptions for stock-based compensation.
(3) Amounts represent 401(k) employer-match contributions and a non-cash benefit associated with a Company sponsored, non-
business event for achieving sales targets in accordance with our commission incentive plan.
(4) Amounts represent an auto allowance, 401(k) employer-match contributions and a non-cash benefit associated with a Company
sponsored, non-business event for achieving sales targets in accordance with our commission incentive plan.
(5) Amounts represent the combined value of a housing allowance and an auto allowance.
2016 Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table
The following table lists grants of plan-based RSU and PSU awards made to our NEOs during the fiscal year ended December
31, 2016.
Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards
Name
Grant
Date
Threshold Target Maximum
All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of
Shares of
Stock or
Units
All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
Grant
Date
Fair
Value
of
Awards(1)
Base
Price
of
Awards(1)
Mr. Santilli ............................ 02/08/2016
10/28/2016
Mr. Laber .............................. 02/08/2016
09/09/2016
10/28/2016
Mr. Pardos ............................. 02/08/2016
09/09/2016
10/28/2016
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— 53,000
— 17,052
— 20,000
—
—
—
5,000
— 20,000
—
—
5,000
—
— $
—
— $
5,000
—
— $
5,000
—
10.50 $ 556,500
13.40 228,497
10.50 $ 210,000
16,458
10.80
13.40
67,000
10.50 $ 210,000
16,458
10.80
67,000
13.40
(1) The amounts reported in this column reflect the grant date fair value of equity awards calculated in accordance with ASC Topic
718. See Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2016 filed with the SEC on March 15, 2017 for a discussion of the valuation assumptions for our stock-
based compensation.
-50-
Proxy Statement
2016 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table
The following table lists the outstanding equity incentive awards held by our NEOs as of December 31, 2016.
Option Awards
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
Option
Exercise
Price
Option
Expiration
Date
Stock Awards
Market
Value
of Shares or
Units of
Stock
that Have
Not
Vested
Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock that
Have Not
Vested
Date Awards
Will
be Fully
Vested
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Earned
Options
Name
Mr. Santilli ........................
15,562
32,500
43,333
—
—
—
8.72 5/27/2018
6.88 7/27/2019
8.91 6/10/2020
Mr. Laber ..........................
16,875
—
13,125(6)
5,000(14)
10.03 10/24/2021
10.80 9/09/2023
Mr. Pardos .........................
42,292
—
27,708(6)
5,000(14)
9.97 7/25/2021
10.80 9/09/2023
35,026(1)
7,000(2)
6,533(3)
26,500(4)
8,526(5)
607,701(1)
121,450(2)
113,348(3)
459,775(4)
147,926(5)
3/15/2017(1)
6/01/2017(2)
6/01/2018(3)
1/01/2019(4)
8/15/2019(5)
10,000(1)
20,000(7)
1,250(8)
10,350(9)
10,000(10)
5,000(11)
3/15/2017(1)
173,500(1)
347,000(7)
9/11/2018(7)
21,688(8) 12/31/2018(8)
179,573(9)
6/01/2019(9)
173,500(10) 1/01/2020(10)
86,750(11) 10/28/2020(11)
10,000(1)
2,000(12)
3,000(9)
10,000(13)
5,000(11)
173,500(1)
3/15/2017(1)
34,700(12) 7/11/2018(12)
52,050(9)
6/01/2019(9)
173,500(13) 1/01/2020(13)
86,750(11) 10/28/2020(11)
(1) These PSU awards reflect the number of shares of stock that was expected to vest on March 15, 2017 assuming 100% achievement
of each of the performance targets discussed abovebelow. The actual number of shares that vested on March 15, 2017, were
23,067 for Mr. Santilli and 6,586 for both Mr. Laber and Mr. Pardos representing a 66% of achievement of the performance
targets.
(2) One-third of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second and third anniversary of the vesting commencement date
of June 1, 2014.
(3) One-third of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second and third anniversary of the vesting commencement date
of June 1, 2015.
(4) One-third of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second and third anniversary of the vesting commencement date
of January 1, 2016.
(5) One-third of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second and third anniversary of the vesting commencement date
of August 15, 2016.
(6) One-fourth of the shares underlying each of these stock options vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date
of October 24, 2014 and 1/48th of the underlying shares vest each month thereafter.
(7) One-fourth of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement
date of September 11, 2014.
(8) One-fourth of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement
date of December 31, 2014.
(9) One-fourth of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement
date of June 1, 2015.
(10) 10%, 20%, 30% and 40% of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the vesting
commencement date of January 1, 2016, respectively.
(11) One-fourth of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the vesting
commencement date of October 28, 2016.
(12) One-fourth of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the vesting
commencement date of July 11, 2014.
-51-
Proxy Statement
(13) One-fourth of the shares underlying this award vest on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the vesting
commencement date of January 1, 2016.
(14) One-fourth of the shares underlying each of these stock options vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date
of September 9, 2016 and 1/48th of the underlying shares vest each month thereafter.
2016 Options Exercised and Stock Vested Table
The following table lists the stock options exercised by, and stock awards vested to, our NEOs in the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2016.
Option Awards
Stock Awards
Name
Mr. Santilli ...................................................................................
Mr. Laber .....................................................................................
Mr. Pardos ....................................................................................
Exercise
64,438 $
—
—
Number of
Shares
Acquired
on
Number of
Shares
Acquired
on
Vesting
Value
Realized
Upon
Vesting(1)
20,141 $ 219,670
14,609 $ 162,965
57,098
5,112 $
Value
Realized
on Exercise
341,736
—
—
(1) The amounts reported in this column represent the fair market value of the shares of our common stock on the
vesting date of each Named Executive Officer’s outstanding RSU awards.
Pension Benefits
We did not sponsor any defined benefit pension or other actuarial plan for our executive officers, including our NEOs, during
2016.
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
We did not maintain any nonqualified defined contribution or other deferred compensation plans or arrangements for our
executive officers, including our NEOs, during 2016.
Employment Agreements
We do not have employment agreements with any of our NEOs.
-52-
Proxy Statement
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control
Single Trigger:
We have entered into Change of Control (“COC”) Agreements with each of our NEOs. These agreements provide that if a
NEO’Named Executive Officer’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without “cause” (as defined
in the applicable COC Aagreement) or by the NEOamed Executive Officer for “good reason” (as defined in the agreement)
either prior to three months before or after 12 months following a COC (as defined in the agreement) of the Company but
not in connection with a COC (commonly referred to as “single trigger”), the NEO amed Executive Officer will receive,
subject to signing a release of claims in favor of the Company, the following lump sum severance payment:
Named Executive Officer
Lump Sum Severance Payments
Mr. Reinstein .............................................. 100% of base salary plus 100% of actual bonus paid in the prior fiscal year
Mr. Santilli ................................................. 100% of base salary plus 12 months of COBRA
Mr. Laber ................................................... 100% of base salary
Mr. Pardos .................................................. 100% of base salary
Double Trigger
These agreements also provide that if a Named Executive Officer’s employment with the Company is terminated by the
Company without “cause” or by the Named Executive Officer NEO for “good reason” and such termination occurs within
the period beginning three months before, and ending 12 months following, a COC of the Company and in connection with
a COC (commonly referred to as “double trigger”), the Named Executive Officer NEO will receive, subject to signing a
release of claims in favor of the Company:
(1) A lump sum severance payment based on the annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to such termination or, if
greater, at the level in effect immediately prior to the COC, as follows:
Named Executive Officer
Lump Sum Severance Payments
Mr. Reinstein .................................... 100% of base salary, plus 100% of actual bonus paid in the prior fiscal year.
Mr. Santilli ....................................... 150% of base salary, 150% of target bonus for the year of termination, and 18
Mr. Laber ......................................... 100% of base salary, 100% of target bonus for the year of termination.
Mr. Pardos ........................................ 100% of base salary, 100% of target bonus for the year of termination.
months of COBRA.
(2) Automatic vesting in full of all outstanding and unvested equity awards held by each of the NEO as of the date of the
COC; and
The COC agreements are for an initial term of three years, and will extend for an additional year unless the Company or the
applicable Named Executive Officer NEO provides written notice at least 60 days prior to the third anniversary of the
agreement. The COC agreement of our NEOs expire as follows:
Named Executive Officer
Mr. Reinstein .............................................................................................................
Mr. Santilli ................................................................................................................
Mr. Laber ..................................................................................................................
Mr. Pardos .................................................................................................................
COC Expiration Date
January 9, 2021
August 3, 2019
September 8,2018
July 11, 2018
For purposes of these agreements, “cause” means a NEO’s termination of employment only upon:
(i) his willful failure to substantially perform his duties (subject to notice and a reasonable period to cure), other than a
failure resulting from his complete or partial incapacity due to physical or mental illness or impairment;
(ii) his willful act which constitutes gross misconduct and which is injurious to the Company;
(iii) his willful breach of a material provision of the agreement (subject to notice and reasonable period to cure); or
(iv) his knowing, material and willful violation of a federal or state law or regulation applicable to the business of the
Company.
-53-
Proxy Statement
For purposes of these agreements, “good reason” means a Named Executive Officer’s termination of employment within 90
days following the expiration of any cure period following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without his
consent:
(i) a material reduction in his authority, duties, or responsibilities relative to duties, position or responsibilities in effect
immediately prior to such reduction;
(ii) a material reduction in his base salary as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; or
(iii) a material change in the geographic location at which he must perform services (in other words, the relocation of the
Named Executive Officer NEO to a facility that is more than 50 miles from his then-current location).
The following table lists our NEOs and the estimated payments and benefits that each of them would have received had their
employment with the Company been terminated without “cause” or had they resigned for “good reason” on April 17, 2017.
Name
Mr. Reinstein .................................................................................................................... $
Mr. Santilli ....................................................................................................................... $
Mr. Laber ......................................................................................................................... $
Mr. Pardos ........................................................................................................................ $
850,000 $
367,000 $
475,000
251,550
Estimated
Total
Value of
Cash
Payment
Estimated
Total Value
of Health
Coverage
Continuation
—
20,024
—
—
The following table lists our NEOs and the estimated payments and benefits that each of them would have received had their
employment with the Company been terminated without “cause” or had they resigned for “good reason” in connection with
a change in control of the Company on April 17, 2017.
Name
Mr. Reinstein ...................................................................................... $
Mr. Santilli ......................................................................................... $
Mr. Laber ........................................................................................... $
Mr. Pardos .......................................................................................... $
Estimated
Total Value
of Cash
Payment
Estimated
Total Value of
Health
Coverage
Continuation
Value of
Accelerated
Equity(1)
850,000
734,000 $
939,623
535,467
— $
30,036 $
— $
— $
628,000
1,361,273
1,472,054
901,244
(1) We estimated the value of acceleration of the outstanding and unvested stock options, RSU and PSU awards (assuming
paid at 100% of target) held by each of our NEOs based on a market price of $20.10 per share for Cutera common stock
as of April 17, 2017.
Severance payments upon termination or change in control would be payable to the recipient only if the NEO executive signs
and does not revoke a release of claims with the Company (in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company) and provided
that such release of claims becomes effective no later than sixty (60) days following the termination date. In addition, the
NEO executive would need to have complied to comply with the terms of any confidential information agreement executed
by NEO executive in favor of the Company and the provisions of the severance agreements.
-54-
Proxy Statement
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT
The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item
402(b) of SEC Regulation S-K with management. Based on such review and discussion, the Compensation Committee has
recommended to the Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in Cutera’s proxy
statement.
The foregoing report is provided by the undersigned members of the Compensation Committee.
David B. Apfelberg, M.D.
Gregory Barrett
Jerry P. Widman
(1) The material in this report is not deemed soliciting material or filed with the SEC and is not to be incorporated by
reference in any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this Proxy Statement and irrespective of any general
incorporation language in those filings.
-55-
Proxy Statement
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
We describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, since the beginning of our last fiscal year, to which we
were a party or will be a party, in which:
●
●
the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and
any of our directors, nominees for director, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our
outstanding common stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these
individuals or entities (each, a related party), had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
Consulting Agreement
We have a consulting agreement with Mr. Gollnick, a director of the Company, pursuant to which he is compensated for
services that he provides to us, including product development, clinical sales and marketing support. Payments to Mr.
Gollnick under this agreement in fiscal year 2016 were $182,100 plus travel expenses. In addition, the Company granted Mr.
Gollnick 6,500 RSUs with a grant-date fair value of $87,100, that vest over four years (4) years at the rate of 25% per year
on each of the four anniversaries from the vesting commencement date of October 28, 2016, subject to Mr. Gollnick
continuing to provide consulting and/ or Board services to the Company. The Company’s Audit Committee approved the
extension of Mr. Gollnick’s consulting agreement through December 31, 2018 at the rate of $200 per hour for a maximum
of 40 hours per week.
Other Transactions
We have entered into change of control severance agreements with our NEOs. See “Named Executive Officers and Executive
Compensation — Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”
We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements
and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require us to indemnify our directors and executive officers to the fullest
extent permitted by Delaware law.
Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions
Our Board has adopted a written policy that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial
owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock and any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing
persons are not permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without the prior consent of our Aaudit
Ccommittee. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a
director, beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our common stock or any member of the immediate family of any
of the foregoing persons in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and such person would have a direct or indirect
interest must first be presented to our aAudit Ccommittee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting
any such proposal, our Aaudit Ccommittee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including, but not limited to,
whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the
same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. We did not have a formal
review and approval policy for related party transactions at the time of any of the transactions described above. However, all
of the transactions described above were entered into after presentation, consideration and approval by our Board and/or our
Aaudit Ccommittee.
-56-
Proxy Statement
Fiscal Year 2016 Annual Report and SEC Filings
OTHER MATTERS
Our financial statements for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 are included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K,
which we will make available to stockholders at the same time as this proxy statement. This proxy statement and our annual
report are posted on our website and are available from the SEC at its website at www.sec.gov. A copy of our annual report
may be obtained, without charge, by sending a written request to Cutera, Inc., Attention: Investor Relations, 3240 Bayshore
Boulevard, Brisbane, California 94005.
We are not aware of any other business to be presented at the meeting. As of the date of this proxy statement, no stockholder
had advised us of the intent to present any business at the meeting. Accordingly, the only business that our Board intends to
present at the meeting is as set forth in this proxy statement.
If any other matter or matters are properly brought before the meeting, the proxies will use their discretion to vote on such
matters in accordance with their best judgment.
By order of the Board of Directors,
/s/ Ronald J. Santilli
Ronald J. Santilli,
Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
Brisbane, California
May 1, 2017
-57-
Proxy Statement
THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF CUTERA, INC.
2017 ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
The undersigned stockholder of Cutera, Inc., a Delaware corporation, hereby acknowledges receipt of the Notice of Annual
Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement each dated May 1, 2017 and hereby appoints James A. Reinstein (our President,
Chief Executive Officer and Director) and Gregory Barrett (our Director), each as proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power
of substitution, on behalf and in the name of the undersigned to represent the undersigned at the 2017 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders of Cutera, Inc. to be held on June 14, 2017 at 9:00 a.m., local time, at Cutera’s offices located at 3240 Bayshore
Blvd., Brisbane, California 94005-1021, and at any postponement or adjournment thereof, and to vote all shares of common
stock which the undersigned would be entitled to vote if then and there personally present, on the matters set forth below:
SEE REVERSE SIDE
FOLD AND DETACH HERE
-58-
Proxy Statement
The Board of Directors of Cutera, Inc. recommends a vote FOR the following proposals:
Please mark your votes as indicated: ☒
FOR AGAINST
ABSTAIN
FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN
☐
☐
☐
3. Ratification of BDO
USA, LLP as the
Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
for the fiscal year ending
December 31, 2017.
☐
☐
☐
1. Approval of the
Second Amended and
Restated Certificate of
Incorporation to
declassify the board of
directors.
2. Election of Directors:
Class I Nominees:
FOR WITHHOLD
David A. Gollnick
James A. Reinstein
Clint H. Severson
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
☐
FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN
☐
☐
☐
4. Approval of the
Amended and Restated
2004 Equity Incentive
Plan.
5. Non-binding advisory
vote on the compensation
of Named Executive
Officers.
FOR AGAINST ABSTAIN
☐
☐
☐
THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED AS DIRECTED OR, IF NO CONTRARY DIRECTION IS INDICATED, WILL BE
VOTED AS FOLLOWS: (1) FOR THE APPROVAL OF THE SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE
OF INCORPORATION TO DECLASSIFY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS; (2) FOR THE ELECTION OF THE
NOMINATED CLASS I DIRECTORS; (3) FOR THE RATIFICATION OF THE APPOINTMENT OF BDO USA, LLP AS
OUR INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING DECEMBER
31, 2017; (4) FOR THE APPROVAL OF THE AMENDED AND RESTATED 2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN; (5) FOR
THE APPROVAL BY NON-BINDING ADVISORY VOTE ON THE COMPENSATION OF NAMED EXECUTIVE
OFFICERS; AND (6) AS THE PROXY HOLDERS DEEM ADVISABLE ON SUCH OTHER MATTERS AS MAY COME
BEFORE THE MEETING.
PLEASE SIGN EXACTLY AS YOUR NAME APPEARS HEREON. IF THE STOCK IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME
OF TWO OR MORE PERSONS, EACH SHOULD SIGN. EXECUTORS, ADMINISTRATORS, TRUSTEES,
GUARDIANS AND ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT SHOULD ADD THEIR TITLES. IF SIGNER IS A CORPORATION,
PLEASE GIVE FULL CORPORATE NAME AND HAVE A DULY AUTHORIZED OFFICER SIGN, STATING
TITLE. IF SIGNER IS A PARTNERSHIP, PLEASE SIGN IN PARTNERSHIP NAME BY AUTHORIZED PERSON.
PLEASE SIGN, DATE AND PROMPTLY RETURN THIS PROXY IN THE ENCLOSED RETURN ENVELOPE,
WHICH IS POSTAGE PREPAID IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES.
SIGNATURE(S)
SIGNATURE(S)
DATE:
NOTE: This Proxy should be marked, signed by the stockholder(s) exactly as his or her name appears hereon, and returned
promptly in the enclosed envelope. Persons signing in fiduciary capacity should so indicate. If shares are held by joint tenants
or as community property, both should sign.
-59-
Proxy Statement
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
APPENDIX A
OF
CUTERA, INC.
(as amended and restated on April 13, 2017, subject to stockholder approval on June 14, 2017)
Cutera, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies as
follows:
A. The name of the corporation is Cutera, Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was
filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on August 10, 1998 under the name of Acme Medical, Inc.
B.
Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of this
corporation.
C. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
The name of the corporation is Cutera, Inc. (the “Corporation”).
1.
The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of
Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation
Trust Company.
2.
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized
under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
3.
The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares of stock to be designated, respectively, Common Stock,
$0.001 par value, and Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value. The total number of shares that the Corporation is authorized to
issue is 55,000,000 shares. The number of shares of Common Stock authorized is 50,000,000. The number of shares of
Preferred Stock authorized is 5,000,000.
4.
The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions
providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the
board). The Board of Directors is further authorized to determine or alter the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions
granted to or imposed upon any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock and to fix the number of shares of any series of
Preferred Stock and the designation of any such series of Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors, within the limits and
restrictions stated in any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares constituting
any series, may increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares in any such series then outstanding) the number of
shares of any series subsequent to the issue of shares of that series.
A-1
Proxy Statement
The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each such class or series shall include, without limitation of
the foregoing, the right to determine and fix:
or series;
(i)
the distinctive designation of such class or series and the number of shares to constitute such class
(ii)
the rate at which dividends on the shares of such class or series shall be declared and paid, or set
aside for payment, whether dividends at the rate so determined shall be cumulative or accruing, and whether the shares of
such class or series shall be entitled to any participating or other dividends in addition to dividends at the rate so determined,
and if so, on what terms;
Preferred Stock and, if redeemable, the price, terms and manner of such redemption;
(iii)
the right or obligation, if any, of the Corporation to redeem shares of the particular class or series of
the special and relative rights and preferences, if any, and the amount or amounts per share, which
the shares of such class or series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;
(iv)
the terms and conditions, if any, upon which shares of such class or series shall be convertible into,
or exchangeable for, shares of capital stock of any other class or series, including the price or prices or the rate or rates of
conversion or exchange and the terms of adjustment, if any;
(v)
pursuant to a sinking fund or fund of a similar nature or otherwise, and the terms and conditions of such obligation;
(vi)
the obligation, if any, of the Corporation to retire, redeem or purchase shares of such class or series
other class or series of Preferred Stock;
(vii) voting rights, if any, on the issuance of additional shares of such class or series or any shares of any
other class or series of Preferred Stock; and
(viii) limitations, if any, on the issuance of additional shares of such class or series or any shares of any
(ix) such other preferences, powers, qualifications, special or relative rights and privileges thereof as the
Board of Directors of the Corporation, acting in accordance with this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation,
may deem advisable and are not inconsistent with law and the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation.
The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change, or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon the
stockholders herein are granted subject to this right.
5.
The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.
6.
A-2
Proxy Statement
(a) Limitation of Liability. To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to
the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.
7.
(b)
Indemnification. The Corporation may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or
threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason
of the fact that such person or his or her testator or intestate is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation, or
any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director, officer or employee at the request
of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.
(c) Amendments. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of the
Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this
Article VII, in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VII,
would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal, or adoption of an inconsistent provision.
(a) Number of Directors. The number of directors which constitutes the whole Board of Directors of the
Corporation shall be designated in the Bylaws of the Corporation. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the
Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
8.
Vacancies occurring on the Board of Directors for any reason and newly created directorships resulting from an
increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of the
Board of Directors, although less than a quorum, at any meeting of the Board of Directors.
(b) Election of Directors. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the
Corporation shall so provide.
In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized
to make, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.
9.
10.
No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation except at an annual or special meeting of the
stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent. The
affirmative vote of sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the then outstanding voting securities of the Corporation,
voting together as a single class, shall be required for the amendment, repeal or modification of the provisions of Article VIII
or Article X of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Sections 2.3 (Special Meeting), 2.4 (Advance
Notice Procedures; Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings) or 2.9 (Voting) of the Corporation's Bylaws.
Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The
books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside of the State of Delaware at
such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
11.
This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the
Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, as amended.
A-3
Proxy Statement
This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the written consent of the
stockholders of the corporation in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, as amended.
In witness whereof, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by James Reinstein, its President and
Chief Executive Officer, this 13th day of April, 2017.
James Reinstein, President and
Chief Executive Officer
A-4
Proxy Statement
CUTERA, INC.
2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
APPENDIX- B
(as amended and restated on April 13, 2017, subject to stockholder approval on June 14, 2017)
1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Plan are:
●
●
●
to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,
to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and
to promote the success of the Company's business.
The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock,
Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation Rights, Performance Units, Performance Shares and other stock or cash awards
as the Administrator may determine.
2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions will apply:
(a)
accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.
“Administrator” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in
automatically will be deemed to be exercised at the same time that the related Option is exercised.
(b)
“Affiliated SAR” means an SAR that is granted in connection with a related Option, and which
(c)
“Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards
under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on
which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards
are, or will be, granted under the Plan.
“Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, SARs, Restricted
Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, Performance Shares and other stock or cash awards as the Administrator
may determine.
(d)
“Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and
provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of
the Plan.
(e)
(f)
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(g)
“Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act)
becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the
Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding
voting securities; or
B-1
Proxy Statement
substantially all of the Company’s assets;
(ii)
The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or
(iii)
A change in the composition of the Board occurring within a two-year period, as
a result of which less than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “Incumbent Directors” means directors who
either (A) are Directors as of the effective date of the Plan, or (B) are elected, or nominated for election, to the Board with
the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors at the time of such election or nomination (but will not
include an individual whose election or nomination is in connection with an actual or threatened proxy contest relating to the
election of directors to the Company); or
(iv)
The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other
corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding
immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting
securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting
securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.
Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.
(h)
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the
appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.
(i)
“Committee” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws
(j)
“Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.
(k) “Company” means Cutera, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.
Subsidiary to render services to such entity.
(l)
“Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or
Award granted under the Plan as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.
(m) “Determination Date” means the latest possible date that will not jeopardize the qualification of an
(n)
“Director” means a member of the Board.
(o)
“Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code,
provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine
whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the
Administrator from time to time.
“Employee” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any
Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director's fee by the Company will be
sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.
(p)
(q)
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(r)
“Exchange Program” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or
cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a
different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial
institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is
reduced. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.
B-2
Proxy Statement
(s) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:
(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market
system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the Nasdaq Capital
Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as
quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source
as the Administrator deems reliable;
(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling
prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share of Common Stock will be the mean between the high bid and low
asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source
as the Administrator deems reliable;
will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.
(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value
(t)
“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company.
(u)
“Freestanding SAR” means a SAR that is granted independently of any Option.
the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
(v)
“Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within
(w) “Inside Director” means a Director who is an Employee.
to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
(x) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended
Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
(y) “Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the
(z)
“Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.
(aa) “Outside Director” means a Director who is not an Employee.
Section 424(e) of the Code.
(bb) “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in
(cc) “Participant” means the holder of an outstanding Award.
(dd) “Performance Goals” will have the meaning set forth in Section 12 of the Plan.
Administrator in its sole discretion.
(ee) “Performance Period” means any Fiscal Year or such other period as determined by the
(ff) “Performance Share” means an Award denominated in Shares which may be earned in whole or in
part upon attainment of Performance Goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine pursuant to Section
10.
(gg) “Performance Unit” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of
Performance Goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be settled for cash, Shares
or other securities or a combination of the foregoing pursuant to Section 10.
B-3
Proxy Statement
(hh) “Period of Restriction” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are
subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based
on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by
the Administrator.
(ii) “Plan” means this 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.
(jj) “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 7
(kk) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market
Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 8. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured
obligation of the Company.
when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.
(ll) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect
(mm) “Section 16(b) “ means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.
(nn) “Service Provider” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.
(oo) “Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 17 of the Plan.
Option, that pursuant to Section 9 is designated as a SAR.
(pp) “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an
Section 424(f) of the Code.
(qq) “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation”, whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in
(rr) “Tandem SAR” means a SAR that is granted in connection with a related Option, the exercise of
which will require forfeiture of the right to purchase an equal number of Shares under the related Option (and when a Share
is purchased under the Option, the SAR will be canceled to the same extent).
(ss) “Unvested Awards” will mean Options or Restricted Stock that (i) were granted to an individual in
connection with such individual’s position as an Employee and (ii) are still subject to vesting or lapsing of Company
repurchase rights or similar restrictions.
3. Stock Subject to the Plan.
Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 17 of the Plan, as of April 13, 2017,
the maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be awarded and sold under the amended and restated
2004 Plan was 9,701,192, of which 1,925,682 shares remained available for future awards.
(a)
(b) Full Value Awards. Any Shares subject to Awards granted with an exercise price less than Fair
Market Value on the date of grant of such Awards will be counted against the numerical limits of this Section 3 as 2.12 Shares
for every one Share subject thereto. Further. if Shares acquired pursuant to any such Award are forfeited or repurchased by
the Company and would otherwise return to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(c), 2.12 times the number of Shares so forfeited
or repurchased will return to the Plan and will again become available for issuance
B-4
Proxy Statement
(c)
Lapsed Awards. If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in
full, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units, is forfeited to or
repurchased by the Company, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the
forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan
(unless the Plan has terminated). Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right settled in Shares, the gross number of Shares
covered by the portion of the Award so exercised will cease to be available under the Plan. If the exercise price of an Option
is paid by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of Shares owned by the Participant, the number of Shares
available for issuance under the Plan will be reduced by the gross number of Shares for which the Option is exercised. Shares
that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available
for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if unvested Shares of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units,
Performance Shares or Performance Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company, such Shares will
become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the tax and/or exercise price of an Award will not
become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than
Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(c), subject to adjustment provided in Section 17, the maximum
number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number
stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code, any Shares that become available for
issuance under the Plan under this Section 3(c).
such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.
(d) Share Reserve. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available
4. Administration of the Plan.
(a) Procedure.
of Service Providers may administer the Plan.
(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies. Different Committees with respect to different groups
(ii) Section 162(m). To the extent that the Administrator determines it to be desirable to
qualify Awards granted hereunder as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code,
the Plan will be administered by a Committee of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m)
of the Code.
(iii) Rule 16b-3. To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under
Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule
16b-3.
(A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.
(iv) Other Administration. Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by
(b) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee,
subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its
discretion:
(i)
to determine the Fair Market Value;
(ii)
to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;
(iii)
to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;
(iv) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;
B-5
Proxy Statement
(v) with the approval of the Company’s stockholders, to institute an Exchange Program;
(vi) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of
any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times
when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture
restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such
factors as the Administrator will determine;
Plan;
(vii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the
rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;
(viii) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including
to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 22(c) of the Plan), including the
discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards longer than is otherwise provided for
in the Plan;
(ix)
(x)
to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the
Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Award that number of Shares having a Fair Market
Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld (the Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld will be
determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined and all elections by a Participant to have
Shares withheld for this purpose will be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem
necessary or advisable);
to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;
(xi)
to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required
(xii) to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of
Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant under an Award pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator
may determine; and
Plan.
(xiii) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the
will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.
(c) Effect of Administrator's Decision. The Administrator's decisions, determinations and interpretations
5. Eligibility. Nonstatutory Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Appreciation
Rights, Performance Units, Performance Shares, and such other cash or stock awards as the Administrator determines may
be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.
6. Stock Options.
(a) Limitations.
(i) Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock
Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair
Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant
during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000 (U.S.), such
Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options will be
taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the
time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.
B-6
Proxy Statement
(ii) The following limitations will apply to grants of Options:
(1) No Service Provider will be granted, in any Fiscal Year, Options to purchase more
than 1,000,000 Shares.
(2) In connection with his or her initial service, a Service Provider may be granted
Options to purchase up to an additional 1,000,000 Shares, which will not count against the limit set forth in Section 6(a)(ii)(1)
above.
change in the Company’s capitalization as described in Section 17.
(3) The foregoing limitations will be adjusted proportionately in connection with any
(4) If an Option is cancelled in the same Fiscal Year in which it was granted (other
than in connection with a transaction described in Section 17), the cancelled Option will be counted against the limits set
forth in subsections (1) and (2) above.
(b) Term of Option. The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement, but in no event
will the term be greater than seven (7) years from the date of grant. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term will be
seven (7) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the
case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock
representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any
Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term
as may be provided in the Award Agreement.
(c) Option Exercise Price and Consideration.
exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:
(i) Exercise Price. The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to
(1) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option
a) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is
granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or
any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the
date of grant.
b) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph
(A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price will be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date
of grant.
c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Incentive Stock Options may be granted
with a per Share exercise price of less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a
transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.
(2) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price will be
determined by the Administrator, but the per Share exercise price will be no less than 100% of Fair Market Value per Share
on the date of grant. In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation”
within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the per Share exercise price will be no less than 100% of the Fair Market
Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Nonstatutory Stock Options may be grated with a per
Share exercise price of less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction
described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.
B-7
Proxy Statement
(3) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates. At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator
will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before
the Option may be exercised.
(4) Form of Consideration. The Administrator will determine the acceptable form(s) of
consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the
Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist
entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note; (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on
the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Option will be exercised and provided
that accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences
to the Company; (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company
in connection with the Plan; (6) a reduction in the amount of any Company liability to the Participant, including any liability
attributable to the Participant's participation in any Company-sponsored deferred compensation program or arrangement; (7)
such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or
(8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.
(d) Exercise of Option.
(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder. Any Option granted hereunder will be
exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator
and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.
An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written or electronic notice
of exercise (in accordance with the Award Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment
for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of
payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise
of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant
and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of
a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder
will exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be
issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which
the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 17 of the Plan.
both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.
Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available,
(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If a Participant ceases to be a Service
Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant
may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option
is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the
Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for three
(3) months following the Participant's termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of
termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the
Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified
by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.
B-8
Proxy Statement
(iii) Disability of Participant. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of
the Participant's Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the
Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of
the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement,
the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant's termination. Unless otherwise provided
by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares
covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his
or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert
to the Plan.
(iv) Death of Participant. If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be
exercised following the Participant's death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent
that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the option be exercised later than the expiration of the term
of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant's designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary
has been designated prior to Participant's death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been
designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant's estate or
by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant's will or in accordance with the laws of descent
and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve
(12) months following Participant's death. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant
is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert
to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered
by such Option will revert to the Plan.
7. Restricted Stock.
(a) Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any
time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator,
in its sole discretion, will determine.
(b) Restricted Stock Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award
Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as
the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, for Restricted Stock
intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, during any
Fiscal Year no Participant will receive more than an aggregate of 300,000 Shares of Restricted Stock. Notwithstanding the
foregoing limitation, in connection with his or her initial service as an Employee, for Restricted Stock intended to qualify as
“performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, an Employee may be granted an
aggregate of up to an additional 300,000 Shares of Restricted Stock. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, Shares
of Restricted Stock will be held by the Company as escrow agent until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.
transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.
(c)
Transferability. Except as provided in this Section 7, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold,
Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.
(d) Other Restrictions. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on
entitled to receive a payout as specified in the Award Agreement.
(e) Removal of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7, Shares of Restricted Stock
covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last
day of the Period of Restriction. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will
lapse or be removed.
B-9
B-10
granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.
(f) Voting Rights. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock
(g) Dividends and Other Distributions. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares
of Restricted Stock will not be entitled to receive dividends or other distributions paid with respect to such Shares. Following
the lapse of the Period of Restriction, Service Providers will be entitled to receive all dividends or other distributions paid
with respect to such Shares that accrue after the lapse of the Period of Restrictions. If any such dividends or distributions are
paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability as the Shares with respect to which they
were paid.
Plan.
Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the
(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted
(i) Section 162(m) Performance Restrictions. For purposes of qualifying grants of Restricted Stock as
“performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Administrator, in its discretion, may set
restrictions based upon the achievement of Performance Goals. The Performance Goals will be set by the Administrator on
or before the Determination Date. In granting Restricted Stock which is intended to qualify under Section 162(m) of the
Code, the Administrator will follow any procedures determined by it from time to time to be necessary or appropriate to
ensure qualification of the Award under Section 162(m) of the Code (e.g., in determining the Performance Goals).
8. Restricted Stock Units.
(a) Grant. Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the
Administrator. Each Restricted Stock Unit grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify such other terms
and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine, including all terms, conditions, and restrictions
related to the grant, the number of Restricted Stock Units and the form of payout, which, subject to Section 8(d), may be left
to the discretion of the Administrator. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection (a), for Restricted Stock
Units intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, during
any Fiscal Year of the Company, no Participant will receive more than an aggregate of 300,000 Restricted Stock Units.
Notwithstanding the limitation in the previous sentence, for Restricted Stock Units intended to qualify as “performance-based
compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, in connection with his or her initial service as an
Employee, an Employee may be granted an aggregate of up to an additional 300,000 Restricted Stock Units.
(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms. The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which,
depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid
out to the Participant. After the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive
any restrictions for such Restricted Stock Units. Each Award of Restricted Stock Units will be evidenced by an Award
Agreement that will specify the vesting criteria, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion
will determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.
(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units. Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be
(d) Form and Timing of Payment. Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as
practicable after the date(s) set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned
Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination thereof. Shares represented by Restricted Stock Units that are fully
paid in cash again will be available for grant under the Plan.
Proxy Statement
(f) Voting Rights. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock
granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.
(g) Dividends and Other Distributions. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares
of Restricted Stock will not be entitled to receive dividends or other distributions paid with respect to such Shares. Following
the lapse of the Period of Restriction, Service Providers will be entitled to receive all dividends or other distributions paid
with respect to such Shares that accrue after the lapse of the Period of Restrictions. If any such dividends or distributions are
paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability as the Shares with respect to which they
were paid.
(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted
Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the
Plan.
(i) Section 162(m) Performance Restrictions. For purposes of qualifying grants of Restricted Stock as
“performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Administrator, in its discretion, may set
restrictions based upon the achievement of Performance Goals. The Performance Goals will be set by the Administrator on
or before the Determination Date. In granting Restricted Stock which is intended to qualify under Section 162(m) of the
Code, the Administrator will follow any procedures determined by it from time to time to be necessary or appropriate to
ensure qualification of the Award under Section 162(m) of the Code (e.g., in determining the Performance Goals).
8. Restricted Stock Units.
(a) Grant. Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the
Administrator. Each Restricted Stock Unit grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify such other terms
and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine, including all terms, conditions, and restrictions
related to the grant, the number of Restricted Stock Units and the form of payout, which, subject to Section 8(d), may be left
to the discretion of the Administrator. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this subsection (a), for Restricted Stock
Units intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, during
any Fiscal Year of the Company, no Participant will receive more than an aggregate of 300,000 Restricted Stock Units.
Notwithstanding the limitation in the previous sentence, for Restricted Stock Units intended to qualify as “performance-based
compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, in connection with his or her initial service as an
Employee, an Employee may be granted an aggregate of up to an additional 300,000 Restricted Stock Units.
(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms. The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which,
depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid
out to the Participant. After the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive
any restrictions for such Restricted Stock Units. Each Award of Restricted Stock Units will be evidenced by an Award
Agreement that will specify the vesting criteria, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion
will determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.
entitled to receive a payout as specified in the Award Agreement.
(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units. Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be
(d) Form and Timing of Payment. Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as
practicable after the date(s) set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned
Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination thereof. Shares represented by Restricted Stock Units that are fully
paid in cash again will be available for grant under the Plan.
B-10
Proxy Statement
be forfeited to the Company.
(e) Cancellation. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will
(f) Section 162(m) Performance Restrictions. For purposes of qualifying grants of Restricted Stock Units
as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Administrator, in its discretion, may set
restrictions based upon the achievement of Performance Goals. The Performance Goals will be set by the Administrator on
or before the Determination Date. In granting Restricted Stock Units which are intended to qualify under Section 162(m) of
the Code, the Administrator will follow any procedures determined by it from time to time to be necessary or appropriate to
ensure qualification of the Award under Section 162(m) of the Code (e.g., in determining the Performance Goals).
9. Stock Appreciation Rights.
(a) Grant of SARs. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a SAR may be granted to Service
Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The
Administrator may grant Affiliated SARs, Freestanding SARs, Tandem SARs, or any combination thereof.
(b) Number of Shares. The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of
SARs granted to any Service Provider; provided, however, no Service Provider will be granted, in any Fiscal Year, SARs
covering more than 1,000,000 Shares. Notwithstanding the limitation in the previous sentence, in connection with his or her
initial service a Service Provider may be granted SARs covering up to an additional 1,000,000 Shares. The foregoing
limitations will be adjusted proportionately in connection with any change in the Company’s capitalization as described in
Section 17. In addition, if a SAR is cancelled in the same Fiscal Year in which it was granted (other than in connection with
a transaction described in Section 17), the cancelled SAR will be counted against the numerical share limits set forth above.
(c)
Exercise Price and Other Terms. The Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have
complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of SARs granted under the Plan; provided, however, that the per
Share exercise price of a SAR will be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. However,
the exercise price of Tandem or Affiliated SARs will equal the exercise price of the related Option.
(d) Exercise of Tandem SARs. Tandem SARs may be exercised for all or part of the Shares subject to
the related Option upon the surrender of the right to exercise the equivalent portion of the related Option. A Tandem SAR
may be exercised only with respect to the Shares for which its related Option is then exercisable. With respect to a Tandem
SAR granted in connection with an Incentive Stock Option: (a) the Tandem SAR will expire no later than the expiration of
the underlying Incentive Stock Option; (b) the value of the payout with respect to the Tandem SAR will be for no more than
one hundred percent (100%) of the difference between the exercise price of the underlying Incentive Stock Option and the
Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the underlying Incentive Stock Option at the time the Tandem SAR is exercised;
and (c) the Tandem SAR will be exercisable only when the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the Incentive Stock
Option exceeds the Exercise Price of the Incentive Stock Option.
(e) Exercise of Affiliated SARs. An Affiliated SAR will be deemed to be exercised upon the exercise
of the related Option. The deemed exercise of an Affiliated SAR will not necessitate a reduction in the number of Shares
subject to the related Option.
conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.
(f) Exercise of Freestanding SARs. Freestanding SARs will be exercisable on such terms and
(g) SAR Agreement. Each SAR grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the
exercise price, the term of the SAR, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in
its sole discretion, will determine.
B-11
Proxy Statement
(h) Maximum Term/Expiration of SARs. An SAR granted under the Plan will expire upon the date
determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing
provisions of this Section 9, the rules of Section 6(b) relating to the maximum term, (i.e., that an SAR may not have a term
longer than seven (7) years from the date of grant) and Section 6(d) relating to post-termination exercise also will apply to
SARs.
from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:
(i) Payment of SAR Amount. Upon exercise of an SAR, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment
the exercise price; times
(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over
(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.
At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon SAR exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent
value, or in some combination thereof.
10. Performance Units and Performance Shares.
(a) Grant of Performance Units/Shares. Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to
Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The
Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares
granted to each Participant provided that during any Fiscal Year, for Performance Units or Performance Shares intended to
qualify as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, (i) no Participant will
receive Performance Units having an initial value greater than $2,000,000, and (ii) no Participant will receive more than
300,000 Performance Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitation, for Performance Shares intended to qualify as
“performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, in connection with his or her initial
service, a Service Provider may be granted up to an additional 300,000 Performance Shares.
(b) Value of Performance Units/Shares. Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that is
established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to
the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.
(c) Performance Objectives and Other Terms. The Administrator will set performance objectives or
other vesting provisions in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or
value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. Each Award of Performance Units/Shares
will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Performance Period, and such other terms and conditions as
the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the
achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment), or
any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.
(d) Earning of Performance Units/Shares. After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the
holder of Performance Units/Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units/Shares earned
by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding
performance objectives or other vesting provisions have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Unit/Share, the
Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such
Performance Unit/Share.
(e) Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Shares. Payment of earned Performance
Units/Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period. The Administrator,
in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair
Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period)
or in a combination thereof.
B-12
Proxy Statement
Cancellation of Performance Units/Shares. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all
unearned or unvested Performance Units/Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under
the Plan.
(f)
(g) Section 162(m) Performance Restrictions. For purposes of qualifying grants of Performance
Units/Shares as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Administrator, in its discretion,
may set restrictions based upon the achievement of Performance Goals. The Performance Goals will be set by the
Administrator on or before the Determination Date. In granting Performance Units/Shares which are intended to qualify
under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Administrator will follow any procedures determined by it from time to time to be
necessary or appropriate to ensure qualification of the Award under Section 162(m) of the Code (e.g., in determining the
Performance Goals).
11. Formula Option and Award Grants to Outside Directors.
nondiscretionary and will be made in accordance with the following provisions:
All grants of Options and Awards to Outside Directors pursuant to this Section will be automatic and
and, except as otherwise provided herein, will be subject to the other terms and conditions of the Plan.
(a)
Type of Option. All Options granted pursuant to this Section will be Nonstatutory Stock Options
(b) No Discretion. No person will have any discretion to select which Outside Directors will be granted
Options under this Section or to determine the number of Shares to be covered by such Options (except as provided in
Sections 11(f), 13 and 17).
(c) First Option. Each person who first becomes an Outside Director following the Registration Date
will be automatically granted an Option to purchase 14,000 Shares (the “First Option”) on or about the date on which such
person first becomes an Outside Director, whether through election by the stockholders of the Company or appointment by
the Board to fill a vacancy; provided, however, that an Inside Director who ceases to be an Inside Director, but who remains
a Director, will not receive a First Option.
(d)
Subsequent Award. Each Outside Director will be automatically granted an award of shares
represented by the quotient of $60,000 divided by the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the annual
meeting of the stockholders of the Company (a “Subsequent Award”), if as of such date, he or she will have served on the
Board for at least the preceding six (6) months.
will be as follows:
(e) Terms. The terms of each First Option and the Subsequent Award granted pursuant to this Section
(i) The term of the First Option will be seven (7) years.
date of grant of the First Option.
(ii) The exercise price per Share will be 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the
(iii) Subject to Section 17, the First Option will vest and become exercisable as to 1/3rd of
the Shares subject to such First Option on each anniversary of its date of grant, provided that the Participant continues to
serve as a Director through each such date.
(iv) Subject to Section 17, the Subsequent Award will vest as to 100% of the Shares subject
to such Award on the first anniversary of its date of grant, provided that the Participant continues to serve as a Director
through such date.
B-13
Proxy Statement
(f) Amendment. The Administrator in its discretion may change and otherwise revise the terms of
Awards granted under this Section 11, including, without limitation, the number of Shares and exercise prices thereof or the
type of Award to be granted, with respect to Awards granted on or after the date the Administrator determines to make any
such change or revision.
12. Performance-Based Compensation Under Code Section 162(m).
(a) General. If the Administrator, in its discretion, decides to grant an Award intended to qualify as
“performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the provisions of this Section 12 will control over
any contrary provision in the Plan; provided, however, that the Administrator may in its discretion grant Awards that are not
intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code to such Participants that are
based on Performance Goals or other specific criteria or goals but that do not satisfy the requirements of this Section 12.
(b) Performance Goals. The granting and/or vesting of Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock
Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units and other incentives under the Plan may be made subject to the attainment
of performance goals relating to one or more business criteria within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and may
provide for a targeted level or levels of achievement (“Performance Goals”) including: (i) cash position, (ii) earnings per
Share, (iii) net income, (iv) operating cash flow, (v) operating income, (vi) operating expenses, (vii) product revenues, (viii)
profit after-tax, (ix) revenue, (x) revenue growth, and (xii) total stockholder return. Prior to the Determination Date, the
Administrator will determine whether any significant element(s) will be included in or excluded from the calculation of any
Performance Goal with respect to any Participant. Any Performance Goals may be used to measure the performance of the
Company as a whole or a business unit of the Company and may be measured relative to a peer group or index. With respect
to any Award, Performance Goals may be used alone or in combination. The Performance Goals may differ from Participant
to Participant and from Award to Award. Prior to the Determination Date, the Administrator will determine whether any
significant element(s) will be included in or excluded from the calculation of any Performance Goal with respect to any
Participant.
(c) Procedures. To the extent necessary to comply with the performance-based compensation
provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, with respect to any Award granted subject to Performance Goals, within the first
twenty-five percent (25%) of the Performance Period, but in no event more than ninety (90) days following the
commencement of any Performance Period (or such other time as may be required or permitted by Code Section 162(m)),
the Administrator will, in writing, (i) designate one or more Participants to whom an Award will be made, (ii) select the
Performance Goals applicable to the Performance Period, (iii) establish the Performance Goals, and amounts of such Awards,
as applicable, which may be earned for such Performance Period, and (iv) specify the relationship between Performance
Goals and the amounts of such Awards, as applicable, to be earned by each Participant for such Performance Period.
Following the completion of each Performance Period, the Administrator will certify in writing whether the applicable
Performance Goals have been achieved for such Performance Period. In determining the amounts earned by a Participant,
the Administrator will have the right to reduce or eliminate (but not to increase) the amount payable at a given level of
performance to take into account additional factors that the Administrator may deem relevant to the assessment of individual
or corporate performance for the Performance Period. A Participant will be eligible to receive payment pursuant to an Award
for a Performance Period only if the Performance Goals for such period are achieved.
(d) Additional Limitations. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any Award which is
granted to a Participant and is intended to constitute qualified performance based compensation under Code Section 162(m)
will be subject to any additional limitations set forth in the Code (including any amendment to Section 162(m)) or any
regulations and ruling issued thereunder that are requirements for qualification as qualified performance-based compensation
as described in Section 162(m) of the Code, and the Plan will be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such
requirements.
B-14
Proxy Statement
13. Outside Director Limitations. No Outside Director may be granted, in any Fiscal Year, Awards with a grant
date fair value (determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) of greater than $300,000. Any
Awards granted to an individual while he or she was an Employee, or while he or she was a Consultant but not an Outside
Director, will not count for purposes of the limitations under this Section 13.
14. Leaves of Absence. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will
be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Service Provider will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any
leave of absence approved by the Company, or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its
Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless
reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave
of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months and one day following the commencement of
such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will
be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.
15. Transferability of Awards. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold,
pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or
distribution and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes
an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.
16. Dividends. To the extent an Award permits the payment of dividends or other distributions on the Shares
underlying the Award, Participants will not be entitled to receive such dividends or other distributions until such Award vests.
For the avoidance of doubt, Participants will never be entitled to receive dividends or other distributions paid with respect to
Shares underlying an Award that accrue prior to the vesting of such Award.
17. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control.
(a) Adjustments. In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares,
other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation,
split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the
corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or
enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, shall appropriately adjust the
number and class of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of Shares covered by
each outstanding Award, and the numerical Share limits set forth in Sections 3, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 13.
(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company,
the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction.
To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such
proposed action.
(c) Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be assumed or
an equivalent option or right substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation.
In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Award, the Participant will fully vest in and
have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which
such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock shall lapse, and, with respect
to Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be
deemed achieved at target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right
is not assumed or substituted for in the event of a Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing
or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be fully vested and exercisable for a period of time
determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the
expiration of such period.
B-15
Proxy Statement
With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director that are assumed or substituted for, if on the date of
or following such assumption or substitution the Participant’s status as a Director or a director of the successor corporation,
as applicable, is terminated other than upon a voluntary resignation by the Participant not at the request of the successor, then
the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights as to all of the Shares
subject to the Award, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions
on Restricted Stock shall lapse, and, with respect to Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units, all
performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at target levels and all other terms and conditions met.
For the purposes of this subsection (c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the Change in
Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the
Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) or, in the case of a Stock
Appreciation Right upon the exercise of which the Administrator determines to pay cash or a Restricted Stock Unit,
Performance Share or Performance Unit which the Administrator can determine to pay in cash, the fair market value of the
consideration received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective
date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders
of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the Change in Control is
not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor
corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon
the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share or Performance Unit, for each Share subject to such Award (or in
the case of Performance Units, the number of implied shares determined by dividing the value of the Performance Units by
the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the Change in Control), to be solely common stock of
the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of
Common Stock in the Change in Control.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 17(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out
upon the satisfaction of one or more Performance Goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor
modifies any of such Performance Goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such
Performance Goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed
to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.
18. Tax Withholding
(a) Withholding Requirements. Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or
exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to
the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA
obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).
(b) Withholding Arrangements. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures
as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part
by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares
having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-
owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of
Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion
(whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. The amount of the withholding
requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election
is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates
applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined.
The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required
to be withheld.
B-16
Proxy Statement
19. No Effect on Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any
right with respect to continuing the Participant's relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere
in any way with the Participant's right or the Company's right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without
cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.
20. Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator
makes the determination granting such Award, or such later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the
determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.
21. Term of Plan. Subject to Section 25 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the
Board. It will continue in effect until the date of the annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company in 2022, unless
terminated earlier under Section 22 of the Plan.
22. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.
the Plan.
(a) Amendment and Termination. The Administrator may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate
extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.
(b) Stockholder Approval. The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the
(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the
Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator,
which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect
the Administrator's ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior
to the date of such termination.
23. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.
(a) Legal Compliance. Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise
of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to
the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.
(b) Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require
the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased
only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the
Company, such a representation is required.
24. Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body
having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of
any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to
which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.
25. Stockholder Approval. The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within
twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the
degree required under Applicable Laws.
B-17
Proxy Statement
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For fiscal year ended December 31, 2016
Commission file number: 000-50644
Cutera, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
Delaware
77-0492262
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
3240 Bayshore Blvd.
Brisbane, California 94005
(415) 657-5500
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period than the registrant was required to file such reports), and
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not
contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See the
definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (check one):
Large accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☒
Non-accelerated filer ☐
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company ☐
Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock, held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2016 (which is the
last business day of registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) based upon the closing price of such stock on the NASDAQ
Global Select Market on June 30, 2016, was approximately $98 million. For purposes of this disclosure, shares of common stock held by
entities and individuals who own 5% or more of the outstanding common stock and shares of common stock held by each officer and
director have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be “affiliates” as that term is defined under the Rules and Regulations
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily conclusive.
The number of shares of Registrant’s common stock issued and outstanding as of February 28, 2017 was 13,866,428.
Part III incorporates by reference certain information from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after December 31, 2016.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
This page intentionally left blank
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
PART II
Business ..................................................................................................................................................
Risk Factors ...........................................................................................................................................
Unresolved Staff Comments .................................................................................................................
Properties ...............................................................................................................................................
Legal Proceedings ..................................................................................................................................
Mine Safety Disclosures ........................................................................................................................
Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases
of Equity Securities ................................................................................................................................
Selected Financial Data .........................................................................................................................
Item 6.
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ..........
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ..........................................................
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ..................................................................................
Item 8.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ..........
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures .......................................................................................................................
Item 9B. Other Information .................................................................................................................................
PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
PART IV
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ................................................................
Executive Compensation .......................................................................................................................
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters ...................................................................................................................................................
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ...............................
Principal Accounting Fees and Services ..............................................................................................
Page
1
18
31
31
31
31
32
35
36
49
50
81
81
83
83
83
83
83
83
Item 15.
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules .............................................................................................
84
i
This page intentionally left blank
ITEM 1.
BUSINESS
PART I
We are a global medical device company founded as a Delaware corporation in 1998 and have our headquarters in Brisbane,
California. We specialize in the design, development, manufacture, marketing and servicing of laser and other energy based
aesthetics systems for practitioners worldwide. We offer easy-to-use products based on the following key product platforms:
enlightenTM, excel HRTM, truSculptTM, excel VTM, and xeo®— each of which enables physicians and other qualified
practitioners to perform safe and effective aesthetic procedures for their customers. Each of our laser and other energy-based
platforms consists of one or more hand pieces and a console that incorporates an intuitive user interface, a laser or other
energy-based module, control system software and high voltage electronics. However, depending on the application, the laser
or other energy-based module is sometimes contained in the hand piece itself.
Our trademarks include: "Cutera," “Acutip”,“CoolGlide,”“enlighten,” “excel HR,” “excel V,” “GenesisPlus,”,
”PicoGenesis,” “solera,” “titan,” “truSculpt,” and “xeo.” Our logo and our other trade names, trademarks and service
marks appearing in this document are our property. Other trade names, trademarks and service marks appearing in this annual
report on Form 10-K are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, our trademarks and trade names
referred to in this annual report on Form 10-K appear without the ™ or ® symbols, but those references are not intended to
indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or the right of the applicable
licensor to these trademarks and trade names.
A description of each of our hand pieces, and the aesthetic conditions they are designed to treat, is contained in the section
below entitled “Products” and a summary of the features of our primary products is as follows:
●
●
●
●
enlighten- In December 2014, we introduced our enlighten laser platform with a dual wavelength (1064 nanometer,
or “nm” + 532 nm) and in December 2016 we introduced a three wavelength (1064 nm + 532 nm+ 670 nm) model
called enlighten III . The enlighten system is a dual pulse duration (750 picosecond, or “ps,” and 2 nanosecond, or
“ns”) laser system and is cleared for multi-colored tattoo removal and for the treatment of benign pigmented lesions.
excel HR- In June 2014, we introduced our excel HR platform, a premium hair removal solution for all skin types,
combining Cutera’s proven long-pulse 1064 nm Nd:YAG laser and a high-power 755 nm Alexandrite laser with
sapphire contact cooling.
truSculpt- In August 2012, we commenced shipments of our truSculpt platform with a 25cm2 hand piece. truSculpt
is a high-powered radio frequency (“RF”) platform designed for deep tissue heating. This system is designed to treat
all body areas and with its unique electrode design is able to achieve comfortable, uniform heating of subcutaneous
tissue. In the fourth quarter of 2012, we commenced shipping a larger 40cm2 hand piece that enables faster treatments
of larger areas. In the third quarter of 2013, we commenced shipping a smaller 16 cm2 hand piece. In December
2016, we received a 510(k) clearance from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) to market truSculpt for
the temporary reduction in circumference of the abdomen.
excel V- In February 2011, we introduced our excel V platform, a high-performance, vascular and benign pigmented
lesion treatment platform designed specifically for the core-market of dermatologists and plastic surgeons. This
platform provides a combination of the 532 nm green laser with Cutera’s® award-winning 1064 nm Nd:YAG
technology, to provide a single, compact and efficient system that treats the entire range of cosmetic vascular and
benign pigmented lesion conditions, without the need for costly consumables.
● xeo- In 2003, we introduced the xeo platform, which can combine pulsed light and laser applications in a single
system. The xeo is a multi-application platform on which a customer can purchase hand piece applications for the
removal of unwanted hair, treatment of vascular lesions, and skin revitalization by treating discoloration, fine lines
and laxity.
Other than the above mentioned five primary systems, we continue to generate revenue from our legacy products such as
GenesisPlusTM, CoolGlide®, solera®, and a third-party sourced system called myQTM for the Japanese market.
We offer our customers the ability to select the systems and applications that best fit their practice and to subsequently
upgrade their systems to add new applications. This upgrade path allows our customers to cost-effectively build their aesthetic
practices and provides us with a source of incremental revenue.
In addition to systems and upgrades, we generate revenue from the sale of post-warranty services, Titan hand piece refills,
and skincare products (Japanese market only).
1
The Structure of Skin and Conditions that Affect Appearance
The skin is the body’s largest organ and is comprised of two layers called the epidermis and dermis. The epidermis is the
outer layer, and serves as a protective barrier for the body. It contains cells that determine pigmentation, or skin color. The
underlying layer of skin, the dermis, contains hair follicles and large and small blood vessels that are found at various depths
below the epidermis. Collagen, also found within the dermis, provides strength and flexibility to the skin.
Many factors, including advancing age, smoking, and sun damage, can result in aesthetically unpleasant changes in the
appearance of the skin. These changes can include:
● Undesirable hair growth;
● Enlargement or swelling of blood vessels due to circulatory changes that become visible at the skin’s surface in the
form of unsightly veins;
● Deterioration of collagen, leading to uneven texture, wrinkles and skin laxity; and
● Uneven pigmentation or sun spots due to long-term sun exposure.
In addition to these skin conditions, people seek removal of unwanted tattoos as well as removal of fat in certain body areas
in order to improve their appearance and confidence.
The Market for Non-Surgical Aesthetic Procedures
The market for non-surgical aesthetic procedures has grown significantly over the past several years. Medical Insight, an
independent industry research and analysis firm, estimated that in 2015 total sales of products in the global aesthetic market
exceeded $7 billion and indicated that total sales should increase 11.8% annually through 2019. For North America, the
American Society of Plastic Surgeons estimates that in 2015 there were over 14.2 million minimally-invasive aesthetic
procedures performed, a 2% increase over 2014 and a 158% increase over 2000.
We believe there are several factors contributing to the global growth of aesthetic treatment procedures and aesthetic laser
equipment sales, including:
●
Improved Economic Environment and Expanded Physician Base- The improvements in overall global economic
conditions since the last recession have created increased demand for aesthetic procedures, which in turn has resulted
in an expanding practitioner base to satisfy the demand.
● Aging Demographics of Industrialized Countries- The aging population of industrialized countries, the amount of
discretionary income available to the “baby boomer” demographic segment ─ ages 52 to 70 in 2016 ─ and their
desire to retain a youthful appearance, have increased the demand for aesthetic procedures. In 2016, there were
approximately 75 million people in the baby boomer category, which is nearly 25%, of the U.S. population.
● Broader Range of Safe and Effective Treatments- Technical developments, as well as an increase in treatable
conditions due to new product introductions, have led to safe, effective, easy-to-use and low-cost treatments with
fewer side effects, resulting in broader adoption of aesthetic procedures by practitioners. In addition, technical
developments have enabled practitioners to offer a broader range of treatments. These technical developments have
reduced treatment and recovery times, which in turn have led to greater patient demand.
● Broader Base of Customers- Managed care and government payer reimbursement restrictions on physicians, has
motivated them to establish or seek to expand their elective aesthetic practices with procedures that are paid for
directly by patients. As a result, in addition to the core users such as dermatologists and plastic surgeons, many other
practitioners, such as gynecologists, family practitioners, primary care physicians, physicians performing aesthetic
treatments in non-medical offices, and other qualified practitioners (“non-core practitioners”) have expanded their
practices and are offering aesthetic procedures.
● Reductions in Cost per Procedure: Due in part to increased competition in the aesthetic market, the cost per
procedure has been reduced in the past few years. This has attracted a broader base of customers and patients for
aesthetic procedures.
● Wide Acceptance of Aesthetic Procedures and Increased Focus on Body Image and Appearance- According to an
American Society for Aesthetic Plastic Surgery survey in 2010, 51% of Americans (including 53% of women and
49% of men) approved of cosmetic surgery, and 67% of Americans responded that they would not be embarrassed
if their friends or family knew they had undergone a cosmetic procedure. Broader social acceptance of aesthetic
treatments, has also driven the growth in aesthetic procedures.
2
Non-Surgical Aesthetic Procedures for Improving the Body and/ or Skin’s Appearance and Their Limitations
Many alternative therapies are available for improving a person’s appearance by treating specific structures within the skin.
These procedures utilize injections or abrasive agents to reach different depths of the dermis and the epidermis. In addition,
non-invasive and minimally invasive treatments have been developed that employ laser and other energy-based technologies
to achieve similar therapeutic results. Some of these common therapies and their limitations are described below.
Tattoo removal- The only effective way to remove tattoos on the body is to utilize laser systems that deliver very short pulse
durations with high peak power intensity in order to break up the ink particles that comprise tattoos. According to a Tattoo
Incidence Study published in ORC International in June 2015, up to 27% of Americans have one or more tattoos, and that 1
in 4 tattoo bearing American adults have “tattoo regret”. Despite the effectiveness of lasers for tattoo removal, common
complaints concerning laser tattoo removal include a low rate of complete clearance (sometimes no better than 50% after
several treatments) as well as the high number of treatments for satisfactory clearance (often 10 or more treatments spaced
four to eight weeks apart). The latest generation of picosecond pulse duration lasers, pulses in the trillionths of a second,
meaningfully improve clearance as well as a reduction in total number of treatments.
Hair Removal- Techniques for hair removal include waxing, depilatories, tweezing, shaving, electrolysis and laser and other
energy-based hair removal. The only techniques that provide a long-lasting solution are electrolysis and other energy-based
hair removal. Electrolysis is usually painful, time-consuming and expensive for large areas, but is the most common method
for removing light-colored hair. During electrolysis, an electrologist inserts a needle directly into a hair follicle and activates
an electric current in the needle. Since electrolysis only treats one hair follicle at a time, the treatment of an area as small as
an upper lip may require numerous visits and many hours of treatment. In addition, electrolysis can cause blemishes and
infection related to needle use.
Non-Invasive Body Contouring.
Our radio-frequency (“RF”) technology based truSculpt system is designed for the non-invasive body contouring market. In
performing the procedure, energy is applied to heat the dermis of the skin with the goal of shrinking and tightening collagen
fibers. In addition, the RF energy procedure can be used for treating fat, due to its selectivity for heating subcutaneous adipose
tissue while modestly heating the overlying skin. In December 2016 we received 510(k) clearance from the FDA to market
truSculpt for the temporary reduction in circumference of the abdomen. Non-invasive procedures result in a more subtle and
incremental change to the skin, than for example a surgical facelift or a lipolysis procedure. Drawbacks to this approach may
include surface irregularities that may resolve over time, and the risk of burning the treatment area.
Skin Rejuvenation- Skin rejuvenation treatments include a broad range of popular alternatives, including Botox and collagen
injections, chemical peels, microdermabrasions, radio frequency treatments and lasers and other energy-based treatments.
With these treatments, patients hope to improve overall skin tone and texture, reduce pore size, tighten skin and remove other
signs of aging, including mottled pigmentation, diffuse redness and wrinkles. All of these procedures are temporary solutions
and must be repeated within several weeks or months to sustain their effect, thereby increasing the cost and inconvenience
to patients. For example, the body absorbs Botox and collagen, and patients require supplemental injections every three to
six months to maintain the benefits of these treatments.
Some skin rejuvenation treatments, such as chemical peels and microdermabrasion, can have undesirable side effects.
Chemical peels use acidic or caustic solutions to peel away the epidermis, and microdermabrasion generally utilizes sand
crystals to resurface the skin. These techniques can lead to stinging, redness, irritation and scabbing. In addition, more serious
complications, such as changes in skin color, can result from deeper chemical peels. Patients who undergo these deep
chemical peels are also advised to avoid exposure to the sun for several months following the procedure. The American
Society of Plastic Surgeons estimates that in 2015, approximately 6.8 million injections of Botox and 2.4 million injections
of collagen and other soft-tissue fillers were administered; and 1.3 million chemical peels and 800,000 microdermabrasion
procedures were performed.
Leg and Facial Veins- Current aesthetic treatment methods for leg and facial veins include sclerotherapy and laser and other
energy-based treatments. With these treatments, patients seek to eliminate visible veins and improve overall skin appearance.
Sclerotherapy requires a skilled practitioner to inject a saline or detergent-based solution into the target vein, which breaks
down the vessel causing it to collapse and be absorbed into the body. The need to correctly position the needle on the inside
of the vein makes it difficult to treat smaller veins, which limits the treatment of facial vessels and small leg veins. The
American Society of Plastic Surgeons estimates that approximately 322,000 sclerotherapy procedures were performed in
2015.
3
Laser and other energy-based non-surgical treatments for hair removal, veins, skin rejuvenation and body contouring are
discussed in the following section and in the section entitled “Our Applications and Procedures” below.
Laser and Other Energy-Based Aesthetic Treatments
Laser and other energy-based aesthetic treatments can achieve therapeutic results by affecting structures within the skin. The
development of safe and effective aesthetic treatments has created a well-established market for these procedures.
Ablative skin resurfacing is a method of improving the appearance of the skin by removing the outer layers of the skin.
Ablative skin resurfacing procedures are considered invasive or minimally invasive, depending on how much of the epidermis
is removed during a treatment. Non-ablative skin resurfacing is a method of improving the appearance of the skin by treating
the underlying structure of the skin without damaging the outer layers of the skin. Practitioners can use laser and other energy-
based technologies to selectively target hair follicles, veins or collagen in the dermis, as well as cells responsible for
pigmentation in the epidermis, without damaging surrounding tissue. Practitioners can also use these technologies to safely
remove portions of the epidermis and deliver heat to the dermis as a means of generating new collagen growth.
Safe and effective laser and energy-based treatments require an appropriate combination of the following four parameters:
● Energy Level- the amount of light or radio frequency emitted to heat a target;
● Pulse Duration- the time interval over which the energy is delivered;
● Spot Size or Electrode Size- the diameter of the energy beam, which affects treatment depth and area; and
● Wavelength or Frequency- the position in the electromagnetic spectrum which impacts the absorption and the
effective depth of the energy delivered.
For example, in the case of hair removal, by utilizing the correct combination of these parameters, a practitioner can use a
laser or other light source to selectively target melanin within the hair follicle to absorb the laser energy and destroy the
follicle, without damaging other delicate structures in the surrounding tissue. Wavelength and spot size permit the practitioner
to target melanin in the base of the hair follicle, which is found in the dermis. The combination of pulse duration and energy
level may vary, depending upon the thickness of the targeted hair follicle. A shorter pulse length with a high energy level is
optimal to destroy fine hair, whereas coarse hair is best treated with a longer pulse length with lower energy levels. If
treatment parameters are improperly set, non-targeted structures within the skin may absorb the energy, thereby eliminating
or reducing the therapeutic effect. In addition, improper setting of the treatment parameters or failure to protect the surface
of the skin may cause burns, which can result in blistering, scabbing and skin discoloration.
Technology and Design of Our Systems
Our unique enlighten, truSculpt, excel HR, excel V, xeo, and GenesisPlus platforms provide the long-lasting benefits of laser
and other energy-based aesthetic treatments. Our technology allows for a combination of a wide variety of applications
available in a single system. Key features of our solutions include:
● Multiple Applications Available in a Single System- Our platforms feature multiple-applications that enable
practitioners to perform a variety of aesthetic procedures using a single device. These procedures include hair
removal, vascular treatments and skin rejuvenation ─ including the treatment of discoloration, fine lines, and uneven
texture. Because practitioners can use our systems for multiple indications, the cost of a unit may be spread across a
potentially greater number of patients and procedures and therefore may be more rapidly recovered.
● Technology and Design Leadership- Our innovative laser technology combines long wavelength, adjustable energy
levels, variable spot sizes and a wide range of pulse durations, allowing practitioners to customize treatments for
each patient and condition. Our proprietary pulsed light hand pieces for the treatment of discoloration, hair removal
and vascular treatments optimize the wavelength used for treatments and incorporate a monitoring system to increase
safety. Our Titan hand pieces utilize a novel light source that had not been previously used for aesthetic treatments.
Our Pearl and Pearl Fractional hand pieces, with proprietary YSGG technology, represent the first application of
the 2790 nm wavelength for minimally invasive cosmetic dermatology. excel V is a stand-alone laser device that
combines a new high power green laser with Cutera's award-winning Nd:YAG technology, to provide a system that
treats the entire range of cosmetic vascular conditions, without the need for costly consumables. truSculpt is a mono-
polar radio frequency platform with a unique electrode design that delivers high-powered energy at 1 MHz for the
deep and uniform heating of the subcutaneous tissues at sustained therapeutic temperatures. This system includes
real-time skin temperature sensing and a large 40cm2 surface area for faster treatments over large areas of the body.
● Upgradeable Platform- We have designed some of our products to allow our customers to cost-effectively upgrade
to our multi-application systems (solera and xeo), which provides our customers with the option to add additional
4
applications to their existing systems and provides us with a source of incremental revenue. We believe that product
upgradeability allows our customers to take advantage of our latest product offerings and provide additional
treatment options to their patients, thereby expanding the opportunities for their aesthetic practices.
● Treatments for Broad Range of Skin Types and Conditions- Our products remove hair safely and effectively on
patients of all skin types, including harder-to-treat patients with dark or tanned skin. In addition, the wide parameter
range of our systems allows practitioners to effectively treat patients with both fine and coarse hair. Practitioners
may use our products to treat spider and reticular veins (unsightly small veins in the leg); facial veins; and perform
skin rejuvenation procedures for discoloration, texture, fine lines, and wrinkles on any type of skin. The ability to
customize treatment parameters enables practitioners to offer safe and effective therapies to a broad base of their
patients.
● Ease of Use- We design our products to be easy to use. Our proprietary hand pieces are lightweight and ergonomic,
minimizing user fatigue, and allow for clear views of the treatment area, reducing the possibility of unintended
damage and increasing the speed of application. Our control console contains an intuitive user interface with three
simple, independently adjustable controls from which to select a wide range of treatment parameters to suit each
patient’s profile. The clinical navigation user interface on the xeo platform provides recommended clinical treatment
parameter ranges based on patient criteria entered. Our Pearl and Pearl Fractional hand pieces include a scanner
with multiple scan patterns to allow simple and fast treatments of the face. Risks involved in the use of our products
include risks common to other laser and other energy-based aesthetic procedures, including the risk of burns,
blistering and skin discoloration.
Strategy
Our goal is to maintain and expand our position as a leading worldwide provider of energy-based aesthetic devices and
complementary aesthetic products by executing the following strategies:
●
● Continue to Expand our Product Offering- Though we believe that our current portfolio of products is
comprehensive, our research and development group has a pipeline of potential products under development that we
expect to commercialize in the future. We launched GenesisPlus in 2010, excel V in 2011, truSculpt in 2012, the
ProWave LX and truSculpt 16 cm2 hand pieces in 2013 and excel HR and enlighten in 2014. Such products will allow
us to leverage our existing customer call points and provide us with new customer call points, which will enhance
the productivity of our distribution channels.
Increasing Revenue and Improving Productivity- We believe that the market for aesthetic systems will continue to
offer growth opportunities. We continue to build brand recognition, add additional products to our international
distribution channel, and focus on enhancing our global distribution network, all of which we expect will increase
our revenue.
Increasing Focus on Practitioners with Established Medical Offices- We believe there is growth opportunity in
targeting our products to a broad customer base. We believe that our customers’ success is largely dependent upon
having an existing medical practice, in which our systems provide incremental revenue sources to augment their
existing practice revenue. The success of our excel V platform has resulted from strong adoption by core customers
in dermatology and plastic and reconstructive surgery.
●
● Leveraging our Installed Base - With the introduction of excel V, truSculpt, excel HR and enlighten, we are able to
effectively offer additional platforms into our existing installed base. In addition, each of these platforms allows for
potential future upgrades to offer additional indications or capabilities. We believe this program aligns our interest
in generating revenue with our customers’ interest in improving the return on their investment by expanding the
range of treatments that can be performed in their practice.
● Generating Revenue from Services and Refillable Hand Pieces- Our Titan and pulsed-light hand pieces are
refillable products, which provide us with a source of recurring revenue from our existing customers. We offer post-
warranty services to our customers either through extended service contracts to cover preventive maintenance or
through direct billing for parts and labor. These post-warranty services serve as additional sources of recurring
revenue.
5
Products
Our CoolGlide, xeo, solera, GenesisPlus, excel V, truSculpt, myQ, excel HR and enlighten platforms allow for the delivery
of multiple laser and energy-based aesthetic applications from a single system. With our xeo and solera platforms,
practitioners can purchase customized systems with a variety of our multi-technology applications.
The following table lists our currently offered products and each checked box represents the applications that were included
in the product in the years noted.
Hair
Removal:
Vascular
Lesions:
Skin Rejuvenation
Non
Invasive
Body
Contouring*:
Applications:
System
Platforms:
CoolGlide ............ CV
Products:
Excel
Vantage
xeo ........................ Nd:YAG
OPS600
LP560
Titan S
ProWave 770
AcuTip 500
Titan V/XL
LimeLight
Pearl
Pearl Fractional
ProWave LX
solera ................... Titan S
ProWave 770
OPS 600
LP560
AcuTip 500
Titan V/XL
LimeLight
GenesisPlus .........
excel V .................
myQ ......................
truSculpt ..............
excel HR ...............
enlighten(dual
wavelength)..........
enlighten III .........
Year:
2000
2001
2002
2003
2003
2004
2004
2005
2005
2006
2006
2007
2008
2013
2004
2005
2005
2005
2005
2006
2006
2010
2011
2011
2012
2014
Energy
Source:
(a)
(a)
(a)
(a)
(b)
(b)
(c)
(b)
(b)
(c)
(b)
(d)
(d)
(b)
(c)
(b)
(b)
(b)
(b)
(c)
(b)
(a)
(e)
(e)
(f)
(g)
2014
2016
(h)
(i)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Dyschromia:
Texture,
Lines and
Wrinkles:
Skin
Laxity:
Melasma
&Tattoo
Removal:
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
X
x
Energy Sources:
(a). 1064nm Nd:YAG laser;
(b). Flashlamp;
(c). Infrared laser;
(d). 2790 nm YSGG laser;
(e). Combined frequency-doubled 532 nm and 1064 nm Nd:YAG laser;
(f). Radio frequency at 1 MHz
(g) Combined frequency 755 nm Alexandrite laser and 1064 nm Nd:YAG laser;
(h) Dual wavelength 532 nm and 1064 ND: Yag laser;
(i) Three wavelength 532 nm, 670 nm, and 1064 ND: Yag laser
* Our CE Mark allows us to market truSculpt in the European Union, Australia and certain other countries outside the U.S.
for fat reduction, body shaping and body contouring. In the U.S. we have 510(k) clearance for the temporary reduction in
circumference of the abdomen and elevating tissue temperature for the treatment of selected medical conditions such as relief
of pain, muscle spasms, increase in local circulation, and the temporary improvement in the appearance of cellulite.
Each of our products consists of a control console and one or more hand pieces, depending on the model.
6
Control Console
Our control console includes an intuitive user interface, control system software and high voltage electronics. All CoolGlide
systems, GenesisPlus, excel V and some models of the xeo platform include our laser module which consists of electronics,
a visible aiming beam, a focusing lens, and an Nd:YAG and/or flashlamp laser that functions at wavelengths that permit
penetration over a wide range of depths and is effective across all skin types. The interface allows the practitioner to set the
appropriate laser or flashlamp parameters for each procedure through a user-friendly format. The control system software
ensures that the operator’s instructions are properly communicated from the graphic user interface to the other components
within the system. Our high voltage electronics produce over 10,000 watts of peak laser energy, which permits therapeutic
effects at short pulse durations. Our solera console platform comes in two configurations—Opus and Titan—both of which
include an intuitive user interface, control system software and high voltage electronics. The solera Opus console is designed
specifically to drive our flashlamp hand pieces while the solera Titan console is designed specifically to drive the Titan hand
pieces. The control system software is designed to ensure that the operator’s instructions are properly communicated from
the graphical user interface to the other components within the system and includes real-time calibration to control the output
energy as the pulse is delivered during the treatment. Our truSculpt control console includes a high-powered, mono-polar RF
generator at 1MHz capable of delivering up to 300 watts of energy. The truSculpt system dynamically adjusts current, voltage
and power during treatment as needed to reach and maintain the appropriate treatment levels.
Hand Pieces
enlighten Hand Piece- The enlighten hand piece delivers 532 nm, 670 nm (in enlighten III only), and 1064 nm laser energy
to treat benign pigmented lesions and the removal of multi-color tattoos. enlighten’s single hand piece consists of an energy-
delivery component housing a motorized focus lens assembly connected to an articulated arm. The hand piece features spot
size adjustability from 2 to 8mm, adjustable in 1 mm increments. As with all Cutera laser and light-based systems, the hand
piece does not require manual power calibration through a separate calibration port. The power calibration is automatic and
built into the laser system.
excel HR Hand Piece- The dual wavelength excel HR system introduced in June 2014 delivers 1064 nm and 755 nm laser
energy to the treatment area for hair removal. excel HR’s single hand piece consists of an energy-delivery component housing
an optical fiber and lens. The hand piece features a sapphire window and peripheral cooling plate with temperature
monitoring. The sapphire window allows for 30 watts of temperature regulation with user selectable settings ranging from 4
to 20 degrees centigrade and provides cooling of the skin before, during, and immediately after each laser pulse. This “pre,
parallel, and post” cooling provides an anesthetic benefit that makes treatments more comfortable than systems without
contact cooling, and also increases the safety profile of treatments by reducing the chances of burning skin. The hand piece
has a wide spot-size range between 3 to 18 mm (5 to 18 mm, alexandrite mode).
truSculpt Hand Pieces- The truSculpt product introduced in August 2012 is used for the non-invasive heating of subcutaneous
tissue. We sell two different truSculpt hand pieces: 40 cm2 for larger body parts and the 16cm2 for smaller parts of the body.
Each of the truSculpt hand pieces is light weight and ergonomically designed for operator comfort, which allows for the
uniform heat distribution delivered by the hand pieces. In addition, the hand pieces have a built-in, real time, temperature
sensing system to monitor the temperature during the treatment.
excel V Hand Piece- The excel V system introduced in February 2011 delivers 1064 nm and 532 nm laser energy to the skin
for the treatment of vascular and benign pigmented lesion. The excel V system supports two hand pieces, both consisting of
an energy-delivery component housing an optical fiber and lens. One hand piece includes a sapphire window cooling plate
with temperature monitoring. This hand piece offer a spot size range from 1.5 to 12 mm in 0.1 mm increments, and is capable
of delivering either the 1064 nm or 532 nm laser energy. The second hand piece does not have a cooling plate and includes
a non-contact temperature sensor to monitor the treatment area temperature. In addition, this second hand piece includes dual
aiming beams that facilitate consistent treatments by maintaining the correct distance of the hand piece to the skin to ensure
that the fixed 8 mm spot size is maintained.
1064 nm Nd:YAG Hand Piece- Our 1064nm Nd:YAG hand piece delivers laser energy to the treatment area for hair removal,
leg and facial vein treatment, and skin rejuvenation procedures to treat skin texture and fine lines. The 1064nm Nd:YAG
hand piece consists of an energy-delivery component, consisting of an optical fiber and lens, and a copper cooling plate with
embedded temperature monitoring. The hand piece weighs approximately 14 ounces, which is light enough to be held with
one hand. The lightweight nature and ergonomic design of the hand piece allows the operation of the device without user
fatigue. Its design allows the practitioner an unobstructed view of the treatment area, which reduces the possibility of
unintended damage to the skin and can increase the speed of treatment. The 1064nm Nd:YAG hand piece also incorporates
our cooling system, providing integrated pre- and post-treatment cooling of the treatment area through a temperature-
7
controlled copper plate to protect the outer layer of the skin. The hand piece is available in either a fixed 10 millimeter spot
size for our CoolGlide CV system, or a user-controlled variable 3, 5, 7 or 10 millimeter spot size for our CoolGlide Excel and
CoolGlide Vantage systems.
GenesisPlus Hand Piece- Our GenesisPlus system launched in 2010 delivers 1064 nm laser energy to the treatment area for
the temporary increase of clear nail in patients with onychomycosis and for the treatment of fine wrinkles, diffuse redness
and rosacea. This lightweight 1064nm Nd:YAG hand piece consists of an energy-delivery component, housing an optical
fiber and lens. The hand piece includes a non-contact temperature sensor to monitor the treatment area temperature. In
addition, the hand piece includes dual coaxial aiming beams that facilitate consistent treatments by maintaining the correct
distance of the hand piece to the skin. This hand piece offers a single 5 mm spot size.
Pulsed Light Hand Piece- The LP560, ProWave 770, ProWave LX, AcuTip 500, and LimeLight hand pieces are designed to
produce a pulse of light over a wavelength spectrum to treat discoloration such as age and sun spots and other dyschromia.
The hand pieces can also be used for hair removal, and treatment of superficial facial vessels. The hand pieces each consist
of a custom flashlamp, proprietary wavelength filter, closed-loop power control and embedded temperature monitor, and
weigh approximately 13 ounces. The filter in the AcuTip 500 eliminates long and short wavelengths, transmitting only the
therapeutic range required for safe and effective treatment. The filter in the LP560, ProWave 770, ProWave LX, and
LimeLight eliminates short wavelengths, allowing longer wavelengths to be transmitted to the treatment area. In addition, the
wavelength spectrum of the ProWave 770 and the LimeLight can be shifted based on the setting of the control console. Our
power control includes a monitoring system to ensure that the desired energy level is delivered. The hand pieces protect the
epidermis by regulating the temperature of the hand piece window through the embedded temperature monitor. These hand
pieces are available on the xeo and solera platforms.
Titan Hand Piece- The Titan hand pieces are designed to produce a sustained pulse of light over a wavelength spectrum
tailored to induce heating in the dermis. We are aware that some practitioners use the Titan hand piece to treat skin laxity
(although the hand piece is cleared in the U.S. by the FDA only for deep dermal heating). The hand piece consists of a custom
light source, proprietary wavelength filter, closed-loop power control, sapphire cooling window and embedded temperature
monitor, and weighs approximately three pounds. The temperature of the epidermis is controlled by using a sapphire window
to provide cooling before, during and after the delivery of energy to the treatment site. We offer two different Titan hand
pieces—Titan V and Titan XL.
● Titan V- Titan V has a treatment tip that extends beyond the hand piece housing to provide enhanced visibility of the
skin’s surface to effectively treat delicate areas such as the skin around the eyes and nose.
● Titan XL- Titan XL, like the Titan V, has a treatment tip that extends beyond the housing for improved visibility. It
also has a larger treatment spot size to treat larger body areas faster, such as the arms, abdomen and legs.
The Titan hand pieces can be used on the xeo and solera platforms. The Titan hand piece requires a periodic “refilling”
process, which includes the replacement of the optical source, after a set number of pulses have been used. This provides us
with a source of recurring revenue.
Pearl Hand Piece- The Pearl hand piece, introduced in 2007, is designed to treat fine lines, uneven texture and dyschromia
through the application of proprietary YSGG laser technology. This hand piece can safely remove a small portion of the
epidermis, while coagulating the remaining epidermis, leading to new collagen growth. The Pearl hand piece consists of a
custom monolithic laser source, scanner and power monitoring electronics. The scanner includes multiple scan patterns to
allow simple and fast treatments of the face. The hand piece includes an attachment for a smoke evacuator, allowing the
practitioner to use one hand during treatment.
Pearl Fractional Hand Piece- The Pearl Fractional hand piece, introduced in 2008, also uses proprietary YSGG technology
and is designed to treat wrinkles and deep dermal imperfections (although it is cleared in the U.S. by the FDA only for skin
resurfacing and coagulation). This hand piece penetrates the deep dermis producing a series of micro-columns across the
skin, which can result in the removal of damaged tissue and the production of new collagen. The Pearl Fractional hand piece
consists of a custom monolithic laser source, scanner and power monitoring electronics. The scanner includes multiple scan
patterns to allow simple and fast treatments of the face. The hand piece includes an attachment for a smoke evacuator,
allowing the practitioner to use one hand during treatment.
8
Upgrades
Our excel V, xeo and solera platforms are multi-application products that are designed to allow our customers to cost-
effectively upgrade to our newest technologies, which provide our customers the option to add applications to their system
and provides us with a source of additional revenue, which we classify as Product revenue.
Service
We offer post-warranty services to our customers through extended service contracts that cover preventive maintenance
and/or replacement parts and labor, or by direct billing for detachable hand piece replacements, parts and labor. These post-
warranty services serve as additional sources of recurring revenue from our installed base.
Hand Piece Refills
We treat our customer’s purchase of replacement Titan or truSculpt hand pieces as “refill” revenue, which provides us with
a source of recurring revenue from existing customers. Following the launch of truSculpt product in 2012, we charged
customers for hand piece refills. However, beginning in the third quarter of 2013 we include truSculpt refills as part of our
standard warranty and service contract product offerings.
Skincare
We distribute ZO Skin Health, Inc.’s (“ZO”) physician-dispensed, topical skincare products. Through the second quarter of
2014, we also distributed Merz’s Radiesse® dermal filler product to physicians in the Japanese market.
Our Applications and Procedures
Our products are designed to allow the practitioner to select an appropriate combination of energy level, spot size and pulse
duration for each treatment. The ability to manipulate the combinations of these parameters allows our customers to treat the
broadest range of conditions available with a single energy-based system.
Tattoo Removal- Our enlighten system- that delivers the picosecond and nanosecond pulse duration, as well as our myQ Q-
switched laser, are used for tattoo removal, the treatment of benign pigmented lesions, and laser skin toning that we refer to
as PicoGenesis.
Non-Invasive Body Contouring- Our truSculpt technology allows practitioners to apply a hand piece directly to the skin and
deliver high-powered RF energy that results in the deep and uniform heating of the subcutaneous fat tissue at sustained
therapeutic temperatures. This heating can cause selective destruction of fat cells, which are eliminated from the treatment
area through the body’s natural wound healing processes. The treatment takes approximately 45 minutes and two or more
treatments may be required to obtain the desired aesthetic results. Our CE Mark allows us to market the truSculpt in the
European Union, Australia and certain other countries outside the U.S. for fat reduction, body shaping and body contouring.
In the U.S., truSculpt has a 510(k) clearance for the temporary reduction in circumference of the abdomen, and elevating
tissue temperature for the treatment of selected medical conditions such as relief of pain, muscle spasms, increase in local
circulation, and the temporary improvement in the appearance of cellulite.
Hair Removal- Our laser technology allows our customers to treat all skin types and hair thicknesses. Our 1064 nm Nd:YAG
and 755 nm Alexandrite lasers permits energy to safely penetrate through the epidermis of any skin type and into the dermis
where the hair follicle is located. Using the universal graphic user interface on our control console, the practitioner sets
parameters to deliver therapeutic energy with a large spot size and variable pulse durations, allowing the practitioner to treat
fine or coarse hair. Our 1064nm Nd:YAG and 755 nm Alexandrite hand pieces allow our customers to treat all skin types,
while our ProWave 770 and ProWave LX hand pieces, with pulsed light technology, treat the majority of skin types quickly
and effectively.
For hair removal treatments, the treatment site on the skin is first cleaned and shaved. The practitioner then applies a thin
layer of gel to improve contact and aid gliding of the hand piece across the skin. If using the CoolGlide 1064nm Nd:YAG
hand piece, the hand piece is applied directly to the skin to cool the area to be treated, then moved and a laser pulse is delivered
to the pre-cooled area. To remove hair using the excel HR, excel V, ProWave 770 and ProWave LX hand pieces, cooling is
provided by a sapphire window placed directly on the skin, allowing the pulse of light to be applied while the treatment area
is being cooled. In the case of both hand pieces, delivery of light which is converted to heat destroys the hair follicles and
prevents hair re-growth. This procedure is then repeated at the next treatment site on the body, and can be done in a gliding
motion to increase treatment speed. Patients receive three to six treatments on average. Each treatment can take between five
9
minutes to one hour depending on the size of the area and the condition being treated. On average, there are six to eight weeks
between treatments.
Vascular Lesions- Our laser technology allows our customers to treat the widest range of aesthetic vein conditions, including
spider and reticular veins and small facial veins. Our CoolGlide and xeo 1064nm Nd:YAG hand piece’s adjustable spot size
of 3, 5, 7 or 10 millimeters; the excel V 1064 nm and 532 nm hand piece with adjustable spot sizes from 1.5 to 12 mm; and
the excel HR 1064 nm and 755 nm hand pieces with adjustable spot sizes from 3 mm to 18 mm, each allows the practitioner
to control treatment depth to target different sized veins. Selection of the appropriate energy level and pulse duration ensures
effective treatment of the intended target. Our AcuTip 500 hand piece, with its 6 mm spot size, uses pulsed-light technology
and is designed for the treatment of facial vessels.
The vein treatment procedure using the 1064nm Nd:YAG hand piece is performed in a substantially similar manner to the
laser hair removal procedure. The laser hand piece is used to cool the treatment area both before and after the laser pulse has
been applied. With the excel V and excel HR hand pieces, the cooling can be performed before, during and after delivery of
the laser pulse. With the AcuTip 500 hand piece, the pulse of light is delivered while the treatment area is being cooled with
the sapphire tip. The delivered energy damages the vein and, over time, it is absorbed by the body. Patients receive on average
between one and six treatments, with six weeks or longer between treatments.
Skin Rejuvenation- Our Nd:YAG laser, picosecond laser and other energy-based technologies allow our customers to perform
non-invasive and minimally-invasive treatments that reduce redness, dyschromia, fine lines and wrinkles, improve skin
texture, and treat other aesthetic conditions.
Texture, Lines and Wrinkles- When using a 1064nm Nd:YAG laser to improve skin texture and treat fine lines, cooling is not
applied and the hand piece is held directly above the skin. A large number of pulses are directed at the treatment site,
repeatedly covering an area, such as the cheek. By delivering many pulses of laser light to a treatment area, a gentle heating
of the dermis occurs and collagen growth is stimulated to rejuvenate the skin and reduce wrinkles. Patients typically receive
four to six treatments for this procedure. The treatment typically takes less than a half hour and there are typically two to four
weeks between treatments.
When treating texture and fine lines with a Pearl hand piece, the hand piece is held at a controlled distance from the skin and
the scanner delivers a preset pattern of spots to the treatment area. Cooling is not applied to the epidermis during the treatment.
The energy delivered by the hand piece ablates a portion of the epidermis while leaving a coagulated portion that will gently
peel off over the course of a few days. Heat is also delivered into the dermis, which can result in the production of new
collagen. Treatment of the full face can usually be performed in 15 to 30 minutes. Patients receive on average between one
and three treatments at monthly intervals.
When treating wrinkles and deep dermal imperfections with a Pearl Fractional hand piece, the hand piece is held at a
controlled distance from the skin and the scanner delivers a preset pattern of spots to the treatment area. Cooling is not applied
to the epidermis during the treatment. The energy delivered by the hand piece penetrates the deep dermis producing a series
of micro-columns across the skin, which can result in the removal of damaged tissue and the production of new collagen.
Treatment of the full face can usually be performed in less than an hour. Patients receive on average between one and three
treatments at monthly intervals.
Our CE Mark allows us to market Pearl Fractional in the European Union, Australia and certain other countries outside the
U.S. for the treatment of wrinkles and deep dermal imperfections. However, in the U.S. we have a 510(k) clearance only for
skin resurfacing and coagulation.
Toenail Fungus- In addition to performing skin rejuvenation, our CE Mark allows us to market GenesisPlus in the European
Union, Australia and certain other countries outside the U.S. for the treatment of onychomycosis (“toenail fungus”). Tiny
pulses of light from an Nd:YAG laser pass through the toenail to the fungus underneath, which is irradiated without any
damage to the surrounding nail or skin. The GenesisPlus has dual aiming beams that facilitate consistent treatments by
maintaining the correct distance of the hand piece to the skin. In addition, during the treatment an integrated sensor is used
to actively monitor the temperature of the treatment area. In the U.S. we have 510(k) clearance to market GenesisPlus for the
temporary increase of clear nail in patients with onychomycosis.
Dyschromia- Our pulsed-light technologies allow our customers to safely and effectively treat red and brown dyschromia
(skin discoloration), benign pigmented lesions, and rosacea. The practitioner delivers a narrow spectrum of light to the surface
of the skin through our LP560 or LimeLight hand pieces. These hand pieces include one of our proprietary wavelength filters,
which reduce the energy level required for therapeutic effect and minimize the risk of skin injury.
10
In treating benign pigmented lesions with a pulsed-light technology, the hand piece is placed directly on the skin and then
the light pulse is triggered. The cells forming the pigmented lesion absorb the light energy, darken and then flake off over the
course of two to three weeks. Several treatments may be required to completely remove the lesion. The treatment takes a few
minutes per area treated and there are typically three to four weeks between treatments.
The 532 nm wavelength green laser option of the excel V and enlighten systems, as well as the 755 nm infrared wavelength
of the excel HR, can be used to treat benign pigmented lesions in substantially the same way as described above with the
pulsed light devices.
Practitioners can also treat dyschromia and other skin conditions with our Pearl hand piece. During these treatments, the heat
delivered by the Pearl hand piece will remove the outer layer of the epidermis while coagulating a portion of the epidermis.
That coagulated portion will gently peel off over the course of a few days, revealing a new layer of skin underneath. Treatment
of the full face can usually be performed in 15 to 30 minutes. Patients receive on average between one and three treatments
at monthly intervals.
Skin Laxity- Our Titan technology allows our customers to use deep dermal heating to tighten lax skin. The practitioner
delivers a spectrum of light to the skin through our Titan hand piece. This hand piece includes our proprietary light source
and wavelength filter which tailors the delivered spectrum of light to provide heating at the desired depth in the skin.
In treating skin laxity, the hand piece is placed directly on the skin and then the light pulse is triggered. A sustained pulse
causes significant heating in the dermis. This heating can cause immediate collagen contraction while also stimulating long-
term collagen regrowth. Several treatments may be required to obtain the desired degree of tightening of the skin. The
treatment of a full face can take over an hour and there are typically four weeks between treatments.
Our CE Mark allows us to market the Titan in the European Union, Australia and certain other countries outside the U.S. for
the treatment of wrinkles through skin tightening. However, in the U.S. we have a 510(k) clearance for only deep dermal
heating.
Sales and Marketing
In the U.S. we market and sell our products primarily through a direct sales organization. Generally, each direct sales
employee is assigned a specific territory. As of December 31, 2016, we had a U.S. direct sales force of 52 employees. We
internally manage our U.S. and Canadian sales organization as one North American sales region with 58 territories as of
December 31, 2016.
International sales are generally made through a worldwide distributor network in over 40 countries, as well as a direct
international sales force of 34 employees, as of December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2016, we had direct sales offices in
Australia, Belgium, Canada, France, Hong Kong, Japan, Spain (until January 2017), Switzerland and the United Kingdom.
Our international revenue as a percentage of total revenue represented 45% in 2016, 48% in 2015 and 55% in 2014.
We also sell certain items like Titan hand piece refills and marketing brochures through the internet.
Although specific customer requirements can vary depending on applications, customers generally demand quality,
performance, ease of use, and high productivity in relation to the cost of ownership. We have responded to these customer
demands by introducing new products focused on these requirements in the markets we serve. Specifically, we believe that
we introduce new products and applications that are innovative, address the specific aesthetic procedures in demand, and are
upgradeable on our customers’ existing systems. In addition, we provide attractive upgrade pricing to new product families.
To increase market penetration, in addition to marketing to the core specialties of plastic surgeons and dermatologists, we
also market to non-core practitioners.
We seek to establish strong ongoing relationships with our customers through the upgradeability of our products, sales of
extended service contracts, the refilling of Titan hand pieces, ongoing training and support, and distributing (in Japan only)
skincare products. We primarily target our marketing efforts to practitioners through office visits, workshops, trade shows,
webinars and trade journals. We also market to potential patients through brochures, workshops and our website. In addition,
we offer clinical forums with recognized expert panelists to promote advanced treatment techniques using our products to
further enhance customer loyalty and uncover new sales opportunities.
11
Competition
Our industry is subject to intense competition. Our products compete against conventional non-energy-based treatments, such
as electrolysis, Botox and collagen injections, chemical peels, microdermabrasion and sclerotherapy. Our products also
compete against laser and other energy-based products offered by public companies, such as Cynosure (Hologic announced
its intent to acquire Cynosure in February 2017), Elen (in Italy), XIO Group (acquired Lumenis in September 2015), Syneron,
Zeltiq (Allergan announced its intent to acquire Zeltiq in February 2017), Valeant (acquired Solta in January 2014), as well
as private companies, including Alma, Sciton, and several others.
Competition among providers of laser and other energy-based devices for the aesthetic market is characterized by extensive
research efforts and innovative technology. While we attempt to protect our products through patents and other intellectual
property rights, there are few barriers to entry that would prevent new entrants or existing competitors from developing
products that would compete directly with ours. There are many companies, both public and private, that are developing
innovative devices that use both energy-based and alternative technologies. Some of these competitors have greater resources
than we do or product applications for certain sub-markets in which we do not participate. Additional competitors may enter
the market, and we are likely to compete with new companies in the future. To compete effectively, we have to demonstrate
that our products are attractive alternatives to other devices and treatments by differentiating our products on the basis of
performance, brand name, service and price. We have encountered, and expect to continue to encounter, potential customers
who, due to existing relationships with our competitors, are committed to, or prefer, the products offered by these competitors.
Competitive pressures may result in price reductions and reduced margins for our products.
Research and Development
Our research and development group develops new products and applications and builds clinical support to address unmet or
underserved market needs. As of December 31, 2016, our research and development activities were conducted by a staff of
38 employees with a broad base of experience in lasers, optoelectronics, software and other fields. We have developed
relationships with outside contract engineering and design consultants, giving our team additional technical and creative
breadth. We work closely with thought leaders and customers, to understand unmet needs and emerging applications in
aesthetic medicine. Research and development expenses were approximately $11.2 million in 2016, $10.7 million in 2015
and $10.5 million in 2014.
Service and Support
Our products are engineered to enable quick and efficient service and support. There are several separate components of our
products, each of which can easily be removed and replaced. We believe that quick and effective delivery of service is
important to our customers. As of December 31, 2016, we had a 47-person global service department. Internationally, we
provide direct service support through our Australia, Belgium, Canada, France, Hong Kong, Japan, and Switzerland offices,
through third-party service providers in Spain and U.K, and also through a network of distributors in over 40 countries.
We provide a standard one-year warranty coverage for all of our systems. We provide initial warranties on our products to
cover parts and service and offer extended service plans that vary by the type of product and the level of service desired. Our
standard warranty on system consoles covers parts and service for a standard period of one year. From time to time, we also
have promotions whereby we include a post-warranty service contract with the sale of our products. Customers are notified
before their initial warranty expires and are able to purchase extended service plans covering replacement parts and labor.
In countries where we are represented by distributor partners, our customers are serviced through the distributor network.
Distributors are generally provided 14 to 16 months warranty coverage for parts only, with labor being provided to the end
customer by the distributor.
In the event a customer does not purchase an extended service plan, we will offer to service the customer’s system and charge
the customer for time and materials. With respect to the truSculpt and other hand pieces, if a customer’s system is out of
warranty, and they have not purchased an extended service contract that covers hand piece replacements, then the customer
is charged for their replacement hand piece.
Our Titan hand pieces generally include a warranty for a set number of shots, instead of for a period of time.
12
Manufacturing
We manufacture our products with components and subassemblies supplied by vendors. We assemble and test each of our
products at our Brisbane, California facility. Quality control, cost reduction and inventory management are top priorities of
our manufacturing operations.
We purchase certain components and subassemblies from a limited number of suppliers. We have flexibility with our
suppliers to adjust the number of components and subassemblies as well as the delivery schedules. The forecasts we use are
based on historical demands and sales projections. Lead times for components and subassemblies may vary significantly
depending on the size of the order, time required to fabricate and test the components or subassemblies, specific supplier
requirements and current market demand for the components and subassemblies. We reduce the potential for supply
disruption by maintaining sufficient inventories and identifying additional suppliers. The time required to qualify new
suppliers for some components, or to redesign them, could cause delays in our manufacturing. To date, we have not
experienced significant delays in obtaining any of our components or subassemblies.
We use small quantities of common cleaning products in our manufacturing operations, which are lawfully disposed of
through a normal waste management program. We do not forecast any material costs due to compliance with environmental
laws or regulations.
We are required to manufacture our products in compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR. The QSR
covers the methods and documentation of the design, testing, control, manufacturing, labeling, quality assurance, packaging,
storage and shipping of our products. The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic unannounced inspections. We had an
FDA full quality system audit for three weeks during March 2014. There were no significant findings as a result of this audit
and our responses have been accepted by the FDA. Our failure to maintain compliance with the QSR requirements could
result in the shutdown of our manufacturing operations and the recall of our products, which would have a material adverse
effect on our business. In the event that one of our suppliers fails to maintain compliance with our quality requirements, we
may have to qualify a new supplier and could experience manufacturing delays as a result. We have opted to maintain quality
assurance and quality management certifications to enable us to market our products in the U.S., the member states of the
European Union, the European Free Trade Association and countries which have entered into Mutual Recognition
Agreements with the European Union. In January 2016, we passed our surveillance recertification audit establishing
compliance with the most current requirements of EN ISO 13485:2012, CAN/CSA ISO 13485:2003, and MDD 93/42/EEC.
Our manufacturing facility is ISO 13485 certified.
Patents and Proprietary Technology
We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, and non-disclosure, confidentiality and
invention assignment agreements to protect our intellectual property rights. As of December 31, 2016, we had 34 issued U.S.
patents and two pending U.S. patent applications. In the U.S. and several foreign countries, we have registered our Company
name and several of our product names as trademarks, including Cutera, Acutip 500, CoolGlide, CoolGlide Excel, enlighten,
Limelight, myQ, Pearl, ProWave 770, ProWave LX, solera, Titan, xeo and truSculpt. We may have common law rights in
other product names, including excel V, Pearl Fractional, solera Titan and excel HR. We intend to file for additional patents
and trademarks to continue to strengthen our intellectual property rights.
We licensed certain patents from Palomar (acquired by Cynosure in 2013) and paid ongoing royalties based on sales of
applicable hair-removal products. The royalty rate on these products ranged from 3.75% to 7.50% of revenue. The remaining
U.S. patents expired in February 2015 and the remaining international patents expired in February 2016. As a result, all our
revenue from February 2016 onwards will not be subject to royalties. Our revenue from systems that do not include hair-
removal capabilities (such as our solera Titan, xeo SA, GenesisPlus, myQ, excel V and enlighten), and other revenue from
service contracts, Titan, skincare products, were not subject to these royalties. In addition, in 2006 we capitalized $1.2 million
as an intangible asset representing the ongoing license for these patents, which was being amortized on a straight-line basis
over their expected useful life of 9-10 years.
Our employees and technical consultants are required to execute confidentiality agreements in connection with their
employment and consulting relationships with us. We also require them to agree to disclose and assign to us all inventions
conceived in connection with the relationship. We cannot provide any assurance that employees and consultants will abide
by the confidentiality or assignability terms of their agreements. Despite measures taken to protect our intellectual property,
unauthorized parties may copy aspects of our products or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary.
13
Government Regulation
Our products are medical devices subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, as
well as other regulatory bodies. FDA regulations govern the following activities that we perform and will continue to perform
to ensure that medical products distributed domestically or exported internationally are safe and effective for their intended
uses:
● Product design and development;
● Product testing;
● Product manufacturing;
● Product safety;
● Product labeling;
● Product storage;
● Recordkeeping;
● Pre-market clearance or approval;
● Advertising and promotion;
● Production;
● Product sales and distribution; and
● Complaint Handling.
FDA’s Pre-market Clearance and Approval Requirements
Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to commercially distribute in the U.S. will require either prior
510(k) clearance or pre-market approval from the FDA. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes. Devices
deemed to pose lower risks are placed in either class I or II, which requires the manufacturer to submit to the FDA a pre-
market notification requesting permission to commercially distribute the device. This process is generally known as 510(k)
clearance. Some low risk devices are exempted from this requirement. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk,
such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously
cleared 510(k) device, are placed in class III, requiring pre-market approval. All of our current products are class II devices.
510(k) Clearance Pathway
When a 510(k) clearance is required, we must submit a pre-market notification demonstrating that our proposed device is
substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device or a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28,
1976 for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of Pre-Market Approval, or PMA, applications. By regulation,
the FDA is required to clear or deny a 510(k), pre-market notification within 90 days of submission of the application. As a
practical matter, clearance often takes significantly longer. The FDA may require further information, including clinical data,
to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. Laser devices used for aesthetic procedures, such as hair removal,
have generally qualified for clearance under 510(k) procedures.
14
The following table details the indications for which we received a 510(k) clearance for our products and when these
clearances were received.
FDA Marketing Clearances:
Laser-based products:
Date Received:
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
treatment of vascular lesions .................................................................................................
hair removal...........................................................................................................................
permanent hair reduction .......................................................................................................
treatment of benign pigmented lesions and pseudo folliculitis barbae, commonly referred
to as razor bumps, and for the reduction of red pigmentation in scars ..................................
treatment of wrinkles .............................................................................................................
treatment to increase clear nail in patients with onychomycosis ...........................................
expanded spot size to 5 mm for clear nail in patients with onychomycosis ..........................
addition of Alexandrite 755 nm laser wavelength for hair removal, permanent hair
reduction and the treatment of vascular and benign pigmented lesions ................................
enlighten picosecond and nanosecond 532/1064 nm for the treatment of benign pigmented
lesions ....................................................................................................................................
enlighten picosecond and nanosecond 532/1064 nm for multi-colored tattoo removal ........
enlighten III picosecond and nanosecond 670 nm wavelength approved for benign
pigmented lesions ..................................................................................................................
June 1999
March 2000
January 2001
June 2002
October 2002
April 2011
May 2013
December 2013
August 2014
November 2014
November 2016
Pulsed-light technologies:
-
-
treatment of pigmented lesions ..............................................................................................
hair removal and vascular treatments ....................................................................................
March 2003
March 2005
Infrared Titan technology for deep dermal heating for the temporary relief of minor muscle and
joint pain and for the temporary increase in local circulation where applied ......................................
February 2004
Solera tabletop console:
-
-
for use with the Titan hand piece ..........................................................................................
for use with our pulsed-light hand pieces ..............................................................................
October 2004
January 2005
Pearl product for the treatment of wrinkles .......................................................................................
March 2007
Pearl Fractional product for skin resurfacing and coagulation ........................................................
August 2008
truSculpt radio frequency (“RF”) product for deep tissue heating for the temporary relief of minor
muscle and joint pain and for a temporary improvement in the appearance of cellulite
16cm2 to 25cm2 hand pieces for smaller body parts ...............................................................
-
16cm2 to 40cm2 hand pieces for larger body parts .................................................................
-
-
Product labeling and technology updates for existing clearances .........................................
- Temporary reduction in circumference of the abdomen ........................................................
April 2008
November 2012
September 2014
December 2016
Pre-Market Approval (“PMA”) Pathway
A PMA must be submitted to the FDA if the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. A PMA must be supported
by extensive data, including but not limited to, technical, preclinical, clinical trials, manufacturing and labeling to demonstrate
to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device. No device that we have developed to date has required
pre-market approval, although development of future devices or indications may require pre-market approval.
Product Modifications
We have modified aspects of our products since receiving regulatory clearance, but we believe that new 510(k) clearances
are not required for these modifications. After a device receives 510(k) clearance or a PMA, any modification that could
significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, will require a new
clearance or approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but the FDA can review any
such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA disagrees with our determination not to seek
a new 510(k) clearance or PMA, the FDA may retroactively require us to seek 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval. The
15
FDA could also require us to cease marketing and distribution and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or
pre-market approval is obtained. Also, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.
Clinical Trials
When FDA approval of a class I, class II or class III device requires human clinical trials, and if the device presents a
“significant risk,” as defined by the FDA, to human health, the device sponsor is required to file an Investigational Device
Exemption, or IDE, application with the FDA and obtain IDE approval prior to commencing the human clinical trial. If the
device is considered a “non-significant” risk, IDE submission to the FDA is not required. Instead, only approval from the
Institutional Review Board, or IRB, overseeing the clinical trial is required. Human clinical studies are generally required in
connection with approval of class III devices and may be required for class I and II devices. The IDE application must be
supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans
and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number
of patients. Clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the application is reviewed and cleared by the FDA
and the appropriate institutional review boards at the clinical trial sites. Future clinical trials of our products may require that
we submit and obtain clearance of an IDE from the FDA prior to commencing clinical trials. The FDA, and the IRB at each
institution at which a clinical trial is being performed, may suspend a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including
a belief that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk.
Pervasive and Continuing Regulation
After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include:
● Quality system regulations, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent
design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the
manufacturing process;
● Labeling regulations and FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for un-cleared, unapproved or “off-
label” uses;
● Medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have
caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to
a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur; and
● Post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide
additional safety and effectiveness data for the device.
The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. We are subject to unannounced inspections by the FDA
and the Food and Drug Branch of the California Department of Health Services, or CDHS, to determine our compliance with
the QSR and other regulations, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors. In the
past, our prior facility has been inspected, and observations were noted. There were no findings that involved a material
violation of regulatory requirements. Our responses to these observations have been accepted by the FDA and CDHS, and
we believe that we are in substantial compliance with the QSR. Our current manufacturing facility has been inspected by the
FDA and the CDHS. The FDA and the CDHS noted observations, but there were no findings that involved a material violation
of regulatory requirements. Our responses to those observations have been accepted by the FDA and CDHS.
We are also regulated under the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act, which requires laser products to comply with
performance standards, including design and operation requirements, and manufacturers to certify in product labeling and in
reports to the FDA that their products comply with all such standards. The law also requires laser manufacturers to file new
product and annual reports, maintain manufacturing, testing and sales records, and report product defects. Various warning
labels must be affixed and certain protective devices installed, depending on the class of the product.
Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include
any of the following sanctions:
● Warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;
● Repair, replacement, recall or seizure of our products;
● Operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;
● Refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products, new intended uses, or
modifications to existing products;
● Withdrawing 510(k) clearance or pre-market approvals that have already been granted; and
● Criminal prosecution.
16
The FDA also has the authority to require us to repair, replace or refund the cost of any medical device that we have
manufactured or distributed. If any of these events were to occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We are also subject to a wide range of federal, state and local laws and regulations, including those related to the environment,
health and safety, land use and quality assurance. We believe that compliance with these laws and regulations as currently in
effect will not have a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures, earnings and competitive and financial position.
International
International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign governmental regulations, which vary substantially from country
to country. The time required to obtain clearance or approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required
for FDA clearance or approval, and the requirements may be different.
The primary regulatory environment in Europe is that of the European Union, which consists of a 28 countries encompassing
most of the major countries in Europe. The member states of the European Free Trade Association have voluntarily adopted
laws and regulations that mirror those of the European Union with respect to medical devices. Other countries, such as
Switzerland, have entered into Mutual Recognition Agreements and allow the marketing of medical devices that meet
European Union requirements. The European Union has adopted numerous directives and European Standardization
Committees have promulgated voluntary standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse
event reporting for medical devices. Devices that comply with the requirements of a relevant directive will be entitled to bear
CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms with the essential requirements of the applicable directives and,
accordingly, can be commercially distributed throughout the member states of the European Union, the member states of the
European Free Trade Association and countries which have entered into a Mutual Recognition Agreement. The method of
assessing conformity varies depending on the type and class of the product, but normally involves a combination of self-
assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment by a Notified Body, an independent and neutral institution
appointed by a country to conduct the conformity assessment. This third-party assessment may consist of an audit of the
manufacturer’s quality system and specific testing of the manufacturer’s device. An assessment by a Notified Body in one
member state of the European Union, the European Free Trade Association or one country which has entered into a Mutual
Recognition Agreement is required in order for a manufacturer to commercially distribute the product throughout these
countries. ISO 9001 and ISO 13845 certification are voluntary harmonized standards. Compliance establishes the
presumption of conformity with the essential requirements for a CE Marking. In February 2000, our facility was awarded the
ISO 9001 and EN 46001 certification. In March 2003, we received our ISO 9001 updated certification (ISO 9001:2000) as
well as our certification for ISO 13485:1996 which replaced our EN 46001 certification. In March 2004, we received our
ISO 13485:2003 certification and in March 2006, March 2010, February 2011 and January 2012 we passed ISO 13485
recertification audits. Our most recent recertification audit occurred in January 2015. We passed the audit establishing
compliance with the most current requirements of EN ISO 13485:2012, CAN/CSA ISO 13485:2003, and MDD 93/42/EEC.
Employees
As of December 31, 2016, we had 297 employees, compared to 262 employees as of December 31, 2015. Of the 297
employees at December 31, 2016, 122 were in sales and marketing, 69 in manufacturing operations, 47 in technical service,
38 in research and development and 21 in general and administrative. We believe that our future success will depend in part
on our continued ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel. None of our employees are represented by a labor
union, and we believe our employee relations are good.
Available Information
We are subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Consequently, we are required to
file reports and information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, including reports on the following forms:
annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports
filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These reports and other
information concerning the company may be accessed through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Such filings, as well as
our charters for our Audit, Compensation, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees and our Code of Ethics
are available on our website at www.cutera.com. In the event that we grant a waiver under our Code of Ethics to any of our
officers and directors, we will publish it on our website. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our
website does not constitute part of this report and inclusions of our website address in this report are inactive textual references
only.
17
ITEM 1A.
RISK FACTORS
We operate in a rapidly changing economic and technological environment that presents numerous risks, many of which are
driven by factors that we cannot control or predict. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may be
impacted by a number of factors. In addition to the factors discussed elsewhere in this report, the following risks and
uncertainties could materially harm our business, financial condition or results of operations, including causing our actual
results to differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements. The following list of significant risk
factors is not all-inclusive or necessarily in order of importance. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to
us, or that we currently deem immaterial, also may materially adversely affect us in future periods. You should carefully
consider these risks and uncertainties before investing in our securities.
We may be unable to maintain profitability.
Although we had profitable third and fourth quarters in 2016 and gave financial guidance that we expect to be profitable for
the full year of 2017, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain profitability. Given our recent operating
history of very few profitable quarters, we cannot be certain that we will be able to maintain profitability in the future and
you should not rely on our operating results for any prior quarterly or annual periods as an indication of our future operating
performance. Any predictions about the performance of our operations in the future may not be as accurate as they could be
if we had a longer history of profitability.
Revenue growth in our business is driven by several factors and one such factor is new product introductions. Our ability to
sustain profitability depends on our ability to introduce new products that are adopted by our customers and on the extent to
which we can increase revenue and control our costs to be able to leverage our expenses. In addition, we need to be able to
counter any unforeseen difficulties, complications, product delays or other unknown factors that may require additional
expenditures. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with our growth prospects, product development,
sales and marketing and other efforts, unforeseen litigation expenses, etc., we are unable to predict the extent of our future
profitability or losses.
We rely heavily on our sales professionals to market and sell our products worldwide. If we are unable to hire, effectively
train, manage, improve the productivity of, and retain our sales professionals, our business will be harmed, which would
impair our future revenue and profitability.
Our success largely depends on our ability to hire, train, manage and improve the productivity levels of our sales professionals
worldwide. Because of our focus on non-core practitioners in the past, several of our sales professionals do not have
established relationships with the core market, consisting of dermatologists and plastic surgeons, or where those relationships
exist, they are not very strong.
We have experienced direct sales employee and sales management turnover in North America, Japan, and Europe.
Competition for sales professionals who are familiar and trained to sell in the aesthetic equipment market continues to be
strong. As a result, we have lost some of our sales people to our competitors. Our industry is characterized by a few established
companies that compete vigorously for talented sales professionals. Further, as the economy in North America has rebounded
from the recent recession, some of those sales professionals have left our company for jobs that they perceive to be better
opportunities, both within and outside of the aesthetic industry. However, we have also hired a record number of new sales
people, including several from our competitors. Several of our sales employees and sales management have been recently
hired or recently transferred into different roles, and it will take time for them to be fully trained to improve their productivity.
In addition, due to the competition for sales professionals in our industry, we have recruited sales professionals from outside
the industry. Sales professionals from outside the industry take longer to train and to become familiar with our products and
the procedures in which they are used. As a result of a lack of industry knowledge, these sales professionals may take longer
to become productive members of our sales force.
We train our existing and recently recruited sales professionals to better understand our existing and new product technologies
and how they can be positioned against our competitors’ products. These initiatives are intended to improve the productivity
of our sales professionals and our revenue and profitability. It takes time for the sales professionals to become productive
following their training and there can be no assurance that the recently recruited sales professionals will be adequately trained
in a timely manner, or that our direct sales productivity will improve, or that we will not experience significant levels of
attrition in the future.
18
Measures we implement in an effort to recruit, retain, train and manage our sales professionals, strengthen their relationships
with core market physicians, and improve their productivity may not be successful and may instead contribute to instability
in our operations, additional departures from our sales organization, or further reduce our revenue and harm our business. If
we are not able to improve the productivity and retention of our North American and international sales professionals, then
our total revenue, profitability and stock price may be adversely impacted.
The aesthetic equipment market is characterized by rapid innovation. To compete effectively, we must develop and/or
acquire new products, market them successfully, and identify new markets for our technology.
We have created products to apply our technology to body contouring, hair removal, treatment of veins, tattoo removal, and
skin rejuvenation, including the treatment of diffuse redness, skin laxity, fine lines, wrinkles, skin texture, pore size and
benign pigmented lesions, etc. For example, in the fourth quarter of 2014, we launched enlighten, a dual wavelength, dual
pulse duration tattoo removal and benign pigmented lesions treatment system featuring picosecond technology. To grow in
the future, we must continue to develop and/or acquire new and innovative aesthetic products and applications, identify new
markets, and successfully launch the newly acquired or developed product offerings.
To successfully expand our product offerings, we must, among other things:
addition to their practice;
● Develop and acquire new products that either add to or significantly improve our current product offerings;
● Convince our existing and prospective customers that our product offerings are an attractive revenue-generating
● Sell our product offerings to a broad customer base;
●
● Protect our existing and future products with defensible intellectual property; and
● Satisfy and maintain all regulatory requirements for commercialization.
Identify new markets and alternative applications for our technology;
Historically, product introductions have been a significant component of our financial performance. To be successful in the
aesthetics industry, we need to continue to innovate. Our business strategy has therefore been based, in part, on our
expectation that we will continue to increase our product offerings. We need to continue to devote substantial research and
development resources to make new product introductions, which can be costly and time consuming to our organization.
We also believe that, to increase revenue from sales of new products, we need to continue to develop our clinical support,
further expand and nurture relationships with industry thought leaders and increase market awareness of the benefits of our
new products. However, even with a significant investment in research and development, we may be unable to continue to
develop, acquire or effectively launch and market new products and technologies regularly, or at all. If we fail to successfully
commercialize new products, our business may be harmed.
While we attempt to protect our products through patents and other intellectual property, there are few barriers to entry that
would prevent new entrants or existing competitors from developing products that compete directly with ours. We expect
that any competitive advantage we may enjoy from current and future innovations may diminish over time as companies
successfully respond to our, or create their own, innovations. Consequently, we believe that we will have to continuously
innovate and improve our products and technology to compete successfully. If we are unable to innovate successfully, our
products could become obsolete and our revenue could decline as our customers and prospects purchase our competitors’
products.
Demand for our products in any of our markets could be weakened by several factors, including:
●
Inability to develop and market our products to the core market specialties of dermatologists and plastic surgeons;
● Poor financial performance of market segments that attempt to introduce aesthetic procedures to their businesses;
● The inability to differentiate our products from those of our competitors;
● Reduced patient demand for elective aesthetic procedures;
● Failure to build and maintain relationships with opinion leaders within the various market segments;
● An increase in malpractice lawsuits that result in higher insurance costs; and
● The lack of credit financing, or an increase in the cost of borrowing, for some of our potential customers.
If we do not achieve anticipated demand for our products, there could be a material adverse effect on our total revenue,
profitability, employee retention and stock price.
19
We depend on skilled and experienced personnel to operate our global business effectively. Changes to management or
the inability to recruit, hire, train and retain qualified personnel, could harm our ability to successfully manage, develop
and expand our business, which would impair our future revenue and profitability.
Our success largely depends on the skills, experience and efforts of our officers and other key employees. The loss of any of
our executive officers could weaken our management expertise and harm our business, and we may not be able to find
adequate replacements on a timely basis, or at all. Except for Change of Control and Severance Agreements for our executive
officers and a few key employees, we do not have employment contracts with any of our officers or other key employees.
Any of our officers and other key employees may terminate their employment at any time and their knowledge of our business
and industry would be difficult to replace. We do not have a succession plan in place for each of our officers and key
employees. In addition, we do not maintain “key person” life insurance policies covering any of our employees.
We recently hired a new Chief Executive Officer and President (“CEO”), who also is on our Board of Directors. His prior
experience is primarily with medical device companies, but not within our aesthetics industry specifically. In addition, he has
never been a public company CEO. Recently hired executives may view the business differently than prior members of
management, and over time may make changes to the existing personnel and their responsibilities, our strategic focus,
operations or business plans. We can give no assurances that we will be able to properly manage any such shift in focus, or
that any changes to our business, would ultimately prove successful. In addition, leadership transitions and management
changes can be inherently difficult to manage and may cause uncertainty or a disruption to our business or may increase the
likelihood of turnover in key officers and employees. Our success depends in part on having a successful leadership team. If
we cannot effectively manage the leadership transitions and management changes, it could make it more difficult to
successfully operate our business and pursue our business goals. We cannot ensure that we will be able to retain the services
of any members of our executive officers or other key employees. If we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified employees,
retaining and motivating existing employees or integrating new executives and employees, our business could be materially
and adversely affected.
Our ability to retain our skilled labor force and our success in attracting and hiring new skilled employees are critical factors
in determining whether we will be successful in the future. We may not be able to meet our future hiring needs or retain
existing personnel. The staff we hire to perform administrative functions may become stretched due to our increased growth
and they may not be able to perform their jobs effectively or efficiently as a result.
We may face particularly significant challenges and risks in hiring, training, managing and retaining engineering and sales
and marketing employees. Failure to attract, train and retain personnel, particularly technical and sales and marketing
personnel, would materially harm our ability to compete effectively and grow our business.
The lease for our corporate headquarters and manufacturing facility in California, U.S.A., expires on December 31, 2017.
We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to renew our lease for this facility at a reasonable increased rate, and if
not, that we will be able to relocate to a new facility that meets our needs upon terms that we find acceptable.
We occupy office space in facilities leased from a commercial landlord, and we cannot provide any assurance that we will
be able to remain in the same space after our lease expires on December 31, 2017. There is significant demand for leased
facilities in the San Francisco Bay area and leasing costs have increased significantly over the last few years. We can provide
no assurance that we will be able to renew our lease for this facility at a reasonable increased rate, or that we will be able to
relocate to a new facility that meets our needs and upon terms that we find acceptable. Whether we remain in our current
facility or move to a new facility, we expect to pay more per square foot for space than we are currently paying.
If we move to a new facility, we anticipate that it will be in the same general vicinity as our current location. However, we
may experience loss of key employees, incur relocation costs and capital expenditures relating to the process of evaluating
our options, negotiating a new lease, moving, and purchasing furniture, fixtures and equipment. Searching for a new facility
and managing a relocation process will require expense, time and attention from members of management. Further, we may
incur related expenses, such as those associated with regulatory approvals or clearances to manufacture our products, and
may encounter disruption of operations related to the move, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition and results of operations until we are fully operational in a new facility.
20
Macroeconomic political and market conditions, and catastrophic events may adversely affect our business, results of
operations, financial condition and stock price.
Our business is influenced by a range of factors that are beyond our control, including:
increasing interest rates.
Japan), the Middle East, Europe and Australia;
● General macro-economic and business conditions in our key markets of North America, Japan, Asia (excluding
● The lack of credit financing, or an increase in the cost of borrowing, for some of our potential customers due to
● The overall demand for our products by the core market specialties of dermatologists and plastic surgeons;
● The timing and success of new product introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive
landscape of the market for non-surgical aesthetic procedures, including consolidation among our competitors;
● The level of awareness of aesthetic procedures and the market adoption of our products;
● Changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;
● Governmental budgetary constraints or shifts in government spending priorities;
● General political developments, both domestic and in our foreign markets, including economic and political
● Natural disasters;
● Currency exchange rate fluctuations; and
● Any trade restrictions or higher import taxes that may be imposed by foreign countries against products sold
uncertainty caused by the recent election of a new U.S. president;
internationally by U.S. companies.
Macroeconomic developments, like global recessions and financial crises could negatively affect our business, operating
results or financial condition which, in turn, could adversely affect our stock price. A general weakening of, and related
declining corporate confidence in, the global economy or the curtailment in government or corporate spending could cause
current or potential customers to reduce their budgets or be unable to fund product or upgrade application purchases, which
could cause customers to delay, decrease or cancel purchases of our products and services or cause customers not to pay us
or to delay paying us for previously purchased products and services.
In addition, political unrest in regions like the Middle East, terrorist attacks around the globe and the potential for other
hostilities in various parts of the world, potential public health crises and natural disasters continue to contribute to a climate
of economic and political uncertainty that could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, including
our revenue growth and profitability.
Macroeconomic declines, negative political developments, adverse market conditions and catastrophic events may cause a
decline in our revenue, negatively affect our operating results, adversely affect our cash flow and could result in a decline in
our stock price.
The price of our common stock has increased by over 85% in the six months ended February 28, 2017 and may fluctuate
substantially due to several factors, some of which are discussed below. Further, we have a limited number of shares of
common stock outstanding, a large portion of which is held by a small number of investors, which could result in the
increase in volatility of our stock price.
The price of our common stock has increased by over 85% in the six months ended February 28, 2017 due in part to our
recent improved revenue and profitability performance, the purchase of two of our competitors (Cynosure and Zeltiq) in
February 2017, the financial guidance we communicated to the investor community in February 2017, repurchases of our
stock, the overall rise in the stock market following the conclusion of the U.S. presidential election in November 2016 and
other factors. As of December 31, 2016, approximately 50% of our outstanding shares of common stock were held by 10
institutional investors. As a result of our relatively small public float, our common stock may be less liquid than the stock of
companies with broader public ownership. Among other things, trading of a relatively small volume of our common stock
may have a greater impact on the trading price for our shares than would be the case if our public float were larger. The public
market price of our common stock has in the past fluctuated substantially and, due to the current concentration of
stockholders, may continue to do so in the future.
21
The market price for our common stock could also be affected by a number of other factors, including:
institutional investors;
● Litigation surrounding executive compensation has increased. If we are involved in a lawsuit related to compensation
matters or any other matters not covered by our D&O insurance, there could be material expenses involved, fines, or
remedial actions which could negatively affect our stock price;
● The general market conditions unrelated to our operating performance;
● Sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers, directors and our large
● Quarterly variations in our, or our competitors’, results of operations;
● Actual or anticipated changes or fluctuations in our results of operations;
● Actual or anticipated changes in analysts’ estimates, investors’ perceptions, recommendations by securities analysts
● The announcement of new products, service enhancements, distributor relationships or acquisitions by us or our
● The announcement of the departure of a key employee or executive officer by us or our competitors;
● Regulatory developments or delays concerning our, or our competitors’ products; and
● The initiation of any other litigation by us or against us.
or our failure to achieve analysts’ estimates;
competitors;
Actual or perceived instability and / or volatility in our stock price could reduce demand from potential buyers of our stock,
thereby causing our stock price to either remain depressed or to decline further.
In addition, if the market for medical-device company stocks or the stock market in general experiences a loss of investor
confidence, the trading price of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, results of operations
or financial condition. The trading price of our common stock might also decline in reaction to events that affect other
companies in our industry even if these events do not directly affect us. In the past, following periods of volatility in the
market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Any
future securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources from our
business. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may fail to meet our publicly announced guidance or other expectations about our business and future operating
results, which would cause our stock price to decline.
We started providing, and may continue to provide, financial guidance about our business and future operating results in
February 2017. In developing this guidance, our management must make certain assumptions and judgments about our future
operating performance, including projected hiring of sales professionals, continued growth of revenue in the aesthetic device
market, continue to increase our market share, reduce costs of production of our recently introduced products, and continued
stability of the macro-economic environment in our key markets. Furthermore, analysts and investors may develop and
publish their own projections of our business, which may form a consensus about our future performance. Our business
results may vary significantly from such guidance or that consensus due to a number of factors, many of which are outside
of our control, and which could adversely affect our operations and operating results. Furthermore, if we make downward
revisions of our previously announced guidance, or if our publicly announced guidance of future operating results fails to
meet expectations of securities analysts, investors or other interested parties, the price of our common stock would decline.
To successfully market and sell our products internationally, we must address many issues that are unique to our
international business.
International revenue is a material component of our business strategy, and represented 45% of our total revenue in 2016
compared to 48% of our total revenue in 2015. In addition, while our international revenue in 2015 increased by 8% compared
to 2014, it was negatively impacted by the appreciation of the U.S. Dollar versus the major currencies in which we transact.
We depend on third-party distributors and a direct sales force to sell our products internationally, and if they underperform,
we may be unable to increase or maintain our level of international revenue. For example, our direct business in Japan
declined in 2015, due in part to the negative impact of foreign exchange and employee turnover, which negatively impacted
our revenue from international operations.
We have experienced significant turnover of our European sales team in the past. While we continue to have a direct sales
and service organization in France, Belgium, Spain, Switzerland and the United Kingdom, a significant portion of our
European revenue is generated through our network of distributors. Though we continue to evaluate and replace non-
performing distributors, and have recently brought greater focus on collaborating with our distributor partners, there can be
no assurance given that these initiatives will result in improved European-sourced revenue or profitability in the future.
22
To grow our business, we will need to improve productivity in current sales territories and expand into new territories.
However, direct sales productivity may not improve and distributors may not accept our business or commit the necessary
resources to market and sell our products to the level of our expectations. If we are not able to increase or maintain
international revenue growth, our total revenue, profitability and stock price may be adversely impacted.
We believe, as we continue to manage our international operations and develop opportunities in additional international
territories, our international revenue will be subject to a number of risks, including:
● Fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates;
● Difficulties in staffing and managing our foreign operations;
●
Increased management, travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with having multiple international
operations;
● Political and economic uncertainty around the world, such as the recent U.S. presidential election and the United
Kingdom’s referendum in June 2016 in which voters approved an exit from the European Union (“EU”), commonly
referred to as “Brexit”;
● Compliance with multiple and changing foreign laws and regulations, including foreign certification and regulatory
● Lengthy payment cycles and difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;
requirements and the risks and costs of non-compliance with such laws and regulations;
● Compliance with laws and regulations for foreign operations, including the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices
Act, the United Kingdom Bribery Act, import and export control laws, tariffs, trade barriers, economic sanctions and
other regulatory or contractual limitations on our ability to sell our offerings in certain foreign markets, and the risks
and costs of non-compliance;
● Customs clearance and shipping delays;
● Lack of awareness of our brand in international markets;
● Preference for locally-produced products; and
● Reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries and practical difficulties of enforcing intellectual
property and contract rights abroad.
If one or more of these risks were realized, it could require us to dedicate significant resources to remedy the situation; and
if we were unsuccessful at finding a solution, we may not be able to sell our products in a particular market and, as a result,
our revenue may decline.
In addition, compliance with laws and regulations applicable to our international operations increases our cost of doing
business in foreign jurisdictions. We may be unable to keep current with changes in foreign government requirements and
laws as they change from time to time. Failure to comply with these regulations could have adverse effects on our business.
In many foreign countries it is common for others to engage in business practices that are prohibited by our internal policies
and procedures or United States regulations applicable to us. In addition, although we have implemented policies and
procedures designed to ensure compliance with these laws and policies, there can be no assurance that all of our employees,
contractors, distributors and agents will comply with these laws and policies. Violations of laws or key control policies by
our employees, contractors, distributors or agents could result in delays in revenue recognition, financial reporting
misstatements, fines, penalties, or the prohibition of the importation or exportation of our offerings and could have a material
adverse effect on our business operations and financial results.
To successfully market and sell third party products internationally, we must address many issues that are unique to the
related distribution arrangements which could reduce our available cash reserves and negatively impact our profitability.
We have entered into distribution arrangements pursuant to which we utilize our sales force and distributors to sell products
manufactured by other companies. In Japan, we have a non-exclusive right to distribute a Q-switched laser product
manufactured by a third party OEM. We also have an exclusive agreement with ZO to distribute certain of their proprietary
skincare products in Japan. Each of these agreements requires us to purchase annual minimum dollar amounts of their
products.
Each of these distribution agreements presents its own unique risks and challenges. For example, to sell skincare products
we need to invest in creating a sales structure that is experienced in the sale of such products and not in capital equipment.
We need to commit resources to train our sales force, obtain regulatory licenses in Japan and develop new marketing materials
to promote the sale of skincare products. In addition, the minimum commitments and other costs of distributing products
manufactured by these companies may exceed the incremental revenue that we derive from the sale of their products, thereby
negatively impacting our profitability and reducing our available cash reserves.
23
If we do not make the minimum purchases required in the distribution contracts, or if the third party manufacturer revokes
our distribution rights, we could lose the distribution rights of the products to physicians in Japan, which would adversely
affect our future revenue, results of operations, cash flows and our stock price.
We offer credit terms to some qualified customers and also to leasing companies to finance the purchase of our products.
In the event that any of these customers default on the amounts payable to us, our earnings may be adversely affected.
We generally offer credit terms of 30 to 90 days to qualified customers. In addition, from time to time, we offer certain key
international distributors, with whom we have had an extended period of relationship and payment history, payment terms
that are significantly longer than the regular 30 to 90 day terms. This allows such international distributor partners to have
our products in stock and provide our products to customers on a timely basis. As of December 31, 2016, one international
distributor partner accounted for 12% of our outstanding accounts receivable balance.
While we believe we have an adequate basis to ensure that we collect our accounts receivable, we cannot provide any
assurance that the financial position of customers to whom we have provided payment terms will not change adversely before
we receive payment. In the event that there is a default by any of the customers to whom we have provided credit terms, we
may recognize a bad debt charge in our general and administrative expenses. If this bad debt charge is material, it could
negatively affect our future results of operations, cash flows and our stock price.
We are subject to fluctuations in the exchange rate of the U.S. Dollar and foreign currencies.
Foreign currency fluctuations could result in volatility of our revenue. We do not actively hedge our exposure to currency
rate fluctuations. While we transact business primarily in U.S. Dollars, and a significant proportion of our revenue is
denominated in U.S. Dollars, a portion of our costs and revenue is denominated in other currencies, such as the Euro, Japanese
Yen, Australian Dollar and Canadian Dollar. As a result, changes in the exchange rates of these currencies to the U.S. Dollar
will affect our results from operations. For example, in 2016 the U.S. Dollar devalued against the Japanese Yen by
approximately 10%, which had a significant positive foreign exchange impact on our revenue − both from a re-measurement
gain upon the conversion of our Japanese Yen denominated revenue as well as the additional positive revenue impact due to
the effective price decrease for the local customers importing our U.S. Dollar denominated systems into Japan. However in
2015, as a result of the strengthening of the U.S. Dollar, relative to many other major currencies, our products priced in U.S.
Dollars became more expensive relative to products of our foreign competitors. In addition, our revenue earned in foreign
currencies, such as our locally generated revenue in Japan, was negatively impacted upon translation into U.S. Dollars. Both
these factors had a negative impact on our international revenue in 2015, compared to 2014. Future foreign currency
fluctuations could adversely impact and increase the volatility of our revenue, profitability and stock price.
Our ability to effectively compete and generate additional revenue from new and existing products depends upon our
ability to distinguish our company and our products from our competitors and their products, and to develop and
effectively market new and existing products. Our success is dependent on many factors, including the following:
Identification and development of clinical support for new indications of our existing products;
● Speed of new and innovative product development;
● Effective strategy and execution of new product launches;
●
● Product performance;
● Product pricing;
● Quality of customer support;
● Development of successful distribution channels, both domestically and internationally; and
●
Intellectual property protection.
To compete effectively, we have to demonstrate that our new and existing products are attractive alternatives to other devices
and treatments, by differentiating our products on the basis of such factors as innovation, performance, brand name, service,
and price. This is difficult to do, especially in a crowded aesthetic market. Some of our competitors have newer or different
products and more established customer relationships than we do, which could inhibit our market penetration efforts. For
example, we have encountered, and expect to continue to encounter, situations where, due to pre-existing relationships,
potential customers decided to purchase additional products from our competitors. Potential customers also may need to
recoup the cost of products that they have already purchased from our competitors and may decide not to purchase our
products, or to delay such purchases. If we are unable to increase our market penetration or compete effectively, our revenue
and profitability will be adversely impacted.
24
We compete against companies that offer alternative solutions to our products, or have greater resources, a larger installed
base of customers and broader product offerings than ours. In addition, increased consolidation in our industry may lead
to increased competition. If we are not able to effectively compete with these companies, it may harm our business.
Our industry is subject to intense competition. Our products compete against conventional non-energy-based treatments, such
as electrolysis, Botox and collagen injections, chemical peels, microdermabrasion and sclerotherapy. Our products also
compete against laser and other energy-based products offered by public companies, such as Cynosure (Hologic announced
its intent to acquire Cynosure in February 2017), Elen (in Italy), XIO Group (acquired Lumenis in September 2015), Syneron,
Zeltiq (Allergan announced its intent to acquire Zeltiq in February 2017), Valeant (acquired Solta in January 2014), as well
as private companies, including Alma, Sciton, and several others. Further, other companies could introduce new products
that are in direct competition with our products. Competition with these companies could result in reduced selling prices,
reduced profit margins and loss of market share, any of which would harm our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Recently, there has been consolidation in the aesthetic industry leading to companies combining their resources, which
increases competition and could result in increased downward pressure on our product prices. For example, in February 2017,
Allergan announced its intent to acquire of Zeltiq and Hologic announced its intent to acquire Cynosure, XIO Group acquired
Lumenis in September 2015, and Valeant acquired Solta in January 2014. These consolidations have resulted in increased
competition and pricing pressure, as the newly-combined entities have greater financial resources, deeper sales channels and
greater pricing flexibility than we do. Rumored or actual consolidation of our partners and competitors will likely cause
uncertainty and disruption to our business and can cause our stock price to fluctuate.
The energy-based aesthetic market faces competition from non-energy-based medical products, such as Botox and collagen
injections. Other alternatives to the use of our products include electrolysis, a procedure involving the application of electric
current to eliminate hair follicles, and chemical peels. We may also face competition from manufacturers of pharmaceutical
and other products that have not yet been developed.
If there is not sufficient consumer demand for the procedures performed with our products, practitioner demand for our
products could be inhibited, resulting in unfavorable operating results and reduced growth potential.
Continued expansion of the global market for laser and other-energy-based aesthetic procedures is a material assumption of
our business strategy. Most procedures performed using our products are elective procedures not reimbursable through
government or private health insurance, with the costs borne by the patient. The decision to utilize our products may therefore
be influenced by a number of factors, including:
been significantly impacted;
● Consumer disposable income and access to consumer credit, which as a result of the unstable economy, may have
● The cost of procedures performed using our products;
● The cost, safety and effectiveness of alternative treatments, including treatments which are not based upon laser or
● The success of our sales and marketing efforts; and
● The education of our customers and patients on the benefits and uses of our products, compared to competitors’
other energy-based technologies and treatments which use pharmaceutical products;
products and technologies.
If, as a result of these factors, there is not sufficient demand for the procedures performed with our products, practitioner
demand for our products could be reduced, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition,
revenue and result of operations.
If we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it could result in enforcement action by the U.S. Food and
Drug Administration (the “FDA”), federal and state agencies or international regulatory bodies.
The FDA, state authorities and international regulatory bodies have broad enforcement powers. If we fail to comply with any
U.S. law or any of the applicable regulatory requirements of the FDA, or federal or state agencies, or one of the international
regulatory bodies, it could result in enforcement action by the agencies, which may include any of the following sanctions:
● Warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;
● Repair, replacement, refund, recall or seizure of our products;
● Operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;
25
modifications to existing products;
● Refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products, new intended uses, or
● Withdrawing 510(k) clearance or pre-market approvals that have already been granted; and
● Criminal prosecution.
If we fail to obtain or maintain necessary FDA clearances for our products and indications, if clearances for future
products and indications are delayed or not issued, if there are federal or state level regulatory changes or if we are found
to have violated applicable FDA marketing rules, our commercial operations would be harmed.
Our products are medical devices that are subject to extensive regulation in the U.S. by the FDA for manufacturing, labeling,
sale, promotion, distribution and shipping. Before a new medical device, or a new use of or labeling claim for an existing
product, can be marketed in the U.S., it must first receive either 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval from the FDA,
unless an exemption applies. Either process can be expensive and lengthy. In the event that we do not obtain FDA clearances
or approvals for our products, our ability to market and sell them in the U.S. and revenue derived from the U.S. market may
be adversely affected.
Medical devices may be marketed in the U.S. only for the indications for which they are approved or cleared by the FDA. If
we fail to comply with these regulations, it could result in enforcement action by the FDA which could lead to such
consequences as warning letters, adverse publicity, criminal enforcement action and/or third-party civil litigation, each of
which could adversely affect us.
We have obtained 510(k) clearance for the indications for which we market our products. However, our clearances can be
revoked if safety or effectiveness problems develop. We also are subject to Medical Device Reporting regulations, which
require us to report to the FDA if our products cause or contribute to a death or serious injury, or malfunction in a way that
would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. Our products are also subject to state regulations, which, in
many instances, change frequently. Changes in state regulations may impede sales. For example, federal regulations allow
our products to be sold to, or on the order of, “licensed practitioners,” as determined on a state-by-state basis. As a result, in
some states, non-physicians may legally purchase our products. However, a state could change its regulations at any time,
thereby prohibiting sales to particular types of end users. We cannot predict the impact or effect of future legislation or
regulations at the federal or state levels.
Federal regulatory reforms and changes occurring at the FDA could adversely affect our ability to sell our products
profitably and financial condition.
From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions
governing the clearance or approval, manufacture and marketing of a device. It is impossible to predict whether legislative
changes will be enacted or FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations changed, and what the impact of such changes, if
any, may be.
In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the agency in ways that may significantly
affect our business and our products. Changes in FDA regulations may lengthen the regulatory approval process for medical
devices and require additional clinical data to support regulatory clearance for the sale and marketing of our new products.
In addition, it may require additional safety monitoring, labeling changes, restrictions on product distribution or use, or other
measures after the introduction of our products to market. Either of these changes lengthen the duration to market, increase
our costs of doing business, adversely affect the future permitted uses of approved products, or otherwise adversely affect
the market for our products.
If we fail to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation and laser performance standards, our manufacturing
operations could be halted, and our business would suffer.
We are currently required to demonstrate and maintain compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (the “QSR”).
The QSR is a complex regulatory scheme that covers the methods and documentation of the design, testing, control,
manufacturing, labeling, quality assurance, packaging, storage and shipping of our products. Because our products involve
the use of lasers, our products also are covered by a performance standard for lasers set forth in FDA regulations. The laser
performance standard imposes specific record-keeping, reporting, product testing and product labeling requirements. These
requirements include affixing warning labels to laser products, as well as incorporating certain safety features in the design
of laser products.
26
The FDA enforces the QSR and laser performance standards through periodic unannounced inspections. We have had
multiple quality system audits by the FDA, our Notified Body, and other foreign regulatory agencies, with the most recent
inspection by the FDA occurring over three weeks in March 2014. There were no significant findings and only one
observation as a result of this audit. Our response to this observation was accepted by the FDA. Failure to take satisfactory
corrective action in response to an adverse QSR inspection or our failure to comply with applicable laser performance
standards could result in enforcement actions, including a public warning letter, a shutdown of our manufacturing operations,
a recall of our products, civil or criminal penalties, or other sanctions, such as those described in the preceding paragraph,
which would cause our sales and business to suffer.
We are a sponsor of Biomedical Research. As such, we are also subject to FDA regulations relating to the design and conduct
of clinical trials. We are subject to unannounced BIMO audits, with the most recent inspection by FDA occurring over 5 days
in August 2016. There were no significant findings and only two observations as a result of this audit. Our responses to these
observations were accepted by the FDA. Failure to take satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse BIMO
inspection or our failure to comply with Good Clinical Practices could result in us no longer being able to sponsor Biomedical
Research, the reversal of 510(k) clearances previously granted based on the results of clinical trials conducted to gain clinical
data to support those 510(k) clearances, or enforcement actions, including a public warning letter, civil or criminal penalties,
or other sanctions, such as those described in the preceding paragraph, which would cause our sales and business to suffer.
If we modify one of our FDA-approved devices, we may need to seek re-approval, which, if not granted, would prevent us
from selling our modified products or cause us to redesign our products.
Any modifications to an FDA-cleared device that would significantly affect its safety or effectiveness or that would constitute
a major change in its intended use would require a new 510(k) clearance or possibly a pre-market approval. We may not be
able to obtain additional 510(k) clearance or pre-market approvals for new products or for modifications to, or additional
indications for, our existing products in a timely fashion, or at all. Delays in obtaining future clearance would adversely affect
our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would harm our revenue and future
profitability.
We have made modifications to our devices in the past and may make additional modifications in the future that we believe
do not or will not require additional clearance or approvals. If the FDA disagrees, and requires new clearances or approvals
for the modifications, we may be required to recall and to stop marketing the modified devices, which could harm our
operating results and require us to redesign our products.
We may be unable to obtain or maintain international regulatory qualifications or approvals for our current or future
products and indications, which could harm our business.
Sales of our products outside the U.S. are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country.
In addition, exports of medical devices from the U.S. are regulated by the FDA. Complying with international regulatory
requirements can be an expensive and time-consuming process and approval is not certain. The time required for obtaining
clearance or approvals, if required by other countries, may be longer than that required for FDA clearance or approvals, and
requirements for such clearances or approvals may significantly differ from FDA requirements. We may be unable to obtain
or maintain regulatory qualifications, clearances or approvals in other countries. We may also incur significant costs in
attempting to obtain and in maintaining foreign regulatory approvals or qualifications. If we experience delays in receiving
necessary qualifications, clearances or approvals to market our products outside the U.S., or if we fail to receive those
qualifications, clearances or approvals, we may be unable to market our products or enhancements in international markets
effectively, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and growth strategy.
Any defects in the design, material or workmanship of our products may not be discovered prior to shipment to customers,
which could materially increase our expenses, adversely impact profitability and harm our business.
The design of our products is complex. To manufacture them successfully, we must procure quality components and employ
individuals with a significant degree of technical expertise. If our designs are defective, or the material components used in
our products are subject to wearing out, or if suppliers fail to deliver components to specification, or if our employees fail to
properly assemble, test and package our products, the reliability and performance of our products will be adversely impacted.
27
If our products contain defects that cannot be repaired easily, inexpensively, or on a timely basis, we may experience:
Increased costs due to product repair or replacement;
Inability to attract new customers;
● Damage to our brand reputation;
● Loss of customer orders and delay in order fulfillment;
●
●
● Diversion of resources from our manufacturing and research and development departments into our service
● Legal action.
department; and
The occurrence of any one or more of the foregoing could materially increase expenses, adversely impact profitability and
harm our business.
Product liability suits could be brought against us due to a defective design, material or workmanship or misuse of our
products and could result in expensive and time-consuming litigation, payment of substantial damages and an increase
in our insurance rates.
If our products are defectively designed, manufactured or labeled, contain defective components or are misused, we may
become subject to substantial and costly litigation by our customers or their patients. Misusing our products or failing to
adhere to operating guidelines could cause significant eye and skin damage, and underlying tissue damage. In addition, if our
operating guidelines are found to be inadequate, we may be subject to liability. We have been involved, and may in the future
be involved, in litigation related to the use of our products. Product liability claims could divert management’s attention from
our core business, be expensive to defend and result in sizable damage awards against us. We may not have sufficient
insurance coverage for all future claims. We may not be able to obtain insurance in amounts or scope sufficient to provide us
with adequate coverage against all potential liabilities. Any product liability claims brought against us, with or without merit,
could increase our product liability insurance rates or prevent us from securing continuing coverage, could harm our
reputation in the industry and could reduce product sales. In addition, we historically experienced steep increases in our
product liability insurance premiums as a percentage of revenue. If our premiums continue to rise, we may no longer be able
to afford adequate insurance coverage.
If customers are not trained and/or our products are used by non-physicians, it could result in product misuse and adverse
treatment outcomes, which could harm our reputation, result in product liability litigation, distract management and result
in additional costs, all of which could harm our business.
Because we do not require training for users of our products, and sell our products at times to non-physicians, there exists an
increased potential for misuse of our products, which could harm our reputation and our business. U.S. federal regulations
allow us to sell our products to or on the order of “licensed practitioners.” The definition of “licensed practitioners” varies
from state to state. As a result, our products may be purchased or operated by physicians with varying levels of training, and
in many states, by non-physicians, including nurse practitioners, chiropractors and technicians. Outside the U.S., many
jurisdictions do not require specific qualifications or training for purchasers or operators of our products. We do not supervise
the procedures performed with our products, nor do we require that direct medical supervision occur. We and our distributors
generally offer but do not require product training to the purchasers or operators of our products. In addition, we sometimes
sell our systems to companies that rent our systems to third parties and that provide a technician to perform the procedures.
The lack of training and the purchase and use of our products by non-physicians may result in product misuse and adverse
treatment outcomes, which could harm our reputation and our business, and, in the event these result in product liability
litigation, distract management and subject us to liability, including legal expenses.
Adverse conditions in the global banking industry and credit markets may adversely impact the value of our marketable
investments or impair our liquidity.
We invest our excess cash primarily in money market funds and in highly liquid debt instruments of the U.S. government
and its agencies and U.S. municipalities, in commercial paper and high grade corporate debt. As of December 31, 2016, our
balance in marketable investments was $40 million. The longer the duration of a security, the more susceptible it is to changes
in market interest rates and bond yields. As yields increase, those securities with a lower yield-at-cost show a mark-to-market
unrealized loss. For example, assuming a hypothetical increase in interest rates of one percentage point, the fair value of our
total investment portfolio as of December 31, 2016 would have potentially decreased by approximately $198,000, resulting
in an unrealized loss that would subsequently adversely impact our earnings. As a result, changes in the market interest rates
will affect our future net income (loss).
28
Our manufacturing operations are dependent upon third-party suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages and
price fluctuations, which could harm our business.
Many of the components and materials that comprise our products are currently manufactured by a limited number of
suppliers. A supply interruption or an increase in demand beyond our current suppliers’ capabilities could harm our ability
to manufacture our products until a new source of supply is identified and qualified. Our reliance on these suppliers subjects
us to a number of risks that could harm our business, including:
component;
Interruption of supply resulting from modifications to or discontinuation of a supplier’s operations;
●
● Delays in product shipments resulting from uncorrected defects, reliability issues or a supplier’s variation in a
● A lack of long-term supply arrangements for key components with our suppliers;
●
●
● Difficulty locating and qualifying alternative suppliers for our components in a timely manner;
● Production delays related to the evaluation and testing of products from alternative suppliers and corresponding
regulatory qualifications; and
● Delay in supplier deliveries.
Inability to obtain adequate supply in a timely manner, or on reasonable terms;
Inability to redesign one or more components in our systems in the event that a supplier discontinues manufacturing
such components and we are unable to source it from other suppliers on reasonable terms;
Any interruption in the supply of components or materials, or our inability to obtain substitute components or materials from
alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers, which
would have an adverse effect on our business.
Intellectual property rights may not provide adequate protection for some or all of our products, which may permit third
parties to compete against us more effectively.
We rely on patent, copyright, trade secret and trademark laws and confidentiality agreements to protect our technology and
products. At December 31, 2016, we had 34 issued U.S. patents. Some of our components, such as our laser module,
electronic control system and high-voltage electronics, are not, and in the future may not be, protected by patents.
Additionally, our patent applications may not issue as patents or, if issued, may not issue in a form that will be advantageous
to us. Any patents we obtain may be challenged, invalidated or legally circumvented by third parties. Consequently,
competitors could market products and use manufacturing processes that are substantially similar to, or superior to, ours. We
may not be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge or other trade secrets by consultants,
vendors, former employees or current employees, despite the existence generally of confidentiality agreements and other
contractual restrictions. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures of our intellectual property is difficult, and we do not
know whether the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be effective. Moreover, the laws of many
foreign countries will not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S.
The absence of complete intellectual property protection exposes us to a greater risk of direct competition. Competitors could
purchase one of our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our
development efforts, design around our protected technology, or develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside
of our intellectual property rights. If our intellectual property is not adequately protected against competitors’ products and
methods, our competitive position and our business could be adversely affected.
We may be involved in future costly intellectual property litigation, which could impact our future business and financial
performance.
Our competitors or other patent holders may assert that our present or future products and the methods we employ are covered
by their patents. In addition, we do not know whether our competitors own or will obtain patents that they may claim prevent,
limit or interfere with our ability to make, use, sell or import our products. Although we may seek to resolve any potential
future claims or actions, we may not be able to do so on reasonable terms, or at all. If, following a successful third-party
action for infringement, we cannot obtain a license or redesign our products, we may have to stop manufacturing and selling
the applicable products and our business would suffer as a result. In addition, a court could require us to pay substantial
damages, and prohibit us from using technologies essential to our products, any of which would have a material adverse
effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
29
We may become involved in litigation not only as a result of alleged infringement of a third party’s intellectual property
rights but also to protect our own intellectual property. For example, we have been, and may hereafter become, involved in
litigation to protect the trademark rights associated with our company name or the names of our products. Infringement and
other intellectual property claims, with or without merit, can be expensive and time-consuming to litigate, and could divert
management’s attention from our core business.
The expense and potential unavailability of insurance coverage for our customers could adversely affect our ability to sell
our products, and therefore adversely affect our financial condition.
Some of our customers and prospective customers have had difficulty procuring or maintaining liability insurance to cover
their operation and use of our products. Medical malpractice carriers are withdrawing coverage in certain states or
substantially increasing premiums. If this trend continues or worsens, our customers may discontinue using our products and
potential customers may opt against purchasing laser-based products due to the cost or inability to procure insurance
coverage. The unavailability of insurance coverage for our customers and prospects could adversely affect our ability to sell
our products, and that could harm our financial condition.
From time to time we may become subject to income tax audits or similar proceedings, and as a result we may incur
additional costs and expenses or owe additional taxes, interest and penalties that may negatively impact our operating
results.
We are subject to income taxes in the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions where we operate through a subsidiary,
including Australia, Belgium, Canada, France, Hong Kong, Japan, Spain, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. Our
determination of our tax liability is subject to review by applicable domestic and foreign tax authorities.
We are currently under audit for our California sales and use tax returns for the period July 2013 through June 2016, and are
uncertain of the potential outcome of this audit. Also, in June 2016, we underwent an audit of our Canadian goods and
services tax and harmonized sales tax returns for the period January 2013 to July 2015. Although this audit resulted in
immaterial adjustments, the final timing and resolution of any future tax examinations are subject to significant uncertainty
and could result in our having to pay amounts to the applicable tax authority in order to resolve examination of our tax
positions, which could result in an increase or decrease of our current estimate of unrecognized tax benefits and may
negatively impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
We may be adversely affected by changes in U.S. tax laws, importation taxes and other changes that may be imposed by
the current administration.
Congress and the current administration have indicated a desire to reform the U.S. corporate income tax. As part of any tax
reform, it is possible that the current corporate income tax rate may be reduced, and there may be other potential changes
including limiting or eliminating various other deductions, credits or tax preferences. In addition, if the current administration
starts levying import taxes on products being sourced from Mexico and other international locations from where we source
components for building our products, this could adversely affect our cost of producing our products and profitability.
At this time, it is not possible to measure the potential impact on the value of our business, prospects or results of operations
that might result upon enactment of U.S tax laws and other changes.
Any acquisitions that we make could result in operating difficulties, dilution, and other consequences that may adversely
impact our business and results of operations.
While we from time to time evaluate potential acquisitions of businesses, products and technologies, and anticipate continuing
to make these evaluations, we have no present understandings, commitments or agreements with respect to any material
acquisitions or collaborative projects We may not be able to identify appropriate acquisition candidates or strategic partners,
or successfully negotiate, finance or integrate any businesses, products or technologies that we acquire.
We have limited experience as a team with acquiring companies and products. Furthermore, the integration of any acquisition
and management of any collaborative project may divert management’s time and resources from our core business and disrupt
our operations and we may incur significant legal, accounting and banking fees in connection with such a transaction.
Acquisitions could diminish our available cash balances for other uses, result in the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities,
or amortization expenses, and restructuring charges. Also, the anticipated benefits or value of our acquisitions or investments
may not materialize and could result in an impairment of goodwill and/or purchased long-lived assets, similar to the $650,000
charge we recorded in the fourth quarter of 2014 related to an acquisition completed in 2012.
30
Our failure to address these risks or other problems encountered in connection with our past or future acquisitions and
investments could cause us to fail to realize the anticipated benefits of such acquisitions or investments, incur unanticipated
liabilities, and harm our business and our financial condition or results.
Anti-takeover provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, and Delaware law,
contain provisions that could discourage a takeover.
Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, and Delaware law, contain provisions that might enable
our management to resist a takeover, and might make it more difficult for an investor to acquire a substantial block of our
common stock. These provisions include:
● A classified board of directors;
● Advance notice requirements to stockholders for matters to be brought at stockholder meetings;
● Limitations on stockholder actions by written consent; and
● The right to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to dilute the stock ownership of
a potential hostile acquirer.
These provisions, as well as Change of Control and Severance Agreements entered into with each of our executive officers
and certain key employees, might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or a change in our
management. The existence of these provisions could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and limit
the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. In addition, as a Delaware
corporation, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. These provisions may prohibit large
stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us
for a certain period of time. Any of these provisions could, under certain circumstances, depress the market price of our
common stock.
ITEM 1B.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Not applicable.
ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES
Our corporate headquarters and U.S. operations are located in an approximately 66,000 square foot facility in Brisbane,
California. We lease these premises under a non-cancelable operating lease which expires on December 31, 2017. In addition,
we have leased office facilities in certain countries as follows:
Country
Japan..............
Square Footage
Approximately 5,896
France ............
Approximately 2,239
Lease termination or Expiration
Two leases, one of which expires in March 2018 and one which expires in
December 2017.
One lease which expires in October 2021 but can be terminated with six
months’ notice prior to October 2018.
We believe that these facilities are suitable and adequate for our current and future needs for at least the next twelve months.
ITEM 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We were not a party to any pending litigation that we believe will have a material impact to our results of operations as of
December 31, 2016.
ITEM 4.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
31
PART II
ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Stock Exchange Listing
Our common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “CUTR.” As of February 28, 2017, the
closing sale price of our common stock was $20.40 per share.
Common Stockholders
We had 9 stockholders of record as of February 28, 2017. Since many stockholders choose to hold their shares under the
name of their brokerage firm, we estimate that the actual number of stockholders was over 2,000 shareholders.
Stock Prices
The following table sets forth quarterly high and low closing sales prices of our common stock for the indicated fiscal periods:
4th Quarter ........................................................................... $
3rd Quarter ...........................................................................
2nd Quarter ..........................................................................
1st Quarter ............................................................................
17.50 $
12.25
12.15
12.87
11.94 $
10.52
10.00
10.43
14.52 $
15.60
15.98
14.26
11.99
13.07
12.87
10.86
Common Stock
2016
2015
High
Low
High
Low
32
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The following table summarizes the activity related to stock repurchases for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015
(in thousands except per share data):
Period
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
Average Price
Paid per
Share
Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
as Part of
Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs
Approximate
Dollar Value
of Shares
That May Yet
Be Purchased
Under the
Plans or
Programs
As of December 31, 2014 ..........................
Additional amount approved February 18, 2015 ..
February18-28, 2015 ............................................
March 1-31, 2015 .................................................
April 1-30, 2015 ...................................................
May 1-31, 2015 ....................................................
June 1-30, 2015 ....................................................
July 1-31, 2015 .....................................................
August 1-31, 2015 ................................................
September 1-30, 2015 ..........................................
October 1-31, 2015 ...............................................
As of December 31, 2015 ..........................
Additional amount approved February 8, 2016 ....
March 1-31, 2016 .................................................
April 1-30, 2016 ...................................................
May 1-31, 2016 ....................................................
June 1-30, 2016 ....................................................
July 1-31, 2016 .....................................................
August 1-31, 2016 ................................................
September 1-30, 2016 ..........................................
As of December 31, 2016 ..........................
— $
— $
56 $
330 $
284 $
296 $
298 $
95 $
1,040 $
210 $
209 $
2,818 $
28 $
11 $
123 $
117 $
74 $
62 $
40 $
455 $
—
—
12.85
13.55
13.57
14.38
14.75
14.94
14.41
14.44
13.70
14.19
10.89
10.91
10.35
10.64
10.87
10.86
10.89
10.67
— $
— $
56 $
330 $
284 $
296 $
298 $
95 $
1,040 $
210 $
209
2,818 $
$
28 $
11 $
123 $
117 $
74 $
62 $
40 $
455 $
10,000
40,000
39,276
34,806
30,946
26,693
22,294
20,878
5,898
2,860
—
—
10,000
9,695
9,572
8,298
7,060
6,258
5,576
5,141
5,141
As of December 31, 2014, there was $10.0 million authorized for the repurchase of our common stock under the Company’s
Stock Repurchase Program. On February 18, 2015, our Board of Directors approved the expansion of our Stock Repurchase
Program from $10 million to $40 million, under which we were authorized to repurchase shares of our common stock. In the
year ended December 31, 2015, we repurchased 2,818,038 shares of our common stock for approximately $40.0 million.
On February 8, 2016, our Board of Directors approved the expansion of our Stock Repurchase Program by an additional $10
million. In the year ended December 31, 2016, we repurchased 455,311 shares of our common stock for approximately $4.9
million. As of December 31, 2016, there remained an additional $5.1 million to be purchased. On February 13, 2017 our
Board of Directors approved the expansion of our Stock Repurchase Program by an additional $5 million. We plan to make
the repurchases from time to time through open market transactions at prevailing prices and/or through privately-negotiated
transactions, and/or through a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan.
Sales of Unregistered Securities
We did not sell any unregistered securities during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans
The information required by this Item regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to the information
set forth in Part III Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
33
Performance Graph
Below is a graph showing the cumulative total return to our stockholders during the period from December 31, 2011 through
December 31, 2016 in comparison to the cumulative return on the NASDAQ Composite Index (U.S.) and the NASDAQ
Medical Equipment Index during that same period.
The information under “Performance Graph” is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not
to be incorporated by reference in any of our filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this 10-K and irrespective of any general incorporation
language in those filings.
Dividend Policy
We have never paid a cash dividend and have no present intention to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We intend
to retain any future earnings for use in our business.
34
ITEM 6.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The table set forth below contains certain consolidated financial data for each of our last five fiscal years. The following
selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing in
Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data
(in thousands, except per share data):
Net revenue .......................................................... $
Cost of revenue ....................................................
Gross profit ................................................
2016
118,056 $
49,921
68,135
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
2012
94,761 $
40,478
54,283
78,138 $
34,765
43,373
74,594 $
32,712
41,882
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing ...................................
Research and development ........................
General and administrative ........................
Total operating expenses ....................
Income (loss) from operations ..............................
Interest and other income, net ..............................
Income (loss) before income taxes .......................
Income tax (benefit) provision .............................
Net income (loss) ................................................. $
Net income (loss) per share:
41,563
11,232
12,943
65,738
2,397
323
2,720
143
2,577 $
35,942
10,733
12,129
58,804
(4,521)
293
(4,228)
212
(4,440) $
32,246
10,543
11,203
53,992
(10,619)
226
(10,393)
219
(10,612) $
27,984
9,216
9,938
47,138
(5,256)
455
(4,801)
(54)
(4,747) $
77,277
35,737
41,540
28,664
8,427
11,276
48,367
(6,827)
497
(6,330)
218
(6,548)
Basic .......................................................... $
Diluted ....................................................... $
0.19 $
0.19 $
(0.32) $
(0.32) $
(0.74) $
(0.74) $
(0.33) $
(0.33) $
(0.46)
(0.46)
Weighted-average number of shares used in per
share calculations:
Basic ..........................................................
Diluted .......................................................
13,225
13,753
13,960
13,960
14,254
14,254
14,421
14,421
14,089
14,089
As of December 31,
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (in
thousands):
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable
investments ........................................................... $
Working capital (current assets less current
liabilities) .............................................................
Total assets ...........................................................
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) ..............
Total stockholders’ equity ....................................
2016
2015
2014
2013
2012
54,074 $
48,407 $
81,146 $
83,073 $
85,572
59,460
91,854
(27,046)
61,010
49,398
77,518
(29,672)
50,034
81,900
108,913
(25,232)
80,508
84,654
108,669
(14,620)
84,265
88,788
112,794
(9,873)
90,774
35
ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal
year ended December 31, 2016. This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the following sections, contains forward-
looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Throughout this Report, and
particularly in this Item 7, the forward-looking statements are based upon our current expectations, estimates and projections
and that reflect our beliefs and assumptions based upon information available to us at the date of this Report. In some cases,
you can identify these statements by words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,”
“believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue,” and other similar terms. These forward-looking statements
are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult to predict.
Our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-
looking statements. The forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements relating to our future financial
performance, the ability to grow our business, increase our revenue, manage expenses, generate additional cash, achieve
and maintain profitability, develop and commercialize existing and new products and applications, improve the performance
of our worldwide sales and distribution network, and to the outlook regarding long term prospects. We caution you not to
place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s analysis only as of the date of this
Annual Report on Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or
circumstances occurring after the date of this Form 10-K.
Some of the important factors that could cause our results to differ materially from those in our forward-looking statements,
and a discussion of other risks and uncertainties, are discussed in Item 1A—Risk Factors commencing on page 18. We
encourage you to read that section carefully as well as other risks detailed from time to time in our filings with the SEC.
Introduction
The Management’s Discussion and Analysis, or MD&A, is organized as follows:
● Executive Summary. This section provides a general description and history of our business, a brief discussion of
our product lines and the opportunities, trends, challenges and risks we focus on in the operation of our business.
● Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. This section describes the key accounting policies that are affected by
critical accounting estimates.
● Recent Accounting Guidance. This section describes the issuance and effect of new accounting pronouncements that
are or may be applicable to us.
● Results of Operations. This section provides our analysis and outlook for the significant line items on our
Consolidated Statements of Operations.
● Liquidity and Capital Resources. This section provides an analysis of our liquidity and cash flows, as well as a
discussion of our commitments that existed as of December 31, 2016.
Executive Summary
Company Description
We are a leading medical device company specializing in the research, development, manufacture, marketing and servicing
of laser and other energy-based aesthetics systems for practitioners worldwide. We offer easy-to-use products which enable
physicians and other qualified practitioners to perform safe and effective aesthetic procedures, including treatment of vascular
conditions and removal of benign pigmented lesions, hair-removal, skin rejuvenation, body contouring, skin resurfacing,
tattoo removal and toenail fungus. Our platforms are designed to be easily upgraded to add additional applications and hand
pieces, which provide flexibility for our customers as they expand their practices. In addition to systems and upgrade revenue,
we generate revenue from the sale of post warranty service contracts, providing services for products that are out of warranty,
hand piece refills, and third-party manufactured skincare products. In the second quarter of 2014, we terminated our
agreement with Merz for the distribution of its Radiesse dermal filler product.
Our corporate headquarters and U.S. operations are located in Brisbane, California, from where we conduct our
manufacturing, warehousing, research and development, regulatory, sales and marketing, service, and administrative
activities. We market, sell and service our products through direct sales and service employees in the U.S., Australia, Belgium,
Canada, France, Hong Kong, Japan, Spain (until January 2017), Switzerland and the United Kingdom. Sales and Service
outside of these direct markets are made through a worldwide distributor network in over 40 countries. As of December 31,
2016, we had a U.S. direct sales force of 52 employees and a direct international sales force of 34 employees.
36
Products Revenue
Our Products revenue is derived from the sale of Products, Hand piece refills, and Skincare products. Product revenue
represents the sale of a system. A system consists of a console that incorporates a universal graphic user interface, a laser
and/or other energy based module, control system software and high voltage electronics; as well as one or more hand pieces.
However, depending on the application, the laser or other energy based module is sometimes contained in the hand piece
such as with our Pearl and Pearl Fractional applications instead of within the console.
We offer our customers the ability to select the system that best fits their practice at the time of purchase and then to cost-
effectively add applications to their system as their practice grows. This provides customers the flexibility to upgrade their
systems whenever they choose and provides us with a source of additional revenue, which we treat as Product revenue.
For our Titan hand pieces, after a set number of treatments have been performed, the customer is required to send the hand
piece back to the factory for refurbishment, which we refer to as ”refilling” the hand piece and is classified as Hand piece
revenue.
Skincare revenue relates to the distribution of ZO’s skincare products in Japan, and through the second quarter of 2014, also
included Merz Pharma GmbH’s (“Merz”) Radiesse dermal filler product.
Service Revenue
Service revenue relates to amortization of prepaid service contracts, direct billings for detachable hand piece replacements
and revenue for parts and labor on out-of-warranty products.
Significant Business Trends We believe that our ability to grow revenue will be primarily dependent on the following:
● Continuing to expand our product offerings ─ both through internal development and sourcing from other vendors.
● Ongoing investment in our global sales and marketing infrastructure.
● Use of clinical results to support new aesthetic products and applications.
● Enhanced luminary development and reference selling efforts (to develop a location where our products can be
displayed and used to assist in selling efforts).
● Customer demand for our products.
● Strengthening against the U.S. dollar of key international currencies in which we transact (Australian Dollar,
Japanese Yen, Euro, and British Pound).
● Consumer demand for the application of our products.
● Marketing to physicians in the core dermatology and plastic surgeon specialties, as well as outside those specialties.
● Generating ongoing revenue from our growing installed base of customers through the sale of Service, system
upgrades, Hand piece refills, and Skincare products.
For a detailed discussion of the significant business trends impacting our business, please see “Results of Operations” below.
Factors that May Impact Future Performance
Our industry is impacted by numerous competitive, regulatory and other significant factors. Our industry is highly
competitive and our future performance depends on our ability to compete successfully. Additionally, our future performance
is dependent upon our ability to continue to expand our product offerings with innovative technologies, obtain regulatory
clearances for our products, protect the proprietary technology of our products and our manufacturing processes, manufacture
our products cost-effectively, and successfully market and distribute our products in a profitable manner. If we fail to execute
on the aforementioned initiatives, our business would be adversely affected. A detailed discussion of these and other factors
that could impact our future performance are provided in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors.”
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles in the U.S. (“GAAP”) requires us to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. These estimates, judgments and assumptions are based on historical
experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. We periodically review our
estimates and make adjustments when facts and circumstances dictate. To the extent that there are material differences
between these estimates and actual results, our financial condition or results of operations will be affected.
37
Critical accounting estimates, as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), are those that are most
important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require our management’s most difficult
and subjective judgments and estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain. Our critical accounting estimates are as
follows:
Revenue Recognition
We earn revenue from the sale of Products, Hand piece refills, Skincare products and Service. We recognize revenue when
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, transfer of title to the customer has occurred, the sales price is fixed or
determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured. We defer revenue in the event that any of these revenue recognition
criteria is not met.
● Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists: We use customer purchase agreements or contracts, or customer
purchase orders to determine the existence of an arrangement;
● Transfer of title: Our standard terms generally specify that title transfers upon shipment to the customer. We
generally use third party shipping documents and/or signed customer acknowledgements to verify that title has
transferred. For service revenue, we use the date that services have been rendered;
● Sales price is fixed or determinable: We assess whether the sales price is fixed or determinable at the time of the
transaction. Sales prices are documented in the customer purchase agreement or purchase order received prior to
shipment. Our standard terms do not allow for trial or evaluation periods, rights of return or refund, payments
contingent upon the customer obtaining financing or other terms that could impact the customer's obligation; and
● Collectability is reasonably assured: We assess whether collection is reasonably assured based on a number of
factors, including receipt of cash or credit card payment, customer's past transaction history, credit worthiness, or
the receipt of an irrevocable letter of credit.
Multiple-Element Arrangements
For Product revenue, all of the tangible products, including the embedded software, are delivered to the customer at the time
of sale. In some circumstances, in conjunction with the purchase of a system or upgrade, customers purchase service contracts
for one or more years to cover their products. For these transactions, the following multiple-element arrangement exists: a
tangible product delivered to the customer at the inception of the revenue arrangement; and a service contract for delivery of
services to the customer over a contractually stated period of time defined in the service contract.
For multiple-element arrangements, judgments are required as to the allocation of the proceeds received from an arrangement
to the multiple elements of the arrangement. For multiple element arrangements we allocate revenue to all deliverables based
on their relative selling prices. Because we have neither vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) nor third-party
evidence of selling price (“TPE”) for our systems, the allocation of revenue has been based on our best estimate of selling
prices (“BESP”). The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service
was sold on a stand-alone basis. We determine BESP for our deliverables by considering multiple factors including, but not
limited to, features and functionality of the system, geographies, type of customer and market conditions.
Revenue under service contracts is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period of the applicable service contract.
Service revenue, not under a service contract, is recognized as the services are provided.
Hand Piece Refills
When customers purchase a hand piece refill, we ship a previously refurbished unit and recognize revenue upon shipment.
With respect to our truSculpt hand pieces, we include unlimited hand piece replacements in the truSculpt standard warranty
contract and recognize the revenue under the warranty model, in which the revenue for the system sale was recognized up-
front along with an estimate of the costs which will be incurred under the warranty obligation recorded in cost of revenue.
Shipping and Handling Costs
We expense shipping and handling costs as incurred and include them in cost of revenue. In those cases where we bill shipping
and handling costs to customers, we classify the amounts billed as revenue.
38
Stock-based Compensation Expense
Stock Options
We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with the fair value recognition provisions of U.S. GAAP. To value
options, we use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions. These
assumptions include:
● Estimating the length of time employees will retain their vested stock options before exercising them (“expected
term”);
● Estimated volatility of our common stock price over the expected term;
● Number of options that will ultimately not complete their vesting requirements (“forfeiture rate”); and
● Expected risk-free interest rate and dividend rate over the expected term.
The assumptions for expected volatility and expected term are the two assumptions that significantly affect the grant date fair
value.
The expected term represents the weighted-average period that our stock options are expected to be outstanding. The expected
term is based on the observed and expected time to post-vesting exercise of options by employees. We use historical exercise
patterns of previously granted options in relation to stock price movements to derive an employee behavioral pattern used to
forecast expected exercise patterns.
We estimate volatility based on historical volatility and we also consider implied volatility when there is sufficient volume
of freely traded options with comparable terms and exercise prices in the open market.
Changes in expected risk-free interest rate and dividend rate do not significantly impact the calculation of fair value, and
determining this input is not highly subjective.
Changes in the subjective assumptions of expected term, volatility and forfeiture rate can materially affect the estimate of
fair value of stock-based compensation and, consequently, the related amount recognized on our Consolidated Statements of
Operations.
Restricted Stock Units
We grant restricted stock unit (“RSU”) awards to our management employees, officers and directors. RSUs are measured
based on the fair market values of the underlying stock on the dates of grant and the stock-based compensation expense is
recognized over the vesting period. Shares are issued on the vesting dates net of the minimum statutory tax withholding
requirements to be paid by us on behalf of our employees. As a result, the actual number of shares issued will be fewer than
the actual number of RSUs outstanding. Furthermore, we record the obligation for withholding amounts to be paid by us as
a reduction to additional paid-in capital.
Performance Stock Units
Performance stock unit (“PSU”) awards are granted to our officers and other members of management. The final number of
shares of common stock issuable at the end of the performance measurement period, subject to the recipient’s continued
service through that date, is determined based on the degree of achievement of the performance goals. The fair value of PSUs
that have operational goals is measured based on the market price of our stock on the date of grant, whereas PSUs with
market-based measurement goals are measured using a Monte-Carlo simulation option-pricing model. The Monte-Carlo
simulation option-pricing model uses the same input assumptions as the Black-Scholes model; however, it also further
incorporates into the fair-value determination the possibility that the market condition may not be satisfied.
Stock-based compensation expense for PSUs with operational goals is recognized based on the expected degree of
achievement of the performance goals over the vesting period. However, stock-based compensation expense for market-
based PSU awards are recognized regardless of whether the market condition is satisfied, provided that the requisite service
has been provided.
On the vesting date of PSU awards, we issue fully-paid up common stock, net of the minimum statutory tax withholding
requirements to be paid by us and record the obligation for withholding amounts as a reduction to additional paid-in capital.
39
Forfeiture Rates
In accounting for share-based compensation expenses, we are required to develop an estimate of the number of share-based
awards that will be forfeited due to employee turnover. Adjustments in the estimated forfeiture rates can have a significant
effect on our reported share-based compensation, as we recognize the cumulative effect of the rate adjustments for all expense
amortization in the period the estimated forfeiture rates were adjusted. We estimate and adjust forfeiture rates based on a
periodic review of recent forfeiture activity and expected future employee turnover. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than
previously estimated forfeiture rate, we may make an adjustment that will result in a decrease to the expense recognized in
the financial statements during the period when the rate was changed. Adjustments in the estimated forfeiture rates could also
cause changes in the amount of expense that we recognize in future periods.
Intangible Assets
Our intangible assets include identifiable intangibles and goodwill. Identifiable intangibles include sub-licenses, rights
acquired from a former distributor and those acquired in conjunction with an acquisition in 2012. All of our identifiable
intangibles have finite lives.
In February 2012, we acquired the global aesthetic business unit of IRIDEX Corporation, which included various laser
systems (such as the VariLite and Gemini) and an installed base of customers, whose products are being serviced by us. This
acquisition was considered a business combination for accounting purposes, and as such, in addition to valuing all the assets,
we recorded goodwill associated with the expected synergies from leveraging the customer relationships and integrating new
product offerings into our business. The fair values of the assets acquired were determined to be $4.8 million of net tangible
and intangible assets and $1.3 million of goodwill.
Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are subject to impairment testing and are reviewed for impairment when events
or circumstances indicate that such assets may not be recoverable at their carrying value. We evaluate the recoverability of
the carrying value of these identifiable intangibles based on estimated undiscounted cash flows to be generated from such
assets. If the cash flow estimates or the significant operating assumptions upon which they are based change in the future, we
may be required to record additional impairment charges. When events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
amount of long-lived assets may not be recoverable, we recognize such impairment in the event the net book value of such
assets exceeds the future undiscounted cash flows attributable to such assets.
The valuation and classification of intangible assets and goodwill and the assignment of useful amortization lives for the
intangible assets involves judgments and the use of estimates. The evaluation of these intangibles and goodwill for
impairment under established accounting guidelines is required on a recurring basis. Changes in business conditions could
potentially require future adjustments to asset valuations. If we determine that the remaining useful lives of assets are shorter
than we had originally estimated, we accelerate the rate of amortization over the assets’ new, shorter useful lives. A
considerable amount of judgment is required in assessing impairment, which includes financial forecasts. Should conditions
be different from management’s current estimates, material write-downs of long-lived assets may be required, which would
adversely affect our operating results.
As of December 31, 2014, we evaluated the recoverability of our long-lived assets. Relating to the purchased intangible assets
associated with the Iridex acquisition in 2012, due to the discontinuation of the manufacture and sale of all products acquired,
reduction in projected future service revenue, and reduction in projected revenue expected from the distributor relationships
acquired, we determined based on an undiscounted cash flow model that the remaining carrying value of these assets was
impaired. Based on a discounted cash flow model, we measured the impairment of the purchased intangible assets and
recorded an impairment charge of $650,000 in cost of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2014. Our valuation model
relied on unobservable inputs, referred to as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy, that are supported by little or no market
activity and reflect the use of significant management judgment and included expected future cash flow streams as well as a
market discount rate. Our valuation model is subject to uncertainties that are difficult to predict. As of December 31, 2016
and December 31, 2015 we determined that there was no impairment to our long-lived assets.
Valuation of Inventories
We state our inventories at the lower of cost or market, computed on a standard cost basis, which approximates actual cost
on a first-in, first-out basis and market being determined as the lower of replacement cost or net realizable value. Standard
costs are monitored and updated quarterly or as necessary, to reflect changes in raw material costs, labor to manufacture the
product and overhead rates. We provide for excess and obsolete inventories when conditions indicate that the inventory cost
is not recoverable due to physical deterioration, usage, obsolescence, reductions in estimated future demand and reductions
40
in selling prices. Inventory provisions are measured as the difference between the cost of inventory and estimated market
value and charged to cost of revenue to establish a lower cost basis for the inventories. We balance the need to maintain
strategic inventory levels with the risk of obsolescence due to changing technology, timing of new product introductions and
customer demand levels. Unfavorable changes in market conditions may result in a need for additional inventory provisions
that could adversely impact our gross margins. Conversely, favorable changes in demand could result in higher gross margins
when product that had previously been written down is sold.
Warranty Obligations
We provide a one-year standard warranty on all systems. Warranty coverage provided is for labor and parts necessary to
repair the systems during the warranty period. For sales to distributors, we generally provide a 14 to 16 month warranty for
parts only, with labor being provided to the end customer by the distributor.
We provide for the estimated future costs of warranty obligations in cost of revenue when the related revenue is recognized.
The accrued warranty costs represent our best estimate at the time of sale, and as reviewed and updated quarterly, of the total
costs that we expect to incur during the warranty period to repair or replace product parts that fail, including the refurbishment
of any truSculpt refills included as part of the original sale. Accrued warranty costs include costs of material, technical
support, labor and associated overhead. The amount of accrued estimated warranty costs obligation for established products
is primarily based on historical experience as to product failures adjusted for current information on repair costs. Actual
warranty costs could differ from the estimated amounts. On a quarterly basis, we review the accrued balances of our warranty
obligations and update based on historical warranty cost trends. If we were required to accrue additional warranty cost in the
future due to actual product failure rates, material usage, service delivery costs or overhead costs differing from our estimates,
revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required, which would negatively impact our operating results.
Provision for Income Taxes
We are subject to taxes on earnings in both the U.S. and various foreign jurisdictions. As a global taxpayer, significant
judgments and estimates are required in evaluating our uncertain tax positions and determining our provision for income
taxes on earnings. We perform a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to
evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely
than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The
second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement.
Although we believe we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, no assurance can be given that the final tax
outcome of these matters will not be different. We adjust these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as
the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different
than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact the provision for income taxes in the period in which such
determination is made. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that
are considered appropriate, as well as the related net interest.
Our effective tax rates have differed from the statutory rate primarily due to changes in the valuation allowance, foreign
operations, research and development tax credits, state taxes, and certain benefits realized related to stock option activity.
Our current effective tax rate does not assume U.S. taxes on undistributed profits of foreign subsidiaries. These earnings
could become subject to incremental foreign withholding or U.S. federal and state taxes, should they either be deemed or
actually remitted to the U.S. The effective tax rate in 2016, 2015 and 2014 was approximately 5%, (5)%, and (2)%,
respectively. Our future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower in countries where we have
lower statutory rates and being higher in countries where we have higher statutory rates, or by changes in tax laws, accounting
principles, interpretations thereof, net operating loss carryback, research and development tax credits, and due to changes in
the valuation allowance of our U.S. deferred tax assets. In addition, we are subject to the examination of our income tax
returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes
resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes.
At December 31, 2016, we had an aggregate of approximately $3.1 million of unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries
that have been, or are intended to be, indefinitely reinvested for continued use in foreign operations. Depending on the timing
and nature of the distribution, if the total undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries were remitted while the Company is
able to utilize its net operating losses, it is likely there would be no material additional tax resulting from the distribution.
Our deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences
between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for net operating losses (“NOL”) and tax credit
carryforwards. A valuation allowance reduces deferred tax assets to estimated realizable value, which assumes that it is more
41
likely than not that we will be able to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain tax jurisdictions to realize the net
carrying value. We have fully reserved our U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets due to our history of operating losses.
In the future, if we conclude that sufficient positive evidence (including our estimate of future taxable income) exists to
support a reversal of all or a portion of the valuation allowance, we expect that a significant portion of any release of the
valuation allowance will be recorded as an income tax benefit at the time of release.
The utilization of NOL carryforwards and tax credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership
change limitations provided by Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (“IRC” or the “Code”), and similar state
provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of NOL carryforwards and tax credits before utilization. We
have completed an IRC Section 382 analysis through December 31, 2016 and determined that there were no significant
limitations to the utilization of NOL or tax credit carryforwards. As such, the NOL and tax credit carryforwards presented in
this Form 10-K are not expected to expire unutilized, unless there is a future ownership change as determined by Section 382
of the IRC.
Litigation
We have been, and may in the future become, subject to legal proceedings related to securities litigation, intellectual property,
product liability claims, contractual disputes, trademark and copyright, and other matters. Based on all available information
at the balance sheet dates, we assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes for these matters, as well as
potential ranges of probable loss. If losses are probable and reasonably estimable, we record an estimated liability.
Recent Accounting Guidance
For a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the respective effective dates of adoption and effects
on results of operations and financial condition see Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Recent
Accounting Pronouncements” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data expressed as a percentage of net revenue.
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2016
Net revenue .......................................................................................
Cost of revenue .................................................................................
Gross profit ................................................................................
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing .......................................................................
Research and development ............................................................
General and administrative ............................................................
Total operating expenses ............................................................
Income (loss) from operations ...........................................................
Interest and other income, net ........................................................
Income (loss) before income taxes ....................................................
Income tax provision .....................................................................
Net income (loss) ..............................................................................
100%
42%
58%
35%
10%
11%
56%
2%
—%
2%
—%
2%
100%
43%
57%
38%
11%
13%
62%
(5)%
—%
(5)%
—%
(5)%
100%
44%
56%
41%
14%
14%
69%
(13)%
—%
(13)%
—%
(13)%
42
Net Revenue
The following table sets forth selected consolidated revenue by major geographic area and product category with changes
thereof.
(Dollars in thousands)
Revenue mix by geography:
United States .............................................. $
Percent of total .......................................
Japan........................................................... $
Asia, excluding Japan .................................
Europe ........................................................
Rest of the world ........................................
Total international revenue .....................
Percent of total ....................................
Total consolidated revenue ..................... $
Revenue mix by product category:
Systems – North America .......................... $
Systems – International .............................
Total Systems .........................................
Hand Piece Refills ......................................
Skincare ......................................................
Service ........................................................
Total consolidated revenue ..................... $
Revenue by Geography:
% Change
Year Ended December 31,
2015
% Change
2016
2014
65,513
55%
14,727
13,445
7,539
16,832
52,543
45%
118,056
58,595
34,126
92,721
2,498
3,809
19,028
118,056
34% $
28% $
(14)%
(2)%
53%
15%
25% $
45% $
11%
30%
(14)%
32%
7%
25% $
48,916
52%
11,504
15,596
7,728
11,017
45,845
48%
94,761
40,528
30,695
71,223
2,910
2,889
17,739
94,761
38% $
35,494
(14)% $
41%
(1)%
5%
8%
45%
13,328
11,023
7,792
10,501
42,644
55%
21% $
78,138
49% $
18%
34%
(22)%
(17)%
(1)%
21% $
27,122
25,984
53,106
3,714
3,479
17,839
78,138
Our U.S. revenue increased by 34% in 2016, compared to 2015. The increase in U.S. revenue was primarily a result of
revenue generated across all our major platforms, including our recently introduced enlighten and excel HR products, as well
as continued growth of our excel V, xeo and truSculpt products.
Our U.S. revenue increased by 38% in 2015, compared to 2014. The increase in U.S. revenue was primarily a result of
revenue generated by our most recently introduced enlighten and excel HR products, continued growth of our excel V, xeo
and truSculpt products, partially offset by declines in revenue from other legacy products.
Our total international revenue increased by 15% in 2016, compared to 2015, and represented 45% of our total revenue. The
increase in international revenue was primarily a result of increases in our direct business in Japan as well as increases in our
distributor business in the Middle East, Europe and Asia. This was partially offset by a decline in our direct business in
Europe.
Our total international revenue increased by 8% in 2015, compared to 2014, and represented 48% of our total revenue. The
increase in international revenue was primarily a result of increases in our distributor business in Asia Pacific and Europe as
well as our direct business in Australia. This was partially offset by a decline in our direct business in Japan and the negative
impact associated with the appreciation of the U.S. Dollar against the Euro, Japanese Yen and the Australian Dollar.
Revenue by Product Category:
Our Product revenue increased by 30% in 2016, compared to 2015. This increase in Product revenue was primarily
attributable to revenue generated by the most recently launched enlighten platform (enlighten III was launched in December
2016) and excel HR, the continued growth in xeo, excel V and truSculpt, partially offset by revenue declines in our other
legacy products.
43
Our Product revenue increased by 34% in 2015, compared to 2014. This increase in Product revenue was primarily
attributable to revenue generated by our most recently introduced enlighten and excel HR products, the continued growth in
excel V sales and increases in sales of truSculpt, partially offset by declines in our legacy products.
Our Hand Piece Refills revenue decreased by 14% and 22% in 2016 and 2015, respectively, compared to the respective prior
year periods. These decreases were due primarily to declines in Titan hand piece refill revenue caused by reduced utilization.
Our Skincare revenue increased by 32% in 2016, compared to 2015. This increase was primarily due to expanded product
offerings of this distributed product, as well as an increase in the value of the Japanese Yen versus the U.S Dollar by
approximately 10% in 2016, when compared to 2015. Our Skincare revenue decreased by 17% in 2015, compared to 2014.
This decrease was primarily a result of the devaluation of the Japanese Yen versus the U.S. Dollar by approximately 14% in
2015, compared to 2014, which had an adverse impact on our revenue.
Our Service revenue increased by 7% in 2016 and decreased by 1% in 2015, compared to the respective prior year periods.
The increase in 2016, compared to 2015, was due primarily to increased sales of system parts to our network of international
distributors.
Gross Profit
(Dollars in thousands)
Gross Profit ................................................ $
As a percentage of total revenue .....
2016
% Change
% Change
2014
Year Ended December 31,
2015
68,135
58%
26% $
54,283
57%
25 % $
43,373
56%
Our cost of revenue consists primarily of material, personnel expenses, royalty expense, product warranty costs, amortization
of intangibles and manufacturing overhead expenses. The patents that we licensed for applicable hair-removal products,
expired in February 2016 and as a result, all of our revenue from February 2016 onwards was not subject to royalties. Gross
margin as a percentage of net revenue improved to 58% in 2016, compared to 57% in 2015, which was primarily attributable
to the following:
● A $23.3 million increase in total revenue, which improved the leverage of our manufacturing department expenses;
partially offset by
● A continued shift in product mix towards lower margin products, primarily as a result of our growth in both excel
HR and enlighten products which have a higher cost structure than our other product platforms.
Gross margin as a percentage of net revenue improved to 57% in 2015, compared to 56% in 2014, which was primarily
attributable to the following:
● A $16.6 million increase in total revenue, which improved the leverage of our manufacturing department expenses;
and
● A one-time impairment charge in 2014 of $650,000 for purchased intangibles related to a previous acquisition, which
did not reoccur in 2015; partially offset by
● A partial shift in product mix towards lower margin products, primarily as a result of our newly introduced excel HR
and enlighten products in 2014, which have a higher cost structure than our legacy products.
Sales and Marketing
(Dollars in thousands)
Sales and marketing ................................... $
As a percentage of total revenue .....
2016
% Change
% Change
2014
Year Ended December 31,
2015
41,563
35%
16% $
35,942
38%
11 % $
32,246
41%
Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses, expenses associated with customer-attended
workshops and trade shows, post-marketing studies and advertising. Sales and marketing expenses increased by $5.6 million
in 2016, compared to 2015, which was primarily attributable to the following:
44
● $3.2 million increase in personnel related expenses in North America, due primarily to higher commissions as a
result of increased North American revenue and higher salaries due to an increase in headcount;
● $1.2 million increase in North America travel and entertainment expense, due primarily to increased activity and
increase headcount;
● $1.1 million of increased promotional spending, primarily in North America; partially offset by
● $705,000 of decreased personnel related expenses in our international direct and distributor business, primarily due
to reduced severance costs, lower salaries and benefit expenses.
Sales and marketing expenses increased by $3.7 million in 2015, compared to 2014, which was primarily attributable to the
following:
● $2.6 million increase in personnel related expenses in North America, due primarily to higher commissions as a
result of increased North American revenue and an increase in severance costs;
● $1.1 million increase in non-Japan international spending, primarily as a result of higher international sales
headcount as well as the expansion of our international operations;
● $713,000 of increased promotional spending, primarily in North America; partially offset by
● $1.1 million decrease in Japan expenses resulting primarily from the continued devaluation of the Japanese Yen
versus the U.S. Dollar.
Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of net revenue, decreased to 35% and 38% in 2016 and 2015, respectively,
compared to 38% and 41% in the respective prior year periods. These decreases are attributable to the increased leveraging
of our sales and marketing expenses as revenue has increased.
Research and Development (“R&D”)
(Dollars in thousands)
Research and development ......................... $
As a percentage of total revenue .....
2016
% Change
% Change
2014
Year Ended December 31,
2015
11,232
10%
5% $
10,733
11%
2 % $
10,543
14%
Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel, clinical and regulatory expenses, as well as material
costs. R&D expenses increased $499,000 in 2016, compared to 2015, which was primarily attributable to:
● $735,000 of higher personnel expenses;
● $202,000 increase in expensed tools and equipment spending; partially offset by
● A decrease of $333,000 in material spending.
R&D expenses increased $190,000 in 2015, compared to 2014, which was primarily attributable to:
● $739,000 of higher personnel expenses;
● $262,000 increase in expensed tools and equipment spending; partially offset by
● A decrease of $900,000 in material spending.
General and Administrative (“G&A”)
(Dollars in thousands)
General and administrative ......................... $
As a percentage of total revenue .....
2016
% Change
% Change
2014
Year Ended December 31,
2015
12,943
11%
7% $
12,129
13%
8 % $
11,203
14%
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of: personnel expenses, legal fees, accounting, audit and tax consulting
fees, and other general and administrative expenses. G&A expenses increased by $814,000 in 2016, compared to 2015, which
was primarily attributable to:
● Litigation settlement expenses and legal fees associated with a litigation matter settled in the second quarter of 2016;
partially offset by
● $594,000 of decreased U.S. medical excise tax, due to the two-year moratorium effective January 1, 2016.
45
G&A expenses increased by $926,000 in 2015, compared to 2014, which was primarily attributable to:
● $1.2 million of increased personnel related expenses;
● $182,000 of increased excise tax, due to increased sales in the U.S.; partially offset by
● $304,000 of decreased legal fees and costs of settlements; and
● A reduction of $200,000 in fees resulting from the conclusion of a management consulting engagement in 2014 that
did not reoccur in 2015.
Interest and Other Income, Net
The components of “Interest and Other Income, Net” are as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest income ........................................... $
Other income (expense), net .......................
Total interest and other income, net $
2016
% Change
Year Ended December 31,
2015
% Change
330
(7 )
323
—% $
(81)%
10% $
330
(37)
293
(19)% $
(79)%
30% $
2014
406
(180)
226
Interest income was flat in 2016, compared to 2015. Interest income decreased 19% in 2015, compared to 2014, primarily
attributable to decreases in our cash, cash equivalents and marketable investments balances resulting from repurchasing $40
million of our common stock, as well as decreased yields on our investments. Our cash, cash equivalents and marketable
investments at December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were $54.1 million, $48.4 million and $81.1 million, respectively.
Income Tax Provision
(Dollars in thousands)
Income (loss) before income taxes ................... $
Income tax provision ........................................
Effective tax rate ....................................
2016
$ Change
2015
$ Change
2014
2,720 $
143
5%
6,948 $
(69)
(4,228)
212
(5)%
$6,165 $
(7)
(10,393)
219
(2)%
Year Ended December 31,
In 2016, 2015 and 2014, we recorded an income tax provision of $143,000, and $212,000 and $219,000, respectively, which
was primarily related to foreign tax expenses as we applied a full valuation allowance against all U.S. federal and state
deferred tax assets arising during each of these years.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity is the measurement of our ability to meet potential cash requirements, fund the planned expansion of our operations
and acquire businesses. Our sources of cash include operations, stock option exercises, and employee stock purchases. We
actively manage our cash usage and investment of liquid cash to ensure the maintenance of sufficient funds to meet our daily
needs. The majority of our cash and investments are held in U.S. banks and our foreign subsidiaries maintain a limited amount
of cash in their local banks to cover their short-term operating expenses. The following table summarizes our cash and cash
equivalents and marketable investments (in thousands):
(Dollars in thousands)
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities:
Year ended December 31,
2015
2016
Change
Cash and cash equivalents ................................................. $
Marketable investments .....................................................
Total ........................................................................... $
13,775 $
40,299
54,074 $
10,868 $
37,539
48,407 $
2,907
2,760
5,667
46
Cash Flows
In summary, our cash flows were as follows:
(Dollars in thousands)
Cash flows provided by (used in):
Year ended December 31,
2015
2014
2016
Operating activities ............................................................ $
Investing activities .............................................................
Financing activities ............................................................
Net increase (decrease) increase in cash and cash
equivalents .................................................................. $
1,992 $
(3,392)
4,307
(1,359) $
32,646
(30,222)
(4,286 )
(5,611 )
3,458 )
2,907 $
1,065 $
(6,439 )
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
We generated net cash of $2.0 million in operating activities during 2016, which was primarily attributable to:
● $7.3 million provided by operations based on a net income of $2.6 million after adjusting for non-cash related items
of $4.7 million, consisting primarily of stock-based compensation expense of $3.7 million and depreciation and
amortization expense of $1.0 million;
● $3.5 million generated from an increase in accrued liabilities, primarily associated with personnel costs; partially
offset by
● $4.9 million used as a result of an increase in accounts receivable that resulted primarily from increased product
sales in December 2016, compared to December 2015;
● $2.9 million used to increase raw material inventories due to an expanded product line; and
● $0.8 million used as a result of a decrease in deferred revenue, due primarily from the amortization of service
contracts from previous years that was not replaced by new contracts given our decision to not provide discounted
extended service contracts with our system sales.
We used net cash of $1.4 million in operating activities during 2015, which was primarily attributable to:
● $1.1 million provided by operations based on a net loss of $4.4 million after adjusting for non-cash related items of
$5.5 million, consisting primarily of stock-based compensation expense of $4.1 million and depreciation and
amortization expense of $1.2 million;
● $2.7 million generated from an increase in accrued liabilities, primarily associated with personnel costs; offset by
● $2.3 million used as a result of a decrease in deferred revenue due primarily from the amortization of service
contracts from previous years;
● $1.1 million used to pay down a high accounts payable balance as of December 31, 2014; and
● $1.1 million used to increase raw material and finished goods inventories due to an expanded product line.
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
We used net cash of $3.4 million in investing activities in 2016, which was primarily attributable to:
● $37.7 million used to purchased marketable investments;
● $0.5 million used to purchase property and equipment; partially offset by
● $34.8 million in proceeds from the sales and maturities of marketable investments.
We generated net cash of $32.6 million in investing activities in 2015, which was primarily attributable to:
● $33.4 million in proceeds from the sales and maturities, net of purchases, of marketable investments for financing
our stock repurchase and operations; partially offset by
● $0.7 million of cash used to purchase property and equipment.
47
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Net cash provided by financing activities in 2016 was $4.3 million, which was primarily due to:
● proceeds of $10.1 million from the issuance of common stock due to employees exercising their stock options and
purchasing stock through the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (or “ESPP”) program; partially offset by
the repurchase of common stock for $4.9 million; and
●
● $0.6 million of cash used for taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards.
Net cash used in financing activities in 2015 was $30.2 million, which was primarily due to:
the repurchase of common stock for $40.1 million;
●
● $1.0 million of cash used for taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards; partially offset by
● proceeds of $11.1 million from the issuance of common stock due to employees exercising their stock options and
purchasing stock through the ESPP program.
Adequacy of cash resources to meet future needs
We had cash, cash equivalents and marketable investments of $54.1 million as of December 31, 2016. We believe that our
existing cash resources are sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for at
least the next several years, as well as for financing the $10.1 million remaining in our Stock Repurchase Program.
Contractual Obligations
The following are our contractual obligations, consisting of future minimum lease commitments related to facility and vehicle
leases as of December 31, 2016:
Payments Due by Period ($’000’s)
Contractual Obligations
Operating leases .......................................... $
Capital leases ...............................................
Total leases .................................................. $
Purchase Commitments
Total
Less Than
1 Year
2,141 $
993
3,134 $
1-3 Years 3-5 Years
229 $
626
855 $
— $
—
— $
1,912 $
367
2,279 $
More Than
5 Years
—
—
—
We maintain certain open inventory purchase commitments with our suppliers to ensure a smooth and continuous supply for
key components. Our liability in these purchase commitments is generally restricted to a forecasted time-horizon as agreed
between the parties. These forecasted time-horizons can vary among different suppliers. Our open inventory purchase
commitments were not material at December 31, 2016. As a result, this amount is not included in the contractual obligations
table above.
Income Tax Liability
We have included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet an $82,000 long-term income tax liability for unrecognized tax benefits
and accrued interest as of December 31, 2016. At this time, we are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing
of payments in individual years beyond 12 months due to uncertainties in the timing of tax audit outcomes. As a result, this
amount is not included in the contractual obligations table above.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not participate in transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such
as entities often referred to as structured finance, variable interest or special purpose entities, which would have been
established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
As of December 31, 2015, we were not involved in any unconsolidated transactions.
48
Other
In the normal course of business, we enter into agreements that contain a variety of representations, warranties, and
indemnification obligations. For example, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and
executive officers. Our exposure under the various indemnification obligations is unknown and not reasonably estimable as
they involve future claims that may be made against us. As such, we have not accrued any amounts for such obligations.
ITEM 7A.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Interest Rate Risk
Our exposure to interest rate risk relates primarily to our investment portfolio. Fixed rate securities may have their fair market
value adversely impacted due to fluctuations in interest rates, while floating rate securities may produce less income than
expected if interest rates fall. Due in part to these factors, our future investment income may fall short of expectation due to
changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if forced to sell securities which have declined in market value
due to changes in interest rates. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while at the same
time maximizing yields without significantly increasing risk. To achieve this objective, we invest in debt instruments of the
U.S. Government and its agencies and municipal bonds, and, by policy, restrict our exposure to any single type of investment
or issuer by imposing concentration limits. To minimize the exposure due to adverse shifts in interest rates, we maintain
investments at a weighted average maturity of generally less than eighteen months. Based on discounted cash flow modeling
with respect to our total investment portfolio as of December 31, 2016, assuming a hypothetical increase in interest rates of
one percentage point, the fair value of our total investment portfolio would potentially decline by approximately $198,000.
Foreign Currency Risk
In 2016 and 2015, our international revenue was approximately 45% and 48%, respectively, of our total revenue.
Approximately 45% and 49%, of our international revenue was denominated in U.S. Dollars. All of the remaining revenue
was denominated in Japanese Yen, Euros, Australian Dollars and Swiss Francs. Our Japanese Yen denominated revenue
represents the majority of our foreign currency denominated revenue.
In 2016, the U.S. Dollar devalued against the Japanese Yen by approximately 10%, which had a significant positive foreign
exchange impact on our revenue − both from a re-measurement gain upon the conversion of our Japanese Yen denominated
revenue as well as the additional positive revenue impact due to the effective price decrease for the local customers importing
our U.S. Dollar denominated systems into Japan. In addition, the U.S. Dollar devaluation against the Japanese Yen had an
unfavorable foreign currency translation impact on our local cost of sales and operating expenses.
In 2015, the Japanese Yen, compared to the U.S. Dollar, devalued by approximately 14%, which had a significant adverse
foreign exchange impact on our revenue − both from a re-measurement loss upon the conversion of our Japanese Yen
denominated revenue as well as the additional negative revenue impact due to the effective price increase for the local
customers importing our U.S. Dollar denominated systems into Japan. In addition, the Japanese Yen devaluation had a
favorable foreign currency translation impact on our local cost of sales and operating expenses.
We have historically not engaged in hedging activities relating to our foreign currency denominated transactions, given we
have a natural hedge resulting from our foreign cash receipts being utilized to fund our respective local currency expenses.
49
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
CUTERA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following Consolidated Financial Statements of the Registrant and its subsidiaries are required to be included in Item 8:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ...........................................................................................
Consolidated Balance Sheets .........................................................................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Operations .........................................................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) ..........................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity .........................................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows ........................................................................................................................
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ..................................................................................................................
Page
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
The following Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule of the Registrant and its subsidiaries for the years ended December
31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 is filed as a part of this Report as required to be included in Item 15(a) and should be read in
conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Registrant and its subsidiaries:
Schedule
II
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts ....................................................................................................
Page
80
All other required schedules are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the
required information is given in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.
50
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Cutera, Inc.
Brisbane, California
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cutera, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the
related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016. In connection with our audits of the financial statements, we have
also audited the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index. These financial statements and schedule are
the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements
and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts
and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and schedule. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Cutera, Inc. at December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the
three years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic
consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
Cutera Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, based on criteria established in
Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 15, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ BDO USA, LLP
San Jose, California
March 15, 2017
51
CUTERA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents ............................................................................................ $
Marketable investments ................................................................................................
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $21 and $4,
respectively ...................................................................................................................
Inventories ....................................................................................................................
Other current assets and prepaid expenses....................................................................
Total current assets ............................................................................................
Property and equipment, net .............................................................................................
Deferred tax assets ...........................................................................................................
Intangibles, net .................................................................................................................
Goodwill ...........................................................................................................................
Other long-term assets ......................................................................................................
Total assets ......................................................................................................... $
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable .......................................................................................................... $
Accrued liabilities .........................................................................................................
Deferred revenue ..........................................................................................................
Total current liabilities ..........................................................................................
Deferred revenue, net of current portion ......................................................................
Income tax liability .......................................................................................................
Other long-term liabilities.............................................................................................
Total liabilities .......................................................................................................
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10) .....................................................................
Stockholders’ equity:
Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value:
December 31,
2016
2015
13,775 $
40,299
16,547
14,977
2,251
87,849
1,907
377
2
1,339
380
91,854 $
2,598 $
17,397
8,394
28,389
1,705
168
582
30,844
10,868
37,539
11,669
12,078
1,675
73,829
1,473
350
143
1,339
384
77,518
1,959
13,834
8,638
24,431
2,287
182
584
27,484
Authorized: 5,000,000 shares; Issued and outstanding: none .......................................
—
—
Common stock, $0.001 par value:
Authorized: 50,000,000 shares; Issued and outstanding: 13,773,389 and 12,980,807
shares at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively ................................................
Additional paid-in capital .............................................................................................
Accumulated deficit ......................................................................................................
Accumulated other comprehensive loss .......................................................................
Total stockholders’ equity .....................................................................................
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity ............................................................... $
14
88,114
(27,046 )
(72 )
61,010
91,854 $
13
79,782
(29,672)
(89)
50,034
77,518
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
52
CUTERA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share data)
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2016
2014
Net revenue:
Products .......................................................................................... $
Service ............................................................................................
Total net revenue .....................................................................
99,028 $
19,028
118,056
Cost of revenue:
Products ..........................................................................................
Service ............................................................................................
Total cost of revenue ...............................................................
Gross profit ..............................................................................
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing ........................................................................
Research and development .............................................................
General and administrative .............................................................
Total operating expenses .........................................................
Income (loss) from operations ............................................................
Interest and other income, net ............................................................
Income (loss) before income taxes .....................................................
Income tax provision ..........................................................................
Net income (loss) ............................................................................... $
40,149
9,772
49,921
68,135
41,563
11,232
12,943
65,738
2,397
323
2,720
143
2,577 $
77,022 $
17,739
94,761
32,402
8,076
40,478
54,283
35,942
10,733
12,129
58,804
(4,521 )
293
(4,228 )
212
(4,440 ) $
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic ............................................................................................... $
Diluted ............................................................................................ $
Weighted-average number of shares used in per share calculations:
Basic ...............................................................................................
Diluted ............................................................................................
0.19 $
0.19 $
(0.32 ) $
(0.32 ) $
13,225
13,753
13,960
13,960
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
60,299
17,839
78,138
26,796
7,969
34,765
43,373
32,246
10,543
11,203
53,992
(10,619 )
226
(10,393 )
219
(10,612 )
(0.74 )
(0.74 )
14,254
14,254
53
CUTERA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(in thousands)
Net income (loss) ............................................................................... $
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Available-for-sale investments
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale
investments ...............................................................................
Less: Reclassification adjustment for net gains on investments
recognized during the year .......................................................
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale
investments ...............................................................................
Tax provision ..............................................................................
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax ..............................
Comprehensive income (loss) ............................................................ $
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2016
2014
2,577 $
(4,440 ) $
(10,612 )
30
(3)
27
10
17
2,594 $
(87 )
(7 )
(94 )
—
(94 )
(4,534 ) $
(42 )
(4 )
(46 )
—
(46 )
(10,658 )
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
54
CUTERA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands, except share amounts)
Common Stock
Shares
Amount Capital
Deficit)
Additional
Paid-in
Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (loss)
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
Balance at December 31, 2013 ........ 13,931,833 $
Issuance of common stock for
14 $
98,820 $
(14,620) $
51 $
84,265
52,759
396,970
—
—
451
3,307
—
—
—
—
451
3,307
employee purchase plan ..............
Exercise of stock options ................
Issuance of common stock in
settlement of restricted and
performance stock units, net of
shares withheld for employee
taxes, and stock awards ...............
Stock-based compensation expense
Net loss............................................
Net change in unrealized loss on
65,388
—
—
—
—
—
(156)
3,299
—
—
—
(10,612)
available-for-sale investments .....
—
Balance at December 31, 2014 ........ 14,446,950
Issuance of common stock for
employee purchase plan ..............
55,872
Exercise of stock options ................ 1,141,904
Issuance of common stock in
settlement of restricted and
performance stock units, net of
shares withheld for employee
taxes, and stock awards ...............
154,119
Repurchase of common stock ......... (2,818,038)
—
Stock-based compensation expense
Net loss............................................
—
Net change in unrealized loss on
available-for-sale investments .....
—
Balance at December 31, 2015 ........ 12,980,807
Deferred tax relating to adoption of
ASU 2016-09 ...............................
—
Issuance of common stock for
employee purchase plan ..............
79,922
Exercise of stock options ................ 1,051,138
Issuance of common stock in
settlement of restricted and
performance stock units, net of
shares withheld for employee
taxes, and stock awards ...............
Repurchase of common stock .........
Stock-based compensation expense
Net income ......................................
Net change in unrealized loss on
116,833
(455,311)
—
—
—
14
—
105,721
—
(25,232)
—
2
577
10,500
—
—
—
(3)
—
—
—
13
—
—
1
(1,018)
(40,082)
4,084
—
—
—
—
(4,440)
—
79,782
—
(29,672)
—
768
9,342
49
—
—
—
—
—
—
(618)
(4,873)
3,713
—
—
—
—
2,577
available-for-sale investments .....
—
Balance at December 31, 2016 ........ 13,773,389 $
—
14 $
—
88,114 $
—
(27,046) $
—
—
—
(46)
5
—
—
—
—
—
—
(94)
(89)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
17
(72) $
(156 )
3,299
(10,612 )
(46 )
80,508
577
10,502
(1,018 )
(40,085 )
4,084
(4,440 )
(94 )
50,034
49
768
9,343
(618 )
(4,873 )
3,713
2,577
17
61,010
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
55
CUTERA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss) ........................................................................ $
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
by (used in) operating activities:
Stock-based compensation ...................................................
Depreciation and amortization .............................................
Impairment of intangible assets ...........................................
Other ....................................................................................
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable .............................................................
Inventories ...........................................................................
Other current assets and prepaid expenses ...........................
Other long-term assets .........................................................
Accounts payable .................................................................
Accrued liabilities ................................................................
Other long-term liabilities ....................................................
Deferred revenue ..................................................................
Income tax liability ..............................................................
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ..........
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisition of property, equipment and software .......................
Disposal of property and equipment ...........................................
Proceeds from sales of marketable investments ..........................
Proceeds from maturities of marketable investments ..................
Purchase of marketable investments ...........................................
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities ..........
Cash flows from financing activities:
Repurchase of common stock ..................................................
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and employee stock
purchase plan .......................................................................
Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards ....
Payments on capital lease obligation .......................................
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ..........
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .........................
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year .................................
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year ........................................... $
Supplemental cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest .................................................................. $
Cash paid for income taxes ......................................................... $
Supplemental non-cash investing and financing activities:
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2016
2014
2,577 $
(4,440 ) $
(10,612 )
3,713
982
—
15
(4,899)
(2,899)
(432)
4
639
3,461
(329)
(826)
(14)
1,992
(537)
20
9,008
25,810
(37,693)
(3,392)
4,084
1,186
—
227
(536 )
(1,090 )
241
(23 )
(1,124 )
2,687
(289 )
(2,319 )
37
(1,359 )
(746 )
—
21,171
35,918
(23,697 )
32,646
3,299
1,336
650
206
(1,460 )
(1,982 )
239
(37 )
1,263
1,650
(285 )
1,410
37
(4,286 )
(734 )
—
12,354
26,915
(44,146 )
(5,611 )
(4,873)
(40,085 )
—
10,111
(618)
(313)
4,307
2,907
10,868
13,775 $
43 $
222 $
11,079
(1,018 )
(198 )
(30,222 )
1,065
9,803
10,868 $
20 $
160 $
3,758
(156 )
(144 )
3,458
(6,439 )
16,242
9,803
26
225
70
Assets acquired under capital lease ............................................. $
801 $
285 $
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
56
CUTERA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Description of Operations and Principles of Consolidation
Cutera, Inc. (“Cutera” or the “Company”) is a global provider of laser and other energy-based aesthetic systems for
practitioners worldwide. The Company designs, develops, manufactures, and markets laser and other energy-based product
platforms for use by physicians and other qualified practitioners which enable them to offer safe and effective aesthetic
treatments to their customers. The Company currently markets the following key system platforms: enlightenTM, excel HRTM,
truSculptTM , excel VTM, and xeo®. The Company’s systems offer multiple hand pieces and applications, which allow customers
to upgrade their systems. The sales of systems, system upgrades, hand pieces, hand piece refills (applicable to Titan® and
truSculpt) and the distribution of third party manufactured skincare products are classified as “Products” revenue. In addition
to Products revenue, the Company generates revenue from the sale of post-warranty service contracts, parts, detachable hand
piece replacements (except for Titan and truSculpt) and service labor for the repair and maintenance of products that are out
of warranty, all of which is classified as “Service” revenue.
Headquartered in Brisbane, California, the Company has wholly-owned subsidiaries that are currently operational in
Australia, Belgium, Canada, France, Hong Kong, Japan, Spain (until January 2017), Switzerland and the United Kingdom.
These subsidiaries market, sell and service the Company’s products outside of the United States. The Consolidated Financial
Statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All inter-company transactions and balances have been
eliminated.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States of America (“GAAP”) requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
amounts reported and disclosed in the financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially
from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates their estimates, including those related to warranty
obligation, sales commission, accounts receivable and sales allowances, valuation of inventories, fair values of acquired
intangible assets, useful lives of intangible assets and property and equipment, fair values of options to purchase the
Company’s common stock and other share based awards, recoverability of deferred tax assets, and effective income tax rates,
among others. Management bases their estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed
to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.
Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Marketable Investments
The Company invests its cash primarily in money market funds and in highly liquid debt instruments of U.S. federal and
municipal governments and their agencies, commercial paper and corporate debt securities. All highly liquid investments
with stated maturities of three months or less from date of purchase are classified as cash equivalents; all highly liquid
investments with stated maturities of greater than three months are classified as marketable investments. The majority of the
Company’s cash and investments are held in U.S. banks and its foreign subsidiaries maintain a limited amount of cash in
their local banks to cover their short term operating expenses.
The Company determines the appropriate classification of its investments in marketable securities at the time of purchase
and re-evaluates such designation at each balance sheet date. The Company’s marketable securities have been classified and
accounted for as available-for-sale. Investments with remaining maturities more than one year are viewed by the Company
as available to support current operations, and are classified as current assets under the caption marketable investments in the
accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Investments in marketable securities are carried at fair value, with the unrealized
gains and losses reported as a component of stockholders’ equity. Any realized gains or losses on the sale of marketable
securities are determined on a specific identification method, and such gains and losses are reflected as a component of
interest and other income, net.
Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction
between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques
that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well as
57
considers counterparty credit risk in its assessment of fair value. Carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments,
including cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, approximate their fair values as of
the balance sheet dates because of their generally short maturities.
The fair value hierarchy distinguishes between (1) market participant assumptions developed based on market data obtained
from independent sources (observable inputs) and (2) an entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions
developed based on the best information available in the circumstances (unobservable inputs). The fair value hierarchy
consists of three broad levels, which gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical
assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The three levels of the fair value
hierarchy are described below:
● Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for assets or
liabilities.
● Level 2: Directly or indirectly observable inputs as of the reporting date through correlation with market data,
including quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and quoted prices in markets that are not
active. Level 2 also includes assets and liabilities that are valued using models or other pricing methodologies that
do not require significant judgment since the input assumptions used in the models, such as interest rates and
volatility factors, are corroborated by readily observable data from actively quoted markets for substantially the full
term of the financial instrument.
● Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and reflect the use of significant
management judgment. These values are generally determined using pricing models for which the assumptions
utilize management’s estimates of market participant assumptions.
Impairment of Marketable Investments
After determining the fair value of available-for-sales debt instruments, gains or losses on these securities are recorded to
other comprehensive income (loss), until either the security is sold or the Company determines that the decline in value is
other-than-temporary. The primary differentiating factors that the Company considers in classifying impairments as either
temporary or other-than-temporary impairments are the Company’s intent and ability to retain the investment in the issuer
for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value or the maturity of the investment, the
length of the time and the extent to which the market value of the investment has been less than cost and the financial
condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. There were no other-than-temporary impairments in the years ended
December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014.
Allowance for Sales Returns and Doubtful Accounts
The allowance for sales returns is based on the Company’s estimates of potential future product returns and other allowances
related to current period product revenue. The Company analyzes historical returns, current economic trends and changes in
customer demand and acceptance of our products.
The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the Company’s assessment of the collectability of customer accounts. The
Company regularly reviews the allowance by considering factors such as historical experience, credit quality, the age of the
accounts receivable balances, and current economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay.
Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of risk consist principally of cash, cash
equivalents, marketable investments and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are primarily
invested in deposits and money market accounts with three major financial institutions in the U.S. In addition, the Company
has operating cash balances in banks in each of the international locations in which it operates. Deposits in these banks may
exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits, if any. Management believes that these financial institutions are
financially sound and, accordingly, believes that minimal credit risk exists. The Company has not experienced any losses on
its deposits of cash and cash equivalents.
The Company invests in debt instruments, including bonds of the U.S. Government, its agencies and municipalities. The
Company has also invested in other high grade investments such as commercial paper and corporate bonds. By policy, the
Company restricts its exposure to any single issuer by imposing concentration limits. To minimize the exposure due to adverse
shifts in interest rates, the Company maintains investments at an average maturity of generally less than eighteen months.
58
Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and are derived from revenue earned from worldwide customers. The Company
performs credit evaluations of its customers and maintains reserves for potential credit losses. As of December 31, 2016 and
2015, there was one customer who represented 12% and 10%, respectively, of the Company’s net accounts receivable.
During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, domestic revenue accounted for 55%, 52%, and 45%,
respectively, of total revenue, while international revenue accounted for 45%, 48%, and 55%, respectively, of total revenue.
No single customer represented more than 10% of total revenue for any of the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and
2014.
The Company is also subject to risks common to companies in the medical device industry, including, but not limited to, new
technology innovations, dependence on key personnel, dependence on key suppliers, protection of proprietary technology,
product liability, Food and Drug Administration and/or international regulatory approvals required for new products and
compliance with government regulations.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, cost being determined on a standard cost basis, which approximates
actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis, and market being determined as the lower of replacement cost or net realizable value.
The Company includes demonstration units within inventories. Demonstration units are carried at cost and amortized over
an estimated economic life of two years. Amortization expense related to demonstration units is recorded in Products cost of
revenue or in the respective operating expense line based on which function and purpose for which the demonstration units
are being used. Proceeds from the sale of demonstration units are recorded as revenue and all costs incurred to refurbish the
systems prior to sale are charged to cost of revenue.
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, demonstration inventories, net of accumulated depreciation, included in Finished goods
inventory balance was $2.4 and $2.3 million, respectively.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation recognized is on a straight-line
basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally as follows:
Leasehold improvements ...............................................................................
Office equipment and furniture (in years) .....................................................
Machinery and equipment (in years) .............................................................
Useful Lives
Lesser of useful life or term of lease
3
3
Upon sale or retirement of property and equipment, the costs and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are
removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operating expenses. Maintenance and repairs are
charged to operations as incurred.
Depreciation expense related to property and equipment for 2016, 2015 and 2014, was $841,000, $734,000 and $562,000
respectively. Amortization expense for vehicles leased under capital leases is included in depreciation expense.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill, which represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible
assets, is not subject to amortization, but is subject to at least an annual assessment for impairment, applying a fair-value
based test.
The Company’s intangible assets are comprised of purchased technology sub-licenses, acquired customer relationships, and
those assets acquired in conjunction with an asset acquisition in February 2012 including existing customer relationships,
product portfolio and a manufacturing process for the products acquired. All identifiable intangibles have finite lives and are
carried at cost, net of accumulated amortization. Amortization was recorded using the straight-line method, except for a
portion of the purchased intangibles which are being amortized on a declining-balance basis, over their respective useful
lives, which range from approximately 11 months to 10 years.
59
Impairment of Long-lived Assets
Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment at least annually or as circumstances indicate their value may no
longer be recoverable. The goodwill impairment test is performed annually during the fourth fiscal quarter (or earlier if
impairment indicators arise). The Company continues to operate in one segment, which is considered to be the sole reporting
unit and therefore, goodwill was tested for impairment at the enterprise level. As of December 31, 2016, there has been no
impairment of goodwill.
The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets, which include amortizable intangible and tangible assets.
Acquired intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their useful lives. The Company evaluates long-lived
assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of long-lived assets may
not be recoverable. The Company recognizes such impairment in the event the net book value of such assets exceeds the
future undiscounted cash flows attributable to such assets. In 2014, the Company’s impairment review indicated that certain
purchased long-lived assets associated with the Iridex acquisition were impaired and an impairment charge of $650,000 was
recognized. No other impairment losses were incurred in the periods presented.
Warranty Obligations
The Company provides a standard one-year warranty on all systems sold to end-customers. Warranty coverage provided is
for labor and parts necessary to repair the systems during the warranty period. For sales to distributors, the Company generally
provides a 14 to 16 month warranty for parts only, with labor being provided to the end customer by the distributor.
The Company accounts for the estimated warranty cost of the standard warranty coverage as a charge to costs of revenue
when revenue is recognized. The estimated warranty cost is based on historical product performance. To determine the
estimated warranty reserve, the Company utilizes actual service records to calculate the average service expense per system
and applies this to the equivalent number of units exposed under warranty. The Company updates these estimated charges
every quarter.
Revenue Recognition
Products revenue is recognized when title and risk of ownership has been transferred, provided that:
● Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
● The price is fixed or determinable;
● Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; and
● Collectability is reasonably assured.
Transfer of title and risk of ownership occurs when the product is shipped to the customer or when the customer receives the
product, depending on the nature of the arrangement. Revenue is recorded net of customer and distributor discounts. When
collectability is not reasonably assured, the Company recognizes revenue upon receipt of cash payment. Sales to customers
and distributors do not include any return or exchange rights. In addition, the Company’s distributor agreements obligate the
distributor to pay the Company for the sale regardless of whether the distributor is able to resell the product. Shipping and
handling charges are invoiced to customers based on the amount of products sold. Shipping and handling fees are recorded
as revenue and the related expense as a component of Products cost of revenue.
Multiple-element arrangements
A multiple-element arrangement includes the sale of one or more tangible product offerings with one or more associated
services offerings, each of which are individually considered separate units of accounting. The Company determined that its
multiple-element arrangements are generally comprised of the following elements that are recognized as separate units of
accounting: Product and service contracts.
For multiple-element arrangements revenue is allocated to each element based on their relative selling prices. Relative selling
prices are based on vendor specified objective evidence (“VSOE”), if available, third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”)
when VSOE does not exist, and on best estimate of selling price (“BESP”) if VSOE and TPE do not exist. Because the
Company has neither VSOE nor TPE for its systems and service contracts, the allocation of revenue is based on the
Company’s BESPs for each element. The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact
a sale if the product or service was sold on a stand-alone basis. The Company determines BESP for its products or services
by considering multiple factors including, prices charged for stand-alone sales, features and functionality of the products and
60
services, geographies, type of customer, and market conditions. Revenue allocated to each element is then recognized when
the other revenue recognition criteria are met for the element.
With respect to the sale of its truSculpt product, the Company includes unlimited refills as part of the truSculpt standard
warranty and the Company does not account for the truSculpt warranty as a separate deliverable under the multiple-element
arrangement revenue guidance. Upon a truSculpt sale, the Company recognizes the estimated costs which will be incurred
under the warranty obligation in Products cost of revenue.
The Company also offers customers extended service contracts. Revenue under service contracts is recognized on a straight-
line basis over the period of the applicable service contract. Service revenue billed on a time and material basis, from
customers whose systems are not under a service contact, is recognized as the services are provided. Service revenue for the
years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 was $19.0 million, $17.7 million, and $17.8 million, respectively.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue consists primarily of material, finished and semi-finished products purchased from third-party manufacturers,
labor, stock-based compensation expenses, overhead involved in our internal manufacturing processes, technology license
amortization and royalties, costs associated with product warranties and any inventory or intangible write-downs.
The Company's system sales include a control console, universal graphic user interface, control system software, high voltage
electronics and a combination of applications (referred to as hand pieces). Hand pieces are programmed to have a limited
number of uses to ensure the safety of the device to patients. The Company sells refurbished hand pieces, or "refills," of its
Titan product and provides for refurbishment of other hand pieces under warranty or service contracts. When customers
purchase a replacement hand piece (or “refill”) or are provided a replacement hand piece under a warranty or service contract,
the Company ships the customer a previously refurbished unit. Upon the receipt of the expended hand piece from the customer
the Company capitalizes the expended hand piece as inventory at the estimated fair value. Cost of revenue includes the costs
incurred to refurbish hand pieces.
Research and Development Expenditures
Costs related to research, design, development and testing of products are charged to research and development expense as
incurred. Expenses incurred primarily relate to employees, facilities, material, third party contractors and clinical and
regulatory fees.
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are included as part of sales and marketing expense and are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses for
2016, 2015 and 2014 were $1.3 million, $1.2 million and $1.6 million, respectively.
Stock-based Compensation
The Company accounts for its employee stock options under the fair value method of accounting using a Black-Scholes
valuation model to measure stock option expense at the date of grant. The fair value of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) is
measured at the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. The fair value of Performance Stock Units (“PSUs”)
that have operational measurement goals, are measured at the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. PSUs
with market-based measurement goals are valued using the Monte-Carlo simulation option-pricing model. The Monte-Carlo
simulation option-pricing model uses the same input assumptions as the Black-Scholes model, however, it further
incorporates into the fair-value determination the possibility that the market condition may not be satisfied. Stock-based
compensation expense for market-based PSU awards is recognized regardless of whether the market condition is satisfied,
provided that the requisite service has been provided.
Stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, is recognized over the requisite service period.
For RSUs and PSUs, the Company issues shares on the vesting dates, net of the minimum tax withholding requirements to
be paid by the Company on behalf of its employees. As a result, the actual number of shares issued will be fewer than the
actual number of RSUs and PSUs that vest. The Company records the liability for withholding amounts to be paid by the
Company as a reduction to additional paid-in capital when the shares are issued.
61
Cash flows resulting from the tax benefits due to tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for stock-
based awards for options exercised and for RSUs and PSUs vested during the period (excess tax benefits), are classified as
operating cash flows.
Income Taxes
The Company recognizes income taxes under the liability method. The Company recognizes deferred income taxes for
differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities at enacted statutory tax rates in effect for
the years in which differences are expected to reverse. The Company recognizes the effect on deferred taxes of a change in
tax rates in income in the period that includes the enactment date. For deferred tax assets which are not subject to a valuation
allowance, the Company has determined that its future taxable income will be sufficient to recover all of the deferred tax
assets. However, should there be a change in the recoverability of the deferred tax assets, the Company could be required to
record a valuation allowance against the net carrying value of its deferred tax assets. This would result in an increase to the
Company’s tax provision in the period in which they determined that the recovery was not probable.
The measurement of deferred taxes often involves an exercise of judgment related to the computation and realization of tax
basis. The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect management’s assessment that tax positions taken, and the resulting tax
basis, are more likely than not to be sustained if they are audited by taxing authorities. Also, assessing tax rates that the
Company expects to apply and determining the years when the temporary differences are expected to affect taxable income
requires judgment about the future apportionment of the Company’s income among the states in which the Company operates.
These matters, and others, involve the exercise of significant judgment. Any changes in the Company’s practices or judgments
involved in the measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities could materially impact the Company’s financial condition
or results of operations.
Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to amounts that the Company
believes are more likely than not to be recovered. The Company evaluates its deferred tax assets quarterly to determine
whether adjustments to the Company’s valuation allowance are appropriate. In making this evaluation, the Company relies
on its recent history of pre-tax earnings, estimated timing of future deductions and benefits represented by the deferred tax
assets, and its forecasts of future earnings, the latter two of which involve the exercise of significant judgment. The Company
maintains a full valuation allowance against its U.S. federal and state deferred tax asset due to a history of operating losses.
The Company establishes reserves for uncertain tax positions in accordance with the Income Taxes subtopic of ASC 740.
The subtopic prescribes the minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the
financial statements. Additionally, the subtopic provides guidance on de-recognition, measurement, classification, interest
and penalties, and transition of uncertain tax positions. The impact of an uncertain income tax position on income tax expense
must be recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained. An uncertain income tax position will
not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. The Company has provided taxes and related interest
and penalties due for potential adjustments that may result from examinations of open U.S. Federal, state and foreign tax
years. The Company will reverse the liability and recognize a tax benefit during the period in which the Company makes the
determination that the tax position is effectively settled through examination, negotiation, or litigation, or the statute of
limitations for the relevant taxing authority to examine and challenge the tax position has expired. The Company will record
an additional charge in the Company’s provision for taxes in the period in which the Company determines that the recorded
tax liability is less than the Company expects the ultimate assessment to be.
Comprehensive Loss
Comprehensive loss includes all changes in stockholders’ equity except those resulting from investments or contributions by
stockholders. For the periods presented, the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consisted solely of the
unrealized gains or losses on the Company's available-for-sale investments, net of tax.
Foreign Currency
The U.S. Dollar is the functional currency of the Company’s subsidiaries. Monetary assets and liabilities are re-measured
into U.S. Dollars at the applicable period end exchange rate. Sales and operating expenses are re-measured at average
exchange rates in effect during each period. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in net
income (loss) and are insignificant for each of the three years ended December 31, 2016. The effect of exchange rate changes
on cash and cash equivalents was insignificant for each of the three years presented in the period ended December 31, 2016.
62
Segments
The Company operates in one segment. Management uses one measurement of profitability and does not segregate its
business for internal reporting. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, 98% of all long-lived assets were maintained in the U.S.
See Note 9 for details relating to revenue by geography.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) No. 2014-
09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, outlining a single comprehensive model for entities to utilize to recognize
revenue when it transfers goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that will be received in
exchange for the goods and services. Additional disclosures will also be required to enable users to understand the nature,
amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. In 2016, the FASB issued
accounting standards updates to address implementation issues and to clarify the guidance for identifying performance
obligations, licenses and determining if a company is the principal or agent in a revenue arrangement. In August 2015, the
FASB deferred the effective date of this standards update to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, with early
adoption permitted on the original effective date of fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The standard permits the
use of either a retrospective or modified retrospective application. The Company is evaluating the effects of the new guidance
and have not yet selected a transition method or determined the potential effects of adoption on the consolidated financial
statements.
In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. Currently, an entity is required
to measure its inventory at the lower of cost or market, whereby market can be replacement cost, net realizable value, or net
realizable value less an approximately normal profit margin. The changes require that inventory be measured at the lower of
cost and net realizable value, thereby eliminating the use of the other two market methodologies. Net realizable value is
defined as the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business less reasonably predictable costs of completion,
disposal, and transportation. These changes do not apply to inventories measured using LIFO (last-in, first-out) or the retail
inventory method. These changes became effective on January 1, 2017 and management does not expect the updated standard
to have a material impact on the reported inventory balances in the Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases. This guidance establishes a right-of-use (“ROU”) model that
requires a lessee to record a ROU asset and lease liability on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months.
Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the
Consolidated Statement of Operations. The mandatory adoption date of this standard is for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2018. A modified retrospective transition approach is required for leases existing at, or entered into, after the
beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements, with certain practical expedients available.
The Company expects that upon adoption, ROU assets and lease liabilities will be recognized in the balance sheet in amounts
that will be material.
Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
The Company early adopted ASU 2016-09 in the fourth quarter of 2016. For a detailed discussion of the impact of the
adoption, refer to “Note 6—Income Taxes.”
63
NOTE 2—INVESTMENT SECURITIES
The following tables summarize cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities (in thousands):
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash .......................................................................................................................... $
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds ..............................................................................................
Commercial paper .................................................................................................
Total cash and cash equivalents .........................................................................
Marketable securities:
U.S. government notes ..........................................................................................
U.S. government agencies .....................................................................................
Municipal securities ...............................................................................................
Commercial paper .................................................................................................
Corporate debt securities .......................................................................................
Total marketable securities ................................................................................
December 31,
2016
2015
6,672 $
9,830
6,053
1,050
13,775
8,398
3,916
1,325
12,299
14,361
40,299
1,000
38
10,868
7,779
12,608
4,346
4,040
8,766
37,539
Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities .................................... $
54,074 $
48,407
The following table summarizes unrealized gains and losses related to the Company’s marketable investments (in thousands):
December 31, 2016
Cash and cash equivalents .................................................... $
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Market
Value
13,775 $
— $
— $
13,775
Marketable investments
U.S. government notes ..................................................
U.S. government agencies .............................................
Municipal securities ......................................................
Commercial paper .........................................................
Corporate debt securities ...............................................
Total marketable securities ........................................
8,403
3,918
1,325
12,299
14,366
40,311
4
—
—
2
3
9
(9)
(2)
—
(2)
(8)
(21)
8,398
3,916
1,325
12,299
14,361
40,299
Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable
securities .................................................................... $
54,086 $
9 $
(21) $
54,074
December 31, 2015
Cash and cash equivalents .................................................... $
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Market
Value
10,868 $
— $
— $
10,868
Marketable investments
U.S. government notes ..................................................
U.S. government agencies .............................................
Municipal securities ......................................................
Commercial paper .........................................................
Corporate debt securities ...............................................
Total marketable securities ........................................
7,780
12,630
4,344
4,041
8,783
37,578
1
3
2
1
—
7
(2)
(25)
—
(2)
(17)
(46)
7,779
12,608
4,346
4,040
8,766
37,539
Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable
securities .................................................................... $
48,446 $
7 $
(46) $
48,407
64
No investments were in a continuous unrealized loss position for longer than 12 months as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.
The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the Company’s marketable investments classified by the
contractual maturity date of the security as of December 31, 2016 (in thousands):
Due in less than one year (fiscal year 2017) ................................................................................................ $
Due in 1 to 3 years (fiscal year 2018-2019) ................................................................................................
Total marketable securities ........................................................................................................... $
Amount
36,796
3,503
40,299
Fair Value Measurements
The following table summarizes financial assets measured and recognized at fair value on a recurring basis and classified
under the appropriate level of the fair value hierarchy as described above (in thousands):
December 31, 2016
Cash equivalents:
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Money market funds .................................................. $
Commercial paper .....................................................
6,053 $
—
— $
1,050
Short term marketable investments:
Available-for-sale securities ......................................
Total assets at fair value ..................................... $
—
6,053 $
40,299
41,349 $
— $
—
—
— $
6,053
1,050
40,299
47,402
December 31, 2015
Cash equivalents:
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Money market funds .................................................. $
Commercial paper .....................................................
1,000 $
—
— $
38
Short term marketable investments:
Available-for-sale securities ......................................
Total assets at fair value ..................................... $
—
1,000 $
37,539
37,577 $
— $
—
—
— $
1,000
38
37,539
38,577
The Company’s Level 1 financial assets are money market funds with fair values that are based on quoted market prices. The
Company’s Level 2 investments include U.S. government-backed securities and corporate securities that are valued based
upon observable inputs that may include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided
markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data including market research publications. The average remaining
maturity of the Company’s Level 2 investments as of December 31, 2016 is less than 36 months and all of these investments
are rated by S&P and Moody’s at A or better.
At December 31, 2014, the Company evaluated the fair values of its intangible assets, which are classified within Level 3 of
the fair value hierarchy. With respect to the purchased intangible assets associated with the Iridex acquisition in 2012, the
Company determined that there was impairment in the value of these intangible assets based on an undiscounted cash flow
model. The recorded impairment charge of the purchased intangibles was estimated using a discounted cash flow model. This
model relied on Level 3 inputs that included expected future cash flow streams as well as a market discount rate that are
subject to uncertainties that are difficult to predict.
NOTE 3—BALANCE SHEET DETAIL
Inventories
Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):
Raw materials ............................................................................................................... $
Finished goods .............................................................................................................
Total .......................................................................................................................... $
10,966 $
4,011
14,977 $
7,982
4,096
12,078
December 31,
2016
2015
65
Property and Equipment, net
Property and equipment, net, consists of the following (in thousands):
Leasehold improvements .............................................................................................. $
Office equipment and furniture ....................................................................................
Machinery and equipment ............................................................................................
Less: Accumulated depreciation ..................................................................................
Property and equipment, net .......................................................................... $
December 31,
2016
2015
652 $
2,973
5,435
9,060
(7,153)
1,907 $
822
2,970
4,662
8,454
(6,981)
1,473
Included in machinery and equipment are financed vehicles used by the Company’s North American sales employees. As of
December 31, 2016 and 2015, the gross capitalized value of the leased vehicles was $1.4 million and $862,000 and the related
accumulated depreciation was $492,000 and $374,000, respectively.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill and other intangible assets comprise a patent sublicense acquired from Palomar in 2006, intangible assets and
goodwill related to the acquisition of Iridex’s aesthetic business unit, and, customer relationships in the Benelux countries
acquired from a former distributor in 2013. The components of intangible assets at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as
follows (in thousands):
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
& Impairment
Amount
Net
Amount
December 31, 2016
Patent sublicense ............................................................................... $
Customer relationship intangible related to acquisition ....................
Other identified intangible assets related to acquisition ....................
Other intangible .................................................................................
Goodwill ............................................................................................
Total .................................................................................................. $
December 31, 2015
Patent sublicensee ............................................................................. $
Customer relationship intangible related to acquisition ....................
Other identified intangible assets related to acquisition ....................
Other intangible .................................................................................
Goodwill ............................................................................................
Total .................................................................................................. $
1,218 $
2,510
780
155
1,339
6,002 $
1,218 $
2,510
780
155
1,339
6,002 $
1,218 $
2,508
780
155
—
4,661 $
1,218 $
2,367
780
155
—
4,520 $
—
2
—
—
1,339
1,341
—
143
—
—
1,339
1,482
As of December 31, 2014, the Company evaluated the recoverability of its long-lived assets. Relating to the purchased
intangible assets associated with the Iridex acquisition in 2012, due to the discontinuation of the manufacture and sale of all
products acquired, lower than projected future service revenue, and lower than projected revenue expected from the
distributor relationships acquired, the Company concluded based on future undiscounted cash flows that the remaining
carrying value of these assets was impaired. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $650,000 in cost of
revenue.
Amortization expense (excluding the impairment charge described above) in the 2016, 2015, and 2014 fiscal years for
intangible assets was $141,000, $452,000, and $773,000, respectively.
66
Based on intangible assets recorded at December 31, 2016, and assuming no subsequent additions to, or impairment of the
underlying assets, the remaining annual amortization expense will be as follows (in thousands):
Year ending December 31,
2017 ............................................................................................................................................................... $
Total ................................................................................................................................................... $
Amount
2
2
Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):
December 31,
2016
2015
Accrued payroll and related expenses .............................................................................. $
Accrued sales tax ..............................................................................................................
Warranty liability .............................................................................................................
Other accrued liabilities ...................................................................................................
Total ................................................................................................................................. $
9.036 $
2,373
2,461
3,527
17,397 $
7,726
1,935
1,819
2,354
13,834
NOTE 4—WARRANTY AND SERVICE CONTRACTS
The Company has a direct field service organization in the U.S. Internationally, the Company provides direct service support
through its wholly-owned subsidiaries in Australia, Belgium, Canada, France, Hong Kong, Japan, and Switzerland, as well
as through third-party service providers in Spain and United Kingdom. In several other countries, where it does not have a
direct presence, the Company provides service through a network of distributors and third-party service providers.
After the original warranty period, maintenance and support are offered on a service contract basis or on a time and materials
basis. The Company provides for the estimated cost to repair or replace products under warranty at the time of sale.
Warranty Accrual (in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year ........................................................................................ $
Add: Accruals for warranties issued during the year ...................................................
Less: Settlements and expirations made during the year ..............................................
Balance at end of year ....................................................................................... $
1,819 $
5,375
(4,733)
2,461 $
1,167
4,134
(3,482)
1,819
December 31,
2016
2015
Deferred Service Contract Revenue (in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year ........................................................................................ $
Add: Payments received ...............................................................................................
Less: Revenue recognized ............................................................................................
Balance at end of year ....................................................................................... $
10,469 $
12,344
(13,382)
9,431 $
12,949
10,378
(12,858)
10,469
Costs incurred under service contracts in 2016, 2015 and 2014 amounted to $6.7 million, $6.2 million, and $6.6 million,
respectively, and are recognized as incurred.
December 31,
2016
2015
67
NOTE 5—STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY, STOCK PLANS AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION EXPENSE
As of December 31, 2016, the Company had the following stock-based employee compensation plans:
2004 Equity Incentive Plan and 1998 Stock Plan
In 1998, the Company adopted the 1998 Stock Plan, or 1998 Plan, under which 4,650,000 shares of the Company’s common
stock were reserved for issuance to employees, directors and consultants.
On January 12, 2004, the Board of Directors adopted the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. A total of 1,750,000 shares of common
stock were originally reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, the shares reserved for
issuance under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan included shares reserved but un-issued under the 1998 Plan and shares returned
to the 1998 Plan as the result of termination of options or the repurchase of shares. In 2012 the stockholders approved a
“fungible share” provision whereby each full-value award issued under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan results in a
requirement to subtract 2.12 shares from the shares reserved under the Plan.
Options granted under the 1998 Plan and 2004 Equity Incentive Plan may be incentive stock options or non-statutory stock
options. Stock purchase rights may also be granted under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. Incentive stock options may only
be granted to employees. The Board of Directors determines the period over which options become exercisable. Options
granted under the Plan to employees generally vest over a four year term from the vesting commencement date and become
exercisable 25% on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and an additional 1/48th on the last day of each
calendar month until all of the shares have become exercisable. During 2013 and 2012 the officers of the Company were
granted options that vest over a three year term at the rate of 1/3rd on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement
date and 1/36th thereafter. In 2014 the officers of the Company were granted RSUs and PSUs but were not granted any
options. The contractual term of the options granted in 2013 and 2012 was seven years.
In accordance with the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, prior to 2012, the Company’s non-employee directors were granted
$60,000 of grant date fair value, fully vested, stock awards annually on the date of the Company’s Annual Meeting of
stockholders. Commencing with 2012, the Company’s non-employee directors get $60,000 of RSUs annually that cliff-vest
on the one year anniversary of the grant date. Additionally, in 2016, one of our non-employee directors was granted 6,500
RSUs for consulting services rendered to the Company. In the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company
issued 45,350, 21,020 and 38,688 RSUs, respectively, to its non-employee directors.
In the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 the Company’s Board of Directors granted 229,865, 107,417 and
211,250 respectively, of RSUs to its executive officers and certain members of the Company’s management. The RSUs
granted to the employees vest at the rate of one-fourth on the one-year anniversary of the grant date, and one-fourth in each
of the subsequent three years. The RSUs granted to the executive officers vest at the rate of one-third on the one-year
anniversary of the grant date, and one-third in each of the subsequent two years. The Company measured the fair market
values of the underlying stock on the dates of grant and recognizes the stock-based compensation expense over the vesting
period.
In the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 the Company’s Board of Directors granted its executive officers and
certain senior management employees 204,976, 74,667 and 105,000 of PSUs. The PSUs vest over a period of 12 months, 8.5
months and 12 months, respectively, subject to the recipient’s continued service and achievement of the pre-established
operational goals related to revenue and operating income improvement. For the 2015 PSU awards, in addition to operational
goals, there was a market-based goal as well. At the vest date, the Company issues fully-paid up common stock, based on the
degree of achievement of the pre-established targets.
68
2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
On January 12, 2004, the Board of Directors adopted the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Under the 2004 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan, or 2004 ESPP, eligible employees are permitted to purchase common stock at a discount through payroll
deductions. The 2004 ESPP offering and purchase periods are for approximately six months. The 2004 ESPP has an evergreen
provision based on which shares of common stock eligible for purchase are increased on the first day of each fiscal year by
an amount equal to the lesser of:
i. 600,000 shares;
ii. 2.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock on such date; or
iii. an amount as determined by the Board of Directors.
The Company’s Board of Directors did not increase the shares available for future grant on January 1, 2016, 2015 and 2014.
The price of the common stock purchased is the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning
or end of a six month offering period. In the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, under the 2004 ESPP, the
Company issued 79,922, 55,872 and 52,759 shares, respectively. At December 31, 2016, 770,063 shares remained available
for future issuance.
Option Activity
Activity under the 1998 Plan and 2004 Equity Incentive Plan is summarized as follows:
Options Outstanding
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
(in years)
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Shares
Available
For Grant
Number of
Shares
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in $
millions)(1)
5.1
4.2 $
709,483 3,792,162 $
Balances as of December 31, 2013 .........................
Additional shares reserved(2) ....................................
200,000
—
486,300 $
(486,300)
Options granted .......................................................
(396,970) $
—
Options exercised .....................................................
(418,925) $
418,925
Options cancelled (expired or forfeited) ..................
—
(764,394)
Stock awards granted ...............................................
—
52,046
Stock awards cancelled (expired or forfeited) ..........
129,760 3,462,567 $
Balances as of December 31, 2014 .........................
Additional shares reserved(3) .................................... 1,300,000
—
129,000 $
Options granted .......................................................
(129,000)
— (1,141,904) $
Options exercised .....................................................
(300,866) $
Options cancelled (expired or forfeited) ..................
Stock awards granted ...............................................
—
—
Stock awards cancelled (expired or forfeited) ..........
Balances as of December 31, 2015 ......................... 1,263,425 2,148,797 $
162,000 $
Options granted .......................................................
— (1,051,138) $
Options exercised .....................................................
(143,187) $
143,187
Options cancelled (expired or forfeited) ..................
—
Stock awards granted ............................................... (1,018,005)
—
495,050
Stock awards cancelled (expired or forfeited) ..........
721,657 1,116,472 $
Balances as of December 31, 2016 .........................
767,277 $
Exercisable as of December 31, 2016 ....................
Vested and expected to vest, net of estimated
forfeitures, as of December 31, 2016 .....................
300,866
(430,580)
92,379
1,069,923 $
(162,000)
9.42
—
9.78
8.33
11.15
—
—
9.39
13,.26
9.20
12.37
—
—
9.31
11.55
8.89
12.93
—
—
9.56
8.92
3.4 $
5.7
3.4 $
7.9
3.7 $
3.0 $
8.7
6.5
8.4
9.47
3.6 $
(1) Based on the closing stock price of the Company’s stock of $17.35 on December 30, 2016, $12.79 on December 31,
2015, $10.68 on December 31 2014 and $10.18 on December 30, 2013.
(2) Approved by Board of Directors in 2014, approved by stockholders in 2015.
(3) Approved by stockholders in 2015.
69
The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the aggregate difference between
the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the fiscal year and the exercise price, multiplied by the number
of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options
on December 31, 2016. The aggregate intrinsic amount changes based on the fair market value of the Company’s common
stock. Total intrinsic value of options exercised in 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $3.6 million, $5.1 million, and $824,000,
respectively. The options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2016 were in the following exercise price ranges:
Options Outstanding
Options Exercisable
Number
Range of Exercise Prices
$6.88 ....................................................
– $8.52 ...........................................
$8.72 ....................................................
$8.80 ....................................................
– $9.65 ...........................................
– $10.03 .........................................
– $10.86 .........................................
– $11.98 .........................................
– $14.04 .........................................
$15.32 ....................................................
– $15.32 .........................................
$7.15
$8.91
$9.97
$10.24
$10.90
$13.40
$6.88
Outstanding
158,643
32,750
127,995
213,741
144,460
115,000
114,133
116,250
88,500
5,000
1,116,472
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
2.57
1.85
1.40
3.46
4.19
4.66
3.87
5.66
5.87
5.56
3.74
Number
Outstanding
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
6.88
7.71
8.72
8.80
9.31
9.99
10.30
11.18
13.67
15.32
8.92
158,643 $
32,750
127,995
166,370
100,019
67,605
55,394
24,792
31,938
1,771
767,277 $
As of December 31, 2015 there were 1,561,916 options that were exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $9.05.
Stock Awards (RSU and PSU) Activity Table
Information with respect to restricted stock units’ and performance stock units’ activity is as follows (in thousands):
Weighted-
Average
Grant-
Date Fair
Value
Aggregate
Fair
Value(1)
(in
thousands)
Number
of
Shares
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value(2)
(in
thousands)
1,827
$
Outstanding at December 31, 2013 ...........................................
Granted .........................................................................................
Vested (3).......................................................................................
Forfeited .......................................................................................
Outstanding at December 31, 2014 ...........................................
Granted .........................................................................................
Vested (3).......................................................................................
Forfeited .......................................................................................
Outstanding at December 31, 2015 ...........................................
Granted .........................................................................................
Vested (3).......................................................................................
Forfeited .......................................................................................
Outstanding at December 31, 2016 ...........................................
179,465 $
360,563 $
(81,157) $
(24,550) $
434,321 $
203,104 $
(222,220) $
(43,575) $
371,630 $
480,191 $
(172,990) $
(233,514) $
445,317 $
8.34
9.72
8.62 $
8.14
9.31
14.81
11.79 $
9.09
12.39
10.80
12.56 $
11.36
11.15
777(4)
$
4,639
3,285(5)
$
4,753
1,906(6)
$
7,726
(1) Represents the value of the Company’s stock on the date that the restricted stock units and performance stock units vest.
(2) Based on the closing stock price of the Company’s stock of $17.35 on December 31, 2016, $12.79 on December 31,
2015, $10.68 on December 30, 2014 and $10.18 on December 31, 2013.
(3) The number of restricted stock units vested includes shares that the Company withheld on behalf of the employees to
satisfy the statutory tax withholding requirements.
(4) On the grant date, the fair value for these vested awards was $699,000.
(5) On the grant date, the fair value for these vested awards was $2.6 million.
(6) On the grant date, the fair value for these vested awards was $2.2 million.
70
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation expense for stock options, restricted stock units, performance stock units and ESPP shares for
the year ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2016
Stock options ................................................................................ $
RSUs ............................................................................................
PSUs .............................................................................................
ESPP ............................................................................................
Total stock-based compensation expense ..................................... $
989 $
1,508
967
249
3,713 $
1,438 $
1,297
1,167
182
4,084 $
1,811
875
455
158
3,299
As of December 31, 2016, the unrecognized compensation cost, net of expected forfeitures, was $3.3 million for stock options
and stock awards, which will be recognized over an estimated weighted-average remaining amortization period of 1.66 years.
For the ESPP, the unrecognized compensation cost, net of expected forfeitures, was $110,000, which will be recognized over
an estimated weighted-average amortization period 0.33 years.
The Company issues new shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options, vesting of RSUs and PSUs, and the
issuance of ESPP shares. The amount of cash received from these issuances, net of taxes withheld and paid, in 2016, 2015
and 2014 was $9.5 million, $10.1 million and $3.6 million. There was no direct tax benefit (deficit) in 2016, 2015 or 2014.
The Company elected to account for the indirect effects of stock-based awards, primarily the research and development tax
credit, through the Statement of Operations.
Total stock-based compensation expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was recorded
in the Consolidated Statement of Operations as follows (in thousands):
Cost of revenue ............................................................................ $
Sales and marketing .....................................................................
Research and development ...........................................................
General and administrative ...........................................................
Total stock-based compensation expense ............................. $
341 $
1,179
596
1,597
3,713 $
447 $
1,054
662
1,921
4,084 $
560
641
581
1,517
3,299
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2016
71
Valuation Assumptions and Fair Value of Stock Options and ESPP Grants
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of options granted under its equity
incentive plans and rights to acquire stock granted under its employee stock purchase plan. The Company based the weighted
average estimated values of employee stock option grants and rights granted under the employee stock purchase plan, as well
as the weighted average assumptions used in calculating these values, on estimates at the date of grant, as follows:
2016
Stock Options
2015
2014
2016
Stock Purchase Plan
2015
2014
Expected term (in years)(1) .......
Risk-free interest rate(2) ............
Volatility(3) ...............................
Dividend yield(4) .......................
3.83
1.09%
40%
—%
3.24
0.90%
30%
—%
4.18
1.31%
41%
—%
0.50
0.46%
39%
—%
0.50
0.17 %
36 %
— %
0.50
0.06%
37%
—%
Weighted average estimated
fair value at grant date .......... $
3.72 $
4.78 $
3.36 $
3.22 $
3.51 $
2.65
(1) The expected term represents the period during which the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be
outstanding. The estimated term is based on historical experience of similar awards, giving consideration to the
contractual terms of the awards, vesting requirements, and expectation of future employee behavior, including post-
vesting terminations.
(2) The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury debt securities with maturities close to the expected term of the
option as of the date of grant.
(3) Estimated volatility is based on historical volatility. The Company also considers implied volatility when there is
sufficient volume of freely traded options with comparable terms and exercise prices in the open market.
(4) The Company has not historically issued any dividends and does not expect to do so in the foreseeable future.
The Company periodically estimates forfeiture rates based on its historical experience within separate groups of employees
and adjusts the stock-based payment expense accordingly. The forfeiture rates used in 2016 ranged from 0% to 17%.
Stock Awards Withholdings
For Stock Awards granted to employees, the number of shares issued on the date the Stock Awards vest is net of the tax
withholding requirements paid on behalf of the employees. In 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company withheld 56,157, 68,101,
and 15,769 shares of common stock, respectively, to satisfy its employees’ tax obligations of $619,000, $1.0 million, and
$156,000, respectively. The Company paid this amount in cash to the appropriate taxing authorities. Although shares withheld
are not issued, they are treated as common stock repurchases for accounting and disclosure purposes, as they reduce the
number of shares that would have been issued upon vesting.
Stock Repurchase Program
As of December 31, 2014, there was $10.0 million authorized for the repurchase of the Company’s common stock under the
Company’s Stock Repurchase Program, originally adopted in November 2012 and modified on August 5, 2013. The Stock
Repurchase Program permits the Company to purchase its common stock through a 10b5-1 program based on predetermined
pricing and volume as well as open-market purchases that are subject to management discretion and regulatory restrictions.
On February 18, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the expansion of its Stock Repurchase Program from
$10 million to $40 million. In the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company repurchased 2,818,038 shares of its common
stock for approximately $40.0 million.
On February 8, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the expansion of its Stock Repurchase Program by an
additional $10 million. In the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company repurchased 455,311 shares of its common stock
for approximately $4.9 million. As of December 31, 2016, there remained an additional $5.1 million to be purchased. On
February 13, 2017 the Company’s Board of Directors approved the expansion of its Stock Repurchase Program by an
additional $5 million. The Company plans to make the repurchases from time to time through open market transactions at
prevailing prices and/or through privately-negotiated transactions, and/or through a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan.
72
Adjustment to Retained Earnings
The Company early adopted ASU 2016-09 in the fourth quarter of 2016 with effect from the beginning of 2016 and recorded
a net increase to prior-period retained earnings of $49,000 relating to the cumulative effect adjustment upon adoption. For a
detailed discussion of the impact of the adoption, refer to “Note 6—Income Taxes.”
NOTE 6—INCOME TAXES
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal and various state and local jurisdictions and foreign jurisdictions.
The Company’s income (loss) before provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):
U.S. .............................................................................................. $
Foreign .........................................................................................
Income (loss) before income taxes ........................................ $
2,207 $
513
2,720 $
(4,588) $
360
(4,228) $
(10,592 )
199
(10,393 )
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2016
The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):
Current:
Federal ............................................................................... $
State ...................................................................................
Foreign ..............................................................................
Total Current ............................................................................
Deferred:
Federal ...............................................................................
State ...................................................................................
Foreign ..............................................................................
Total Deferred...........................................................................
Tax provision ....................................................................... $
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2016
— $
16
131
147
(24)
(2)
22
(4)
143 $
(7) $
23
218
234
33
—
(55)
(22)
212 $
(7 )
19
110
122
32
—
65
97
219
The Company’s deferred tax asset consists of the following (in thousands):
December 31,
2016
2015
Net operating loss carryforwards ................................................................................ $
Stock-based compensation ..........................................................................................
Other accruals and reserves .........................................................................................
Credits .........................................................................................................................
Foreign ........................................................................................................................
Accrued warranty ........................................................................................................
Depreciation and amortization ....................................................................................
Other............................................................................................................................
Deferred tax asset before valuation allowance .....................................................
Valuation allowance ....................................................................................................
Deferred tax asset after valuation allowance ........................................................
Deferred tax liability on goodwill ...............................................................................
Net deferred tax asset .......................................................................................... $
15,487 * $
1,486
2,160
9,006 *
377
890
2,627
95
32,128
(31,751)*
377
(85)
292 $
14,231
2,462
4,679
4,477
350
657
1,105
5
27,966
(27,616 )
350
(103 )
247
* Includes impact of adopting ASU 2016-09 in the fourth quarter of 2016 with effect from the beginning of 2016, which
resulted in excess windfall net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards that were converted into deferred tax net operating
losses and tax credits, with a corresponding increase in valuation allowance as of the beginning of 2016.
73
The Company’s deferred tax asset balance is reported in the following captions in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (in
thousands):
Deferred tax asset ......................................................................................................... $
Income tax liability ......................................................................................................
Net deferred tax asset after valuation allowance ................................................... $
377 $
(85)
292 $
350
(103)
247
The differences between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rates to the Company’s effective tax rate are as follows:
December 31,
2016
2015
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate ...................................
State tax rate, net of federal benefit .......................................
Benefit for research and development credit .........................
Stock-based compensation ....................................................
Foreign rate differential .........................................................
True ups .................................................................................
Other......................................................................................
Valuation allowance ..............................................................
Effective tax rate ...................................................................
*Certain items have changed for classification purposes.
2016
Year Ended December 31,
2015*
2014*
34.00%
(14.56)
(9.25)
14.36
(0.16)
(0.67)
6.08
(24.57)
5.23%
34.00%
1.94
15.92
(19.19)
(1.47)
—
(4.58)
(31.63)
(5.01)%
34.00%
1.62
7.24
(5.56)
(1.04)
—
(1.78)
(36.58)
(2.10)%
The Company recognizes deferred tax assets for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the
financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. The Company
records a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable value, when it is more likely than
not that it will not be able to generate sufficient future taxable income to realize the net carrying value. The Company has
recorded a full valuation allowance against its U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets due to its history of operating losses.
In the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, there was a net increase in the valuation allowance of $4.1 million,
$1.6 million, and $3.3 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2016, the Company had cumulative net operating loss carry-forwards for federal and state income tax
reporting purposes of approximately $42.0 million and $21.8 million, respectively. The federal net operating loss carry-
forwards if not utilized will begin to expire beginning in 2029 through the year 2035 and the state net operating loss carry-
forwards if not utilized will expire beginning in 2029 through the year 2035. The Company maintained a valuation allowance
against these net operating loss carry-forwards as of December 31, 2016.
As of December 31, 2016, the Company had research and development tax credits for federal and state income tax purposes
of approximately $5.0 million and $6.2 million, respectively. The federal research and development tax credits if not utilized
will expire beginning in 2024 through the year 2035. The state research and development credits can be carried forward
indefinitely, except for $268,000, which will expire beginning in 2020 through 2021. The Company maintained a valuation
allowance against these tax credits as of December 31, 2016.
In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting as part of
its simplification initiative, which involves several aspects of accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the
income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash
flows. The changes required by this Update are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim
periods within those annual periods. Prior to ASU 2016-09, tax benefits in excess of compensation cost (“windfalls”) were
recorded in equity, and tax deficiencies (“shortfalls”) were recorded in equity to the extent of previous windfalls, and then to
the income statement. While the simplification reduces some of the administrative complexities by eliminating the need to
track a “windfall pool,” it increases the volatility of income tax expense. The ASU also removes the requirement to delay
recognition of a windfall tax benefit until it reduces current taxes payable. Under the new guidance, the benefit is recorded
when it arises, subject to normal valuation allowance considerations. Under the new guidance, entities are permitted to make
an accounting policy election for the impact of forfeitures on the recognition of expense for share-based payment awards.
Forfeitures can be estimated or recognized when they occur. Estimates of forfeitures are still required in certain
circumstances, such as at the time of modification of an award or issuance of a replacement award in a business combination.
74
In accordance with ASU 2016-09, the Company decided to early adopt ASU 2016-09 in the fourth quarter of 2016 with effect
from the beginning of 2016, and:
1. Elected to continue to estimate its forfeiture rate, rather than recognizing forfeitures as they occur;
2. Recorded a net increase to prior-period retained earnings of $49,000 relating to the cumulative effect adjustment
upon adoption; and
3. Excess windfall net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards were converted into deferred tax net operating
losses of $1.2 million and tax credits of $3.9 million, with a corresponding increase in valuation allowance as of
the beginning of 2016 of $5.2 million.
The utilization of NOL carryforwards and tax credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership
change limitations provided by Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”), and similar state provisions. The
annual limitation may result in the expiration of NOL carryforwards and tax credits before utilization. The Company
completed an IRC Section 382 analysis through December 31, 2016 and determined that there were no significant limitations
to the utilization of NOL or tax credit carryforwards. As such, the NOL and tax credit carryforwards presented are not
expected to expire unutilized, unless there is a future ownership change as determined by Section 382 of the IRC.
Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries at December 31, 2016 and 2015 were approximately $3.1
million and $2.8 million, respectively, and are considered to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for
federal and state income taxes has been provided thereon. If these foreign earnings were to be repatriated in the future, the
related U.S. tax liability would be reduced by any foreign income taxes previously paid on these earnings. Because of the
availability of U.S. foreign tax credits, the determination of the unrecognized deferred tax liability on these earnings is not
practicable.
Uncertain Tax Positions
The Company establishes reserves for uncertain tax positions based on the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be
sustained. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained.
The Company has provided taxes and related interest and penalties due for potential adjustments that may result from
examinations of open U.S. federal, state and foreign tax years. If the Company ultimately determines that payment of these
amounts are not more-likely-than-not, the Company will reverse the liability and recognize a tax benefit during the period in
which the Company makes the determination. The Company will record an additional charge in the Company’s provision for
taxes in the period in which the Company determines that the recorded tax liability is less than the Company expects the
ultimate assessment to be. The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to gross unrecognized tax benefits
within the provision for income taxes.
The Company files U.S., state, and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. The 2005
through 2016 tax years generally remain subject to examination by U.S., federal and California state tax authorities due to
the Company’s net operating loss and credit carryforwards. For significant foreign jurisdictions, the 2011 through 2016 tax
years generally remain subject to examination by their respective tax authorities.
The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits in December 31, 2014
to December 31, 2016 (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2016
Balance at beginning of year ........................................................ $
Increases related to prior year tax positions .................................
Increases related to current year tax positions ..............................
Decreases related to lapsing of statute of limitations ...................
Balance at end of year .................................................................. $
651 $
—
56
—
707 $
597 $
—
54
—
651 $
535
—
62
—
597
The Company’s total unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest that, if recognized, would affect its effective tax rate at
December 31, 2016 and 2015, were approximately $82,000 and $78,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015,
the Company had accrued approximately $49,000 and $45,000 for payment of interest, respectively. Interest included in the
provision for income taxes was not significant in all the periods presented. The Company has not accrued any penalties
related to its uncertain tax positions as it believes that it is more likely than not that there will not be any assessment of
75
penalties. The Company expects that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will not materially change within the next 12
months.
NOTE 7—NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
Basic net income (loss) per share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period.
In periods of net income, diluted shares outstanding include the dilutive effect of in-the-money equity awards (stock options,
restricted stock units and performance stock units), which is calculated based on the average share price for each fiscal period
using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the amount the employee must pay for the equity award,
and the amount of compensation cost for future service that the Company has not yet recognized, are all assumed to be used
to repurchase shares. Diluted earnings per share is the same as basic earnings per share for the periods in which the Company
had a net loss because the inclusion of outstanding common stock equivalents would be anti-dilutive.
The following number of weighted shares outstanding, prior to the application of the treasury stock method, were excluded
from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per common share for the years presented because including them would
have had an anti-dilutive effect (in thousands):
Options to purchase common stock ..............................................
Restricted stock units ...................................................................
Employee stock purchase plan shares ..........................................
Performance stock units ...............................................................
Total ..........................................................................................
NOTE 8—DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2016
2014
220
24
—
—
244
2,575
296
93
24
2,988
3,489
213
86
37
3,825
In the U.S., the Company has an employee savings plan (“401(k) Plan”) that qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under
Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Eligible employees may make voluntary contributions to the 401(k) Plan up to
100% of their annual compensation, subject to statutory annual limitations. In 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company made
discretionary contributions under the 401(k) Plan of $262,000, $244,000 and $211,000, respectively.
For the Company’s Japanese subsidiary, a discretionary employee retirement plan has been established. In addition, for some
of the Company’s other foreign subsidiaries, the Company deposits funds with insurance companies, third-party trustees, or
into government-managed accounts consistent with the requirements of local laws. The Company has fully funded or accrued
for its obligations as of December 31, 2016, and the related expense for each of the three years then ended was not significant.
NOTE 9—SEGMENT INFORMATION AND REVENUE BY GEOGRAPY AND PRODUCTS
Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is
available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in making decisions how to allocate
resources and assess performance. The Company’s chief decision maker, as defined under the FASB’s ASC 280 guidance,
is a combination of the Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. To date, the
Company’s chief decision maker has viewed its operations, managed its business, and used one measurement of profitability
for the one operating segment – which sells aesthetic medical equipment and services, and distributes skincare products, to
qualified medical practitioners. Substantially all of the Company’s long-lived assets are located in the U.S.
76
The following table summarizes revenue by geographic region, based on the location of the customer, and by product category
(in thousands):
Revenue mix by geography:
United States ...................................................................... $
Japan ..................................................................................
Asia, excluding Japan ........................................................
Europe ...............................................................................
Rest of the world ...............................................................
Consolidated total ....................................................... $
Revenue mix by product category:
Products ............................................................................. $
Hand Piece Refills .............................................................
Skincare .............................................................................
Total product revenue .................................................
Service ...............................................................................
Consolidated total ....................................................... $
NOTE 10—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Facility Leases
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2016
65,513 $
14,727
13,445
7,539
16,832
118,056 $
92,721 $
2,498
3,809
99,028
19,028
118,056 $
48,916 $
11,504
15,596
7,728
11,017
94,761 $
71,223 $
2,910
2,889
77,022
17,739
94,761 $
35,494
13,328
11,023
7,792
10,501
78,138
53,106
3,714
3,479
60,299
17,839
78,138
As of December 31, 2016, the Company was committed to minimum lease payments for facilities and other leased assets
under long-term non-cancelable operating leases as follows (in thousands):
Year Ending December 31,
2017 ............................................................................................................................................................ $
2018 ............................................................................................................................................................
2019 ............................................................................................................................................................
2020 ............................................................................................................................................................
Future minimum rental payments ............................................................................................................... $
Amount
1,912
189
35
5
2,141
Gross rent expense recognized in the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $1.6 million, $1.5 million and
$1.5 million, respectively.
Vehicle Leases
As of December 31, 2016, the Company was committed to minimum lease payments for vehicles leased under long-term
non-cancelable capital leases as follows (in thousands):
Year Ending December 31,
2017 ............................................................................................................................................................ $
2018 ............................................................................................................................................................
2019 ............................................................................................................................................................
2020 ............................................................................................................................................................
Future minimum lease payments ................................................................................................................ $
Amount
367
354
266
6
993
Purchase Commitments
The Company maintains certain open inventory purchase commitments with its suppliers to ensure a smooth and continuous
supply for key components. The Company’s liability in these purchase commitments is generally restricted to a forecasted
time-horizon as agreed between the parties. These forecasted time-horizons can vary among different suppliers. The
Company’s open inventory purchase commitments with its suppliers were not significant at December 31, 2016.
77
Indemnifications
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into agreements that contain a variety of representations, warranties,
and indemnification obligations. For example, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its
directors and executive officers and certain key employees. The Company’s exposure under its various indemnification
obligations is unknown and not reasonably estimable as they involve future claims that may be made against the Company.
As such, the Company has not accrued any amounts for such obligations.
Litigation and Litigation Settlements
The Company is named from time to time as a party to product liability and contractual lawsuits in the normal course of
business. The Company routinely assesses the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes related to legal matters and
claims, as well as ranges of probable losses. A determination of the amount of the reserves required, if any, for these
contingencies is made after analysis of each known issue, historical experience, whether it is more likely than not that the
Company shall incur a loss, and whether the loss is estimable. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had accrued
$138,000 and $110,000, respectively, related to pending product liability and contractual lawsuits.
NOTE 11—RELATED PARTIES
In 2016, the Company paid $182,100 to Mr. Dave Gollnick, a founder and director of the Company, for product development,
clinical sales and marketing support services. In addition, the Company granted him 6,500 RSUs with a grant-date fair value
of $87,100, that vest over three (3) years at the rate of 33.33% per year on each of the three anniversaries from the vesting
commencement date of October 28, 2016, subject to him continuing to provide consulting and/ or board services to the
Company. The Company’s Audit Committee approved the extension of Mr. Gollnick’s consulting agreement through
December 31, 2018 at the rate of $200 per hour for a maximum of 40 hours per week.
NOTE 12—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On February 8, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the expansion of its Stock Repurchase Program by an
additional $10 million. In the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company repurchased 455,311 shares of its common stock
for approximately $4.9 million. As of December 31, 2016, there remained an additional $5.1 million to be purchased. On
February 13, 2017 the Company’s Board of Directors approved the expansion of its Stock Repurchase Program by an
additional $5 million. The Company plans to make the repurchases from time to time through open market transactions at
prevailing prices and/or through privately-negotiated transactions, and/or through a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan.
78
SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Dec. 31,
2016
Sept. 30,
2016
June 30,
2016
March 31,
2016
Dec. 31,
2015
Sept. 30,
2015
June 30,
2015
March 31,
2015
15,962
21,913
Quarter ended:
Net revenue ........................ $ 37,875 $ 30,281 $ 27,477 $ 22,423 $ 30,042 $ 23,085 $ 22,563 $ 19,071
9,052
Cost of revenue ..................
10,019
Gross profit ........................
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing ...........
Research and development .
General and administrative
Total operating expenses ....
Income (loss) from
11,561
2,897
3,010
17,468
10,574
2,914
2,716
16,204
10,712
2,712
3,997
17,421
8,716
2,709
3,220
14,645
9,899
2,812
3,189
15,900
8,790
2,748
2,937
14,475
9,066
2,728
3,014
14,808
8,187
2,445
2,989
13,621
12,145
17,897
9,594
13,491
9,687
12,876
12,538
17,743
9,949
12,474
11,472
16,005
operations ........................
4,445
1,539
(1,416)
(2,171)
1,997
(984)
(1,932)
(3,602)
Interest and other income,
net ....................................
(204)
166
217
144
105
84
96
8
Income (loss) before
income taxes ....................
Income tax provision ..........
Net income (loss) ............... $
Net income (loss) per
4,241
28
4,213 $
1,705
61
1,644 $
(1,199)
30
(1,229) $
(2,027)
24
(2,051) $
2,102
52
2,050 $
(900)
57
(957) $
(1,836)
53
(1,889) $
(3,594)
50
(3,644)
share—basic .................... $
0.31 $
0.12 $
(0.09) $
(0.16) $
0.16 $
(0.07) $
(0.13) $
(0.25)
Net income (loss) per
share—diluted ................. $
0.30 $
0.12 $
(0.09) $
(0.16) $
0.15 $
(0.07) $
(0.13) $
(0.25)
Weighted average number
of shares used in per
share calculations:
Basic ..........................
Diluted .......................
13,591
14,201
13,163
13,544
13,131
13,131
13,010
13,010
12,978
13,591
13,827
13,827
14,441
14,441
14,611
14,611
79
SCHEDULE II
CUTERA, INC.
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(in thousands)
For the Years Ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
Deferred tax assets valuation allowance
Year ended December 31, 2016 ................................ $
Year ended December 31, 2015 ................................ $
Year ended December 31, 2014 ................................ $
27,616 $
26,046 $
22,762 $
6,755 $
3,327 $
3,780 $
2,620 $
1,757 $
496 $
31,751
27,616
26,046
Balance at
Beginning
of Year
Additions Deductions
Balance
at End of
Year
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable
Year ended December 31, 2016 ................................ $
Year ended December 31, 2015 ................................ $
Year ended December 31, 2014 ................................ $
4 $
— $
19 $
21 $
4 $
4 $
4 $
— $
23 $
21
4
—
Balance at
Beginning
of Year
Additions Deductions
Balance
at End of
Year
80
ITEM 9.
None.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Attached as exhibits to this Annual Report are certifications of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief
Financial Officer (“CFO”), which are required in accordance with Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (Exchange Act). This Controls and Procedures section includes the information concerning the controls evaluation
referred to in the certifications, and it should be read in conjunction with the certifications for a more complete understanding
of the topics presented.
The Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in the Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) (Disclosure Controls) as of the end of
the period covered by this Report required by Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(b) or 15d-15(b). The controls evaluation was
conducted under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO.
Based on this evaluation, the CEO and our CFO have concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this report the
Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level.
Definition of Disclosure Controls
Disclosure Controls are controls and procedures designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed in
the Company’s reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Report, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported
within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure Controls are also designed to reasonably assure
that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, as
appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Company’s Disclosure Controls include components
of its internal control over financial reporting, which consists of control processes designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of its financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles in the U.S. To the extent that components of the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting are included within its Disclosure Controls, they are included in the scope of the Company’s annual controls
evaluation.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the
participation of the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, the Company conducted an evaluation of the
effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based on criteria established in the framework in Internal
Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(“COSO”). Based on this evaluation, the Company’s management concluded that the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2016. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2016 has been audited by BDO USA LLP, an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, as stated
in their report, which is included herein.
Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls
The Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that the Company’s disclosure controls or internal
control over financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and
operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Further, the
design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be
considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can
provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected.
These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty and that breakdowns can
occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by
collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based
in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed
81
in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of
changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures. Because of the inherent
limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the most recent fiscal
quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting.
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Stockholders of Cutera, Inc.
We have audited Cutera, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established
in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (the COSO criteria). Cutera, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the
accompanying “Item 9A, Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting”. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United
States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective
internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to
permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Cutera, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2016, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
the consolidated balance sheet of Cutera, Inc.' as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and the related consolidated statements of
operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
and our report dated March 15, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
/s/ BDO USA, LLP
San Jose, California
March 15, 2017
82
ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION
The Company has established that the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held at its principal executive offices
located at 3240 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, CA 94005-1021 on June 14, 2017 at 10:00 a.m. and the record date for the purposes
of voting in that meeting shall be April 17, 2017.
Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Annual Report on Form 10-K because we will file a Definitive
Proxy Statement (the “Proxy Statement”) for our 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders with the Securities and Exchange
Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.
PART III
ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.
ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.
ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.
ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE
In 2016, we paid $182,100 to Mr. Dave, a founder and director of the Company, for product development, clinical sales and
marketing support services. In addition, we granted him 6,500 restricted stock units with a grant-date fair value of $87,100,
that vest over three (3) years at the rate of 33.33% per year on each of the three anniversaries from the vesting commencement
date of October 28, 2016, subject to him continuing to provide consulting and/ or board services to us. The Audit Committee
approved the extension of Mr. Gollnick’s consulting agreement through December 31, 2018 at the rate of $200 per hour for
a maximum of 40 hours per week.
Further information required by this item regarding certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence,
is discussed in detail and incorporated herein by reference to the information set forth in the sections titled “Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Corporate Governance and Board Matters” in our 2017 Proxy Statement.
ITEM 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.
83
ITEM 15.
EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
PART IV
(1)
(2)
(3)
The financial statements required by Item 15(a) are filed as Item 8 of this Annual Report.
The financial statement schedule required by Item 15(a) filed as Item 8 of this Annual Report.
Exhibits.
Exhibit No.
Description
3.2(1) Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (Delaware).
3.4(1)
4.1(4)
10.1(1)
10.2(1)
10.4(5)
10.6(1)
10.10(2)
10.11(3)
10.14(6)
10.19(7)
10.20(9)
10.21(9)
10.22(9)
10.23(10)
16.1(8)
23.1(11)
24.1
31.1(11)
31.2(11)
32.1(11)
101(11)
Bylaws of the Registrant.
Specimen Common Stock certificate of the Registrant.
Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers.
1998 Stock Plan.
2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
Brisbane Technology Park Lease dated August 5, 2003 by and between the Registrant and Gal-Brisbane,
L.P. for office space located at 3240 Bayshore Boulevard, Brisbane, California.
Settlement Agreement and Non-Exclusive Patent License, each between the Registrant and Palomar
Medical Technologies, Inc. dated June 2, 2006.
Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement.
2004 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended by its Board of Directors on April 27, 2012.
First Amendment to Brisbane Technology Park Lease dated August 11, 2010 by and between the Company
and BMR-Bayshore Boulevard LLC, as successor-in-interest to Gal-Brisbane, L.P., the original landlord,
for office space located at 3240 Bayshore Boulevard.
Change of Control and Severance Agreement for Kevin Connors, President and Chief Executive Officer
Change of Control and Severance Agreement for Ronald Santilli, Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement for 2016
Change of Control and Severance Agreement for James Reinstein, President and Chief Executive Officer
Letter regarding change in certifying accountants.
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
Power of Attorney.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
The following materials from Cutera Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2016, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii)
Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss, (iv)
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged at Level I through IV.
(1)
Incorporated by reference from our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-111928) which was
declared effective on March 30, 2004.
Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 2, 2006.
Incorporated by reference from our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2005.
Incorporated by reference from our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2006.
Incorporated by reference from our 2006 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2007.
Incorporated by reference from our Definitive Proxy Statement on Form 14A filed with the SEC on April 30, 2012.
Incorporated by reference from our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 1, 2010.
Incorporated by reference from Current Report on Form 8-K filed April, 2, 2014.
Incorporated by reference from our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 1, 2016.
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10) Incorporated by reference from Current Report on Form 8-K filed January, 11, 2017.
(11) Filed herewith
84
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Brisbane, State of California,
on the 15th day of March, 2017.
SIGNATURES
CUTERA, INC.
By:
/s/ JAMES A. REINSTEIN
James A. Reinstein
President and Chief Executive Officer
Power of Attorney
KNOW ALL MEN AND WOMEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes
and appoints James A. Reinstein, his attorney-in-fact, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this
Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with
the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute,
may do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
/s/ JAMES A. REINSTEIN
James A. Reinstein
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ RONALD J. SANTILLI
Ronald J. Santilli
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
Date
March 15, 2017
March 15, 2017
/s/ J. DANIEL PLANTS
J. Daniel Plants
/s/ DAVID B. APFELBERG
David B. Apfelberg
/s/ GREGORY A. BARRETT
Gregory A. Barrett
/s/ DAVID A. GOLLNICK
David A. Gollnick
/s/ CLINT H. SEVERSON
Clint H. Severson
/s/ TIM O’SHEA
Tim O’Shea
/s/ JERRY P. WIDMAN
Jerry P. Widman
Chairman of the Board of Directors
March 15, 2017
March 15, 2017
March 15, 2017
March 15, 2017
March 15, 2017
March 15, 2017
March 15, 2017
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
Director
85
EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 15 U.S.C. SECTION 7241, AS
ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, James A. Reinstein, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Cutera, Inc.:
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made,
not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which
this annual report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting
to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report)
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or
persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in
the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 15, 2017
/s/ JAMES A. REINSTEIN
James A. Reinstein
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 15 U.S.C. SECTION 7241, AS
ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Ronald J. Santilli, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Cutera, Inc.:
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made,
not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of,
and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be
designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which
this annual report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting
to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by
this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report)
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial
reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control
over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or
persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and
report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in
the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 15, 2017
/s/ RONALD J. SANTILLI
Ronald J. Santilli
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION OF
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the annual report on Form 10-K of Cutera, Inc. a Delaware corporation, for the period ended
December 31, 2016, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, each of the undersigned officers of Cutera, Inc.
certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to
his respective knowledge:
(1)
(2)
the annual report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended; and
the information contained in the annual report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition
and results of operations of Cutera, Inc. for the periods presented therein.
Date: March 15, 2017
Date: March 15, 2017
/s/ JAMES A. REINSTEIN
James A. Reinstein
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ RONALD J. SANTILLI
Ronald J. Santilli
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
This page intentionally left blank
This page intentionally left blank
Corporate Information (as of April 17, 2017)
ABOUT US
Brisbane, California-based Cutera is a
leading provider of laser, light and other
energy-based aesthetic systems for
practitioners worldwide. Since 1998, we
have been developing innovative, easy-to-
use products that enable physicians and
other qualified practitioners to offer safe
and effective aesthetic treatments to their
patients. For more information, call 1-888-
4CUTERA or visit www.cutera.com.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
J. Daniel Plants5,8, Chairman of the
Board, Cutera, Inc.; Managing Partner,
Voce Capital Management LLC
James A. Resinstein, President, Chief
Executive Officer and Director, Cutera,
Inc.
David B. Apfelberg, MD3,5, Adjunct
Clinical Professor of Plastic Surgery,
Stanford University Medical Center
Gregory Barrett4,5, Former President and
Chief Executive Officer, DFINE, Inc.
David A. Gollnick, Former Vice President
of North American Sales and Former
Executive Vice President of Research
and Development, Cutera, Inc.
Timothy J. O'Shea1,6,7, Former Managing
Director, Oxo Capital
Clint H. Severson1, President and Chief
Executive Officer, Abaxis, Inc.
Jerry P. Widman2,3,5, Former Chief
Financial Officer, Ascension Health
1- Audit Committee member
2- Chairman of Audit Committee
3- Compensation Committee member
4- Chairman of Compensation Committee
5- Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee member
MANAGEMENT TEAM
James A. Resinstein, President, Chief
Executive Officer and Director
Ronald J. Santilli, Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer
Larry E. Laber, Executive Vice President,
Sales, North America
Miguel A. Pardos, Executive Vice
President, International
Lukas Hunziker, Vice President,
Research and Development
Marina Kamenakis, Vice President,
Global Marketing
Rajesh Madan, Vice President, Finance
and Legal
Bradley J. Renton, Vice President,
Regulatory and Medical Affairs &
Compliance Officer
Bernie Schneider, Vice President,
Operations
Cindee Van Vleck, Vice President, Global
Human Resources
ANNUAL MEETING
Annual meeting of stockholders will be
held on June 14, 2017, 9:00 a.m. (PDT) at:
3240 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, California
94005.
TRANSFER AGENT
Computershare Trust Company, Inc.
350 Indiana St., Suite 800
Golden, Colorado 80401
303-262-0600
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC
ACCOUNTING FIRM
BDO USA, LLP,
San Jose, California
6- Chairman of Nominating and Corporate
Governance Committee
7- Strategic Transactions Committee member
8- Chairman of Strategic Transactions Committee
CORPORATE LEGAL COUNSEL
Wilson, Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.,
Palo Alto, California
CORPORATE/STOCKHOLDER
INFORMATION
Our Form 10-K was filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on
March 15, 2017. For additional copies of
this report, Form 10-K, or other financial
information, without charge, please visit
the Investor Relations page on our website
at: www.cutera.com or write to
ir@cutera.com.
STOCK LISTING
AND MARKET DATA
Our common stock is traded on The
NASDAQ Global market under the symbol
"CUTR." We have not declared or paid any
cash dividends on our capital stock since
our inception. We currently expect to retain
future earnings, if any, for use in the
operation and expansion of our business
and do not anticipate paying any cash
dividends in the foreseeable future. As of
April 17, 2017, we had approximately
2,000 holders of record of our common
stock.
The following table sets forth quarterly
high and low closing sales prices per
share of our common stock as reported on
The NASDAQ Global Market for the
periods indicated.
Common Stock
2016
2015
High Low High Low
$ 17.50 $ 11.94 $ 14.52 $ 11.99
12.25 10.52 15.60 13.07
12.15 10.00 15.98 12.87
12.87 10.43 14.26 10.86
4th Qtr.
3rd Qtr.
2nd Qtr.
1st Qtr.